Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 698

VALIDATION GUIDE

Advance Design
Validation Guide

Version: 2016
Tests passed on: 17 June 2015
Number of tests: 606

INTRODUCTION
Before being officially released, each version of GRAITEC software, including
Advance Design, undergoes a series of validation tests. This validation is performed in
parallel and in addition to manual testing and beta testing, in order to obtain the
"operational version" status. This document contains a description of the automatic
tests, highlighting the theoretical background and the results we have obtained using
the current software release.
Usually, a test is made of a reference (independent from the specific software version
tested), a transformation (a calculation or a data processing scenario), a result (given
by the specific software version tested) and a difference usually measured in
percentage as a drift from a set of reference values. Depending on the cases, the
used reference is either a theoretical calculation done manually, a sample taken from
the technical literature, or the result of a previous version considered as good by
experience.
Starting with version 2012, Graitec Advance has made significant steps forward in term of
quality management by extending the scope and automating the testing process.
While in previous versions, the tests were always about the calculation results which
were compared to a reference set, starting with version 2012, tests have been
extended to user interface behavior, import/export procedures, etc.
The next major improvement is the capacity to pass the tests automatically. These
current tests have obviously been passed on the operational version, but they are
actually passed on a daily basis during the development process, which helps improve
the daily quality by solving potential issues, immediately after they have been
introduced in the code.
In the field of structural analysis and design, software users must keep in mind that the
results highly depend on the modeling (especially when dealing with finite elements)
and on the settings of the numerous assumptions and options available in the
software. A software package cannot replace engineers experience and analysis.
Despite all our efforts in term of quality management, we cannot guaranty the correct
behavior and the validity of the results issued by Advance Design in any situation.
With this validation guide, we are providing a set of concrete test cases showing the
behavior of Advance Design in various areas and various conditions. The tests cover
a wide field of expertise: modeling, climatic load generation according to Eurocode 1,
combinations management, meshing, finite element calculation, reinforced concrete
design according to Eurocode 2, steel member design according to Eurocode 3, steel
connection design according to Eurocode 3, timber member design according to
Eurocode 5, seismic analysis according to Eurocode 8, report generation, import /
export procedures and user interface behavior.
We hope that this guide will highly contribute to the knowledge and the confidence you
are placing in Advance Design.

Manuel LIEDOT
Chief Product Office

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Contents
1

FINITE ELEMENT METHOD ................................................................................................. 21


1.1

Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM) ....................................................................................22

1.2

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 ) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM) ...................................24

1.3

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 ) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM) .....................................27

1.4

System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................30

1.5

Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM) ........................................................................33

1.6

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 3) (01-0013SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................37

1.7

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................40

1.8

Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM) ..........................................................43

1.9

Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM) ..............................................46

1.10

Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM) .......................................................................50

1.11

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 ) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM) ..................................54

1.12

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM) .........................................57

1.13

Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM) .....................................................................60

1.14

Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM) .................................................................................................62

1.15

Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM) ......................................66

1.16

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 ) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM) ..................................70

1.17

Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM) .....................................................73

1.18

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................76

1.19

Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................................81

1.20

Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM) ...............................................................85

1.21

Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM) .......................................................88

1.22

Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM) .............................................................................91

1.23

Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM) ........................................................94

1.24

EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM) ..............................................................................................................97

1.25

Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................101

1.26

Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................106

1.27

Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................................108

1.28

Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM) ............................111

1.29

Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM) ...........................................114

1.30

Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM)....................................................................117

1.31

Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................121

1.32

Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM) ..............................................................123

1.33

Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................................126

1.34

Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................................................129

1.35

Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF) ........................................................................132

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.36

Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................... 135

1.37

Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM) ...................................................................................... 138

1.38

Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM) ............................................. 141

1.39

Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................... 144

1.40

Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................... 147

1.41

Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM) ..................................................................... 151

1.42

Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................... 154

1.43

Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM) .......................................... 157

1.44

Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM) ............................................... 159

1.45

Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................................... 161

1.46

Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 164

1.47

A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0057SSLSB_FEM)..... 166

1.48

A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0059SSLSB_FEM)..... 168

1.49

Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM) ............................................. 170

1.50

Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-0054SSLSB_FEM) .... 173

1.51

A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0058SSLSB_FEM) ...... 175

1.52

Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................................................... 177

1.53

Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 179

1.54

Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM).................................................................. 181

1.55

A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0063SSLSB_FEM) ... 184

1.56

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 187

1.57

A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0061SSLSB_FEM)....... 190

1.58

A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0065SSLSB_FEM) ......... 192

1.59

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 3) (01-0069SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 194

1.60

Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-0078SSLPB_FEM) . 197

1.61

A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0062SSLSB_FEM) ......... 199

1.62

A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM) ........... 202

1.63

Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-0077SSLPB_FEM) .... 204

1.64

A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0060SSLSB_FEM)..... 206

1.65

A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0064SSLSB_FEM) ......... 208

1.66

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 2) (01-0068SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 211

1.67

Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM) .............................................................. 214

1.68

Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM) ...................................................... 216

1.69

Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM) ............ 221

1.70

Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM) ....................................... 226

1.71

Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................................ 228

1.72

Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM) ..................................................................................... 232

1.73

Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM) .................................. 235

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.74

A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM) .................................................................238

1.75

Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM) ..............................................................245

1.76

Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM) .....................................................................248

1.77

Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM) ................................250

1.78

Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM) .......................................253

1.79

Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................257

1.80

Linear element in simple bending - without compressed reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91) ................261

1.81

Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM) ..........................................................265

1.82

Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92) .........................................................268

1.83

Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66) ...............................................................................273

1.84

Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM) .........................................................................281

1.85

Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)...................................................284

1.86 Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed reinforcements - Partially tensioned
section (02-0158SSLLB_B91) ..............................................................................................................................287

1.87

Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-0208SSLLG_BAEL91) ....................................................292

1.88

Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM) ...................................................................300

1.89

Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM) .......................................................................303

1.90

Design of a Steel Structure according to CM66 (03-0206SSLLG_CM66) .................................................307

1.91

Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................317

1.92

Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM) ...................................................322

CAD, RENDERING AND VISUALIZATION ......................................................................... 325


2.1

Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load. (TTAD #13190)..........................................................326

2.2

Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753) ...........................................................................326

2.3

Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs.(TTAD #13891) ..............................326

2.4

Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made.(TTAD #14825) ...................................326

2.5 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made.(TTAD
#12807) ................................................................................................................................................................326
2.6

Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033) ...................................................326

2.7

Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704) ...........................................................................................327

2.8

System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752).......................................................327

2.9

Generating combinations (TTAD #11721) ..................................................................................................327

2.10

Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611) .........................................................................327

2.11

Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589) ..........................................................327

2.12

Creating a camera (TTAD #11526) ...........................................................................................................328

2.13

Creating a circle (TTAD #11525) ...............................................................................................................328

2.14

Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458) ........................................................328

2.15

Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328) ....................................328

2.16

Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681) ...........................................................................328

2.17

Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486).....................................328
9

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.18

Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD #11475) .. 329

2.19

Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979) .......................................................................... 329

2.20

Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490) ................. 329

2.21

Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999) ...................................................................... 329

2.22

Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054) ................................. 329

2.23

Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110) .............................................................. 329

2.24

Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064) ........................................ 330

2.25

Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657) ......................................................................................... 330

2.26

Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183). ............................................................................ 330

2.27

Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698) ........................................................................ 330

2.28

Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section. (TTAD #13197) ................................................ 330

2.29

Verifying the default view.(TTAD #13248) ................................................................................................ 330

2.30

Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229) ................................... 331

2.31

Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062) ............................................. 331

2.32 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads (TTAD
#11837) ................................................................................................................................................................ 331

2.33

Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958) ................. 331

2.34

Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299)............................................................... 331

2.35

Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170) .............................................. 331

2.36

Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453) .............................................................................. 332

2.37

Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592) ....................................................................... 332

2.38

Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)..................................................................................... 332

CLIMATIC GENERATOR .................................................................................................... 333


3.1

EC1: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters (TTAD #12806) .......................... 334

3.2 EC1: Generating wind loads on a square based structure according to UK standards (BS EN 1991-14:2005) (TTAD #12608) ....................................................................................................................................... 334
3.3

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD #12716) ..................................... 334

3.4

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and parapets. (TTAD #12878) ................ 334

3.5

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12835) ....................................... 334

3.6

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528) .......................................... 335

3.7 EC1: generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles and automatic
calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12744) ...................................................................................... 335
3.8

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD #12719) .................................... 335

3.9

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12841) ....................................... 335

3.10

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12808) ...................................... 335

3.11

EC1: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD #12606) .............................. 336

3.12

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528)......................................... 336

3.13 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (TTAD
#11111) ................................................................................................................................................................ 336

10

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.14 EC1: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.2 Wind - Example B) ................................................................................................................................................336
3.15 EC1: wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and user defined "n" (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276) ........................................................................................................................336
3.16 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.3 - Wind Example C) ...........................................................................................................................................................337
3.17 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (VT : 3.4 - Snow Example A) ...........................................................................................................................................................337
3.18 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.1 - Wind Example A) ...........................................................................................................................................................337
3.19

EC1: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof (TTAD #12071, #12278) ......337

3.20 EC1: generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and automatic
calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276) ......................................................................................337
3.21

EC1: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. (TTAD #12233) ....................................338

3.22

EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building. (TTAD #13663) .............................338

3.23 EC1: snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees according to Czech national annex.
(TTAD #14235) .....................................................................................................................................................338
3.24

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height (TTAD 13159) ....338

3.25

EC1: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14179) ......................................338

3.26

EC1: wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668) ............................................................339

3.27

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13671) ..................................339

3.28

EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823) .............................................339

3.29

EC1: generating wind loads on a canopy according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard. (TTAD #13855) .339

3.30

EC1: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with parapets. (TTAD #13672) .............339

3.31

EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494) ...................................................340

3.32 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using different parameters defined per
directions (DEV2013#4.2).....................................................................................................................................340
3.33

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds (TTAD #13286) ..........................340

3.34 EC1: snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume (TTAD
#13559) ................................................................................................................................................................340
3.35 EC1: generating wind loads on a 35m high structure according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard with
CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196) .......................................................................................340
3.36

EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD #13856) .........................................341

3.37

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets (TTAD #13992) ....341

3.38

EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.(TTAD #13169) ............................................341

3.39

EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13669) ...................................341

3.40

EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height. (TTAD #13759) .......................341

3.41

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure values. (TTAD #14004) ..........342

3.42 EC1: snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to Romanian national annex. (TTAD
#13930s)...............................................................................................................................................................342
3.43

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets. (TTAD #14005).....342

3.44

EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3) ..........................342

3.45

EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one slope (DEV2013#4.3) ................342

11

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.46 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof using UK annex (DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD
#12608) ................................................................................................................................................................ 343
3.47

EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double slope (DEV2013#4.3)........... 343

3.48 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using different CsCd values for each
direction (DEV2013#4.4) ...................................................................................................................................... 343
3.49 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet
height (TTAD #11943) .......................................................................................................................................... 343
3.50 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD
#11687) ................................................................................................................................................................ 344
3.51

EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531) ............................................. 344

3.52 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD
#11569) ................................................................................................................................................................ 344
3.53 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD
#11570) ................................................................................................................................................................ 344
3.54

EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699) ............................................ 345

3.55

Generating the description of climatic loads report according to EC1 Romanian standards (TTAD #11688) ... 345

3.56

EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls (TTAD #11937) ...... 345

3.57

EC1: verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD #11302)..................................... 345

3.58 EC1: generating wind loads on a 55m high structure according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-14/NA) (DEV2012 #3.12) ....................................................................................................................................... 346
3.59

EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter (TTAD #11113) .......................... 346

3.60 EC1: generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-13/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13) ....................................................................................................................................... 346
3.61

EC1: snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with height reduction (TTAD #11191) . 346

3.62 EC1: generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN EN 19911-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13) .................................................................................................................................... 347
3.63 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame according to Czech standards (CSN EN
1991-1-4) (DEV2012 #3.18) ................................................................................................................................. 347
3.64 EC1: generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to German
standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13) ............................................................................................ 347
3.65 EC1: generating snow loads on two close roofs with different heights according to Czech standards (CSN
EN 1991-1-3) (DEV2012 #3.18) ........................................................................................................................... 347
3.66

EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter (TTAD #11113) .......... 348

3.67 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a parapet
(TTAD #11735) .................................................................................................................................................... 348

12

3.68

EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully opened face (DEV2012 #1.6) . 348

3.69

EC1: generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD #11695) ..................................... 348

3.70

EC1: generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852) ............ 349

3.71

EC1 NF: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11932) ........................ 349

3.72

EC1: wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD #11604) ........................ 349

3.73

EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof ............................................................ 349

3.74

EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis. (TTAD #15094) ... 350

3.75

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height (TTAD 13158) .... 350

3.76

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14578)..................................... 350

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.77

EC1: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building. (TTAD #14285)..................................350

3.78

EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal. (TTAD #14975) ..................................350

3.79 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound. (TTAD
#15047) ................................................................................................................................................................351
3.80

EC1: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building. (TTAD #13190) .................................................351

3.81

EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal. (TTAD #14531) .......................................................351

3.82 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto according to Romanian national annex. (TTAD
#13930w) ..............................................................................................................................................................351

3.83

EC1: snow load generation on double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides.(TTAD #13717)351

3.84

EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal. (TTAD #15140) ...............................................352

3.85

EC1: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees. (TTAD #15307) ......................................352

3.86

EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet. (TTAD #14530) ................352

3.87

EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof. (TTAD #14985) .............................................352

3.88

EC1: wind load generation on a signboard ................................................................................................352

3.89

EC1: wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs ..................................................................353

3.90

EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other. (TTAD #13320)353

3.91

EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening. (TTAD #15328) .......................353

3.92

EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11602) .....................353

3.93

EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof ..................................................353

COMBINATIONS ................................................................................................................. 355


4.1

Generating combinations (TTAD #11673) ..................................................................................................356

4.2

Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD #11359)................................356

4.3 Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action (TTAD
#11357) ................................................................................................................................................................356
4.4

Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431) ......................................................................356

4.5

Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355) ............................................................356

4.6

Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load case (TTAD #11361) .........................357

4.7

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7) ......................................357

4.8

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.9 (DEV2012 #1.7) .......................................357

4.9

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6 (DEV2012 #1.7) .......................................358

4.10

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4 (DEV2012 #1.7).....................................358

4.11

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.8 (DEV2012 #1.7)......................................358

4.12

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.3 (DEV2012 #1.7)......................................359

4.13

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10 (DEV2012 #1.7)....................................359

4.14

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7 (DEV2012 #1.7)......................................359

4.15

Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960) .................................................360

4.16

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.2 (DEV2012 #1.7)......................................360

4.17

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7).......................................360

4.18

Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889) ........................................360

13

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.19

Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806) ...................................... 361

4.20

Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load (TTAD #11806)............ 361

4.21

Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542) ....................................................................... 361

CONCRETE DESIGN .......................................................................................................... 363


5.1
law

EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - horizontal level behavior
364

5.2 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain
diagram ................................................................................................................................................................ 364
5.3

EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load ..................................... 364

5.4

Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498) ........................... 364

5.5

EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads ............................ 364

5.6

EC2: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported beam .......................................... 365

5.7 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain
behavior law ......................................................................................................................................................... 365
5.8 EC2 Test 1: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple
bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram ............................................................................................................... 366
5.9 EC2 Test 5: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram ................................................................................................................................................................ 371
5.10 EC2 Test 3: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, with
compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram .................................................................................. 375
5.11 EC2 Test 44: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class X0)............................................................................................................................................... 384
5.12 EC2 Test 45: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1) .......................................................................................................................................................... 390
5.13 EC2 Test 43: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation moment and significant
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ....... 397
5.14 EC2 Test 46 I: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined stressstrain diagram (Class X0) ..................................................................................................................................... 406
5.15 EC2 Test30: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ........................................................................................................... 409
5.16 EC2 Test 20: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) ....................... 413
5.17 EC2 Test 26: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .................................................................................. 420
5.18 EC2 Test29: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .......................................................................................................... 424
5.19 EC2 Test 18: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, with
compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) ............................................................. 428
5.20 EC2 Test 24: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .................................................................................. 433
5.21 EC2 Test28: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) ............................................................................................................. 437
5.22 EC2 Test34: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on the top Method
based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ............................................................. 441
5.23 EC2 Test 38: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method Professional rules Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ........................................................................................................... 449

14

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.24 EC2 Test32: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top
Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .............................................452
5.25 EC2 Test36: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvatureBilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................462
5.26 EC2 Test 40: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression force and significant
rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ..............................................................469
5.27 EC2 Test 42: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation moment and small
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ........476
5.28 EC2 Test33: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity methodBilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................485
5.29 EC2 Test 37: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method Professional rules Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................493
5.30 EC2 Test 41: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant compression force and small
rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ..............................................................497
5.31 EC2 Test31: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top
- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .........................................................................................................509
5.32 EC2 Test35: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to top Based on nominal
rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .................................................................................523
5.33 EC2 Test 39: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method Professional rules Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................534
5.34 EC2 Test 46 II: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear stressstrain diagram (Class X0) .....................................................................................................................................538
5.35

EC2: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads ...........................542

5.36 EC2 Test 2: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without
compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram ..................................................................................543
5.37 EC2 Test 9: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed reinforcement Inclined stress-strain
diagram.................................................................................................................................................................550
5.38 EC2 Test 7: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram.................................................................................................................................................................560
5.39 EC2 Test 10: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain
diagram.................................................................................................................................................................564
5.40 EC2 Test 13: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without
compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)..............................................................569
5.41 EC2 Test 15: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram.................................................................................................................................................................575
5.42 EC2 Test 4 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts Inclined stress-strain
diagram.................................................................................................................................................................581
5.43 EC2 Test 8: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed reinforcement Inclined stressstrain diagram .......................................................................................................................................................587
5.44 EC2 Test 17: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without
compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) .............................................................594
5.45 EC2 Test 12: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, without
compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3)...............................................................599
5.46 EC2 Test 16: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram.................................................................................................................................................................605
5.47 EC2 Test 6: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram.................................................................................................................................................................611
5.48 EC2 Test 11: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without
compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)...............................................................615
15

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.49 EC2 Test 14: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, with
compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) .............................................................. 621
5.50 EC2 Test 23: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1) .......................................................................................................................................................... 627
5.51 EC2 Test 27: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .................................................................................. 633
5.52 EC2 Test 19: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) ....................... 637
5.53 EC2 Test 25: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with inclined transversal
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .................................................................................. 643
5.54 Verifying the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards. (DEV2013
#8.3) 647
5.55 EC2 Test 4 II: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts Inclined stress-strain
diagram ................................................................................................................................................................ 648
5.56 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement
results when Z down axis is selected. (TTAD #14963)......................................................................................... 653
5.57 EC2 Test 47: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XD2) ............................................................................................................................................ 654
5.58 EC2 Test 47 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XD2)........................................................................................................................ 660
5.59 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis model (TTAD
#14332) ................................................................................................................................................................ 663

16

5.60

EC2: column design with Nominal Stiffness method square section (TTAD #11625) ............................. 663

5.61

Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar with rectangular cross section....... 663

5.62

Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD #11342) ... 663

5.63

Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated beams (TTAD #11342) ...... 664

5.64

Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations (TTAD #11683) .... 664

5.65

Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836) ............................................... 664

5.66

Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700) .................................. 665

5.67

Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556) .................................................................. 665

5.68

Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583)................................................................. 665

5.69

Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635)............................................................. 665

5.70

Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812) .............................................................. 666

5.71

Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678) ......................... 666

5.72

Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636) ............................................ 666

5.73

EC2 : calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892).............................................................. 666

GENERAL APPLICATIONS ................................................................................................ 667


6.1

Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141) ................................................ 668

6.2

Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525) ............................................. 668

6.3

Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354) ...................................................... 668

6.4

Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724) ........................................ 668

6.5

Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238)................................ 668

6.6

Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162) ............................................................................... 668

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.7

Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552) .......................................669

6.8

Changing the default material (TTAD #11870) ...........................................................................................669

6.9

Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487) .....................................669

6.10

Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting ..........................................................................669

6.11 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar (TTAD
#12102) ................................................................................................................................................................669

6.12

Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737) ..............................................670

6.13

Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) .................................................670

6.14

Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100).................................670

6.15

Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) .................................................670

6.16

Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617) ..........................................................................670

6.17

Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422) ..........................................................671

6.18

Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole.(TTAD #13772)...................................671

6.19

Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601) ......................671

IMPORT / EXPORT .............................................................................................................. 673


7.1

Verifying the export of a linear element to GTC (TTAD #10932, TTAD #11952) ........................................674

7.2

Exporting an Advance Design model to DO4 format (DEV2012 #1.10) ......................................................674

7.3

Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ........................................................674

7.4

Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9) ...........674

7.5

Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172) ..................674

7.6

Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ........................................................675

7.7

Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197) ...675

7.8

Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197) ... 675

7.9 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and imported via
GTC format (TTAD #12137) .................................................................................................................................675

7.10

System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232) .......................................675

7.11

Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306) ...........................676

7.12

Importing IFC files containing continuous foundations (TTAD #12410) .....................................................676

7.13

Importing GTC files containing "PH.RDC" system (TTAD #12055) ...........................................................676

7.14

Exporting a meshed model to GTC (TTAD #12550) ..................................................................................676

JOINT DESIGN .................................................................................................................... 677


8.1

Deleting a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar (TTAD #12630).............................................................678

8.2

Creating connections groups (TTAD #11797) ............................................................................................678

MESH ................................................................................................................................... 679


9.1

Verifying the mesh for a model with generalized buckling (TTAD #11519) .................................................680

9.2

Creating triangular mesh for planar elements (TTAD #11727) ...................................................................680

9.3

Verifying mesh points (TTAD #11748) ........................................................................................................680

9.4

Verifying the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh.(TTAD #15251)........680

17

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

9.5

10

11

Verifying the mesh of a planar element influenced by peak smoothing. ..................................................... 680

OTHER CLIMATIC ENGINES ............................................................................................. 681


10.1

NV2009: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880)............................................................. 682

10.2

NV2009: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD #12604) ............... 682

10.3

NV2009: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318) ...................................... 682

10.4

NV2009: generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar support (TTAD #11380) ... 682

REPORTS GENERATOR .................................................................................................... 683


11.1

Generating a report with modal analysis results (TTAD #10849) .............................................................. 684

11.2

System stability when the column releases interfere with support restraints (TTAD #10557) ................... 684

11.3

Modal analysis: eigen modes results for a structure with one level ........................................................... 684

11.4

Generating the critical magnification factors report (TTAD #11379) ......................................................... 684

11.5

Verifying the model geometry report (TTAD #12201) ............................................................................... 684

11.6

Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam (TTAD #12455) ..................................................................... 685

11.7

Verifying the shape sheet report (TTAD #12353) ...................................................................................... 685

11.8

Verifying the EC2 calculation assumptions report (TTAD #11838) ........................................................... 685

11.9

Verifying the Max row on the user table report (TTAD #12512) ................................................................ 685

11.10

Verifying the Min/Max values from the user reports (TTAD# 12231) ...................................................... 685

11.11 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, TTAD #12261) ........................................................................................................................................ 685
11.12

Creating the steel materials description report (TTAD #11954) .............................................................. 686

11.13 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD
#12230) 686
11.14 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on end points and middle of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .................................................................................................................................................... 686
11.15

Creating the rules table (TTAD #11802) ................................................................................................. 686

11.16 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the start point of super element) (TTAD
#12230) 686
11.17 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD
#12230) 687
11.18 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD
#12230) 687
11.19 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on start and end of super element) (TTAD
#12230) 687
11.20 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on end points and middle of super
element) (TTAD #12230) ...................................................................................................................................... 687
11.21 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the start point of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .................................................................................................................................................... 688
11.22 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the start point of super element) (TTAD
#12230) 688
11.23 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on end points and middle of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .................................................................................................................................................... 688
11.24

18

Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD #12230) 689

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

11.25

Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on start and end of super element) (TTAD #12230) .....689

11.26 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, #12261) ..................................................................................................................................................689
11.27 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .....................................................................................................................................................690

12

11.28

Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD #12230) 690

11.29

Verifying the shape sheet strings display (TTAD #12622) .......................................................................690

11.30

Verifying the modal analysis report (TTAD #12718) ................................................................................690

11.31

Verifying the steel shape sheet display (TTAD #12657) ..........................................................................690

SEISMIC ANALYSIS ........................................................................................................... 691


12.1

EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on walls ...........................................................................................692

12.2

EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure .................692

12.3

EC8: verifying the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints (TTAD #12706) ...............................692

12.4

Verifying the damping correction influence over the efforts in supports (TTAD #13011). ..........................692

12.5

Seismic norm PS92: verifying efforts and torsors on planar elements (TTAD #12974) .............................692

12.6

Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #12472) ..................................................................693

12.7 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with renewed building option,
according to Eurocode EC8 standard (TTAD #14161) .........................................................................................693
12.8 EC8 Romanian Annex: verifying action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and planar supports
(TTAD #14840) .....................................................................................................................................................693
12.9 EC 8 General Annex: verifying torsors on a 6 storey single concrete core subjected to horizontal forces
and seismic action ................................................................................................................................................693
12.10

EC8 French Annex: verifying seismic results when a design spectrum is used (TTAD #13778) .............694

12.11 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined section cuts
(TTAD #14460) .....................................................................................................................................................694
12.12 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to Romanian
EC8 appendix (DEV2013 #8.2) ............................................................................................................................694
12.13 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to Eurocode
EC8 standard (DEV2013 #8.2) .............................................................................................................................694
12.14 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to Marocco
seismic standards (RPS 2011) (DEV2013 #8.2) ...................................................................................................695
12.15

EC8 Fr Annex: Generating forces results per modes on linear and planar elements (TTAD #13797) ....695

12.16

Verifying seismic efforts on planar elements with Q4 and T3-Q4 mesh type (TTAD #14244) .................695

12.17 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Marocco seismic standards (RPS
2011) (DEV2013 #3.6) ..........................................................................................................................................695
12.18 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to French
PS92/100 standard (DEV2013 #8.2) ....................................................................................................................696
12.19 EC8 : Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Czech seismic standards (CSN
EN 1998-1) (DEV2012 #3.18) ...............................................................................................................................696
12.20

Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #11478) ................................................................696

12.21

Verifying signed concomitant linear elements envelopes on Fx report (TTAD #11517) ..........................697

12.22

EC8: Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down. (TTAD #15095) ..................697

12.23

Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632) ................................................................697

19

1 Finite Element Method

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.1

Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2433
Test status: Passed

1.1.1

Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the free extremity of a cantilever rectangular plate fixed on one side. The plate is
1 m long, subjected to a uniform planar load.

1.1.2

Background

1.1.2.1

Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 01/89.


Analysis type: linear static.
Element type: planar.
Cantilever rectangular plate
01-0001SSLSB_FEM

Units
S.I.
Geometry

Thickness: e = 0.005 m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

22

Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,


Inner: None.

Scale =1/4

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loadings

1.1.2.2

External: Uniform load p = -1700 Pa on the upper surface,


Internal: None.

Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated for the unsupported end located at x = 1m.
bl4p
u = 8EI =
z

0.1 x 14 x 1700
0.1 x 0.0053
11
8 x 2.1 x 10 x
12

= -9.71 cm

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


1100 nodes,
990 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape
Deformed cantilever rectangular plate

Scale =1/4

01-0001SSLSB_FEM

1.1.2.3

Theoretical results

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm]

-9.71

1.1.3
Result name
DZ

Calculated results
Result description
Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm]

Value
-9.58696 cm

Error
1.27%

23

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.2

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 ) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2441
Test status: Passed

1.2.1

Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.

1.2.2

Background

1.2.2.1

Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side
01-0009SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,

= 30
Points coordinates:

A(0;0;0)

B(a;0;0)

3
C ( 0.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
A

EA

3
D ( 1.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
A

EA

24

Scale =1/10

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: AB side fixed,


Inner: None.

Loading

1.2.2.2

External: None,
Internal: None.

Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle

Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:
fj =

1
i2
2
2 a

Et 2
12(1 2 )

where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().

= 30
12
3.961
22
10.19
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

25

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.2.2.3

Theoretical results

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

9.8987

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

25.4651

1.2.3
Result name

Calculated results
Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

26

Value
9.82 Hz
23.44 Hz

Error
-0.80%
-7.95%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.3

Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 ) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2439
Test status: Passed

1.3.1

Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.

1.3.2

Background

1.3.2.1

Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side

Scale =1/10

01-0007SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,

= 0
Points coordinates:

A(0;0;0)

B(a;0;0)

C(0;a;0)

D(a;a;0)

27

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: AB side fixed,


Inner: None.

Loading

1.3.2.2

External: None,
Internal: None.

Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle

Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a side "a" lozenge, leads to the frequencies:
fj =

1
i2
2
2 a

Et 2
12(1 2 )

where i = 1,2, and i2 = g().

=0
12
3.492
22
8.525
M.V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


61 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

28

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.3.2.3

Theoretical results

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

8.7266

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

21.3042

1.3.3
Result name

Calculated results
Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

Value
8.67 Hz
21.21 Hz

Error
-0.65%
-0.44%

29

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.4

System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2434
Test status: Passed

1.4.1

Description
On a system of two bars (AC and BC) with three hinges, a punctual load in applied in point C. The vertical
displacement in point C and the tensile stress on the bars are verified.

1.4.2

Background

1.4.2.1

Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 09/89;


Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: linear.
System of two bars with three hinges

Scale =1/33

0002SSLLB_FEM

4.5

00

0
.50

4
C

Y
Z

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Bars angle relative to horizontal: = 30,


Bars length: l = 4.5 m,
-4
2
Bar section: A = 3 x 10 m .

Materials properties

30

30

30

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Hinged in A and B,


Inner: Hinge on C

Loading

1.4.2.2

External: Punctual load in C: F = -21 x 103 N.


Internal: None.

Displacement of the model in C

Reference solution
uc = -3 x 10-3 m
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,


21 nodes,
20 linear elements.

Displacement shape
System of two bars with three hinges
Displacement in C

1.4.2.3

Scale =1/33

0002SSLLB_FEM

Bars stresses

Reference solutions
AC bar = 70 MPa
BC bar = 70 MPa
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,


21 nodes,
20 linear elements.

31

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.4.2.4

Shape of the stress diagram


System of two bars with three hinges
Bars stresses

1.4.2.5

Scale =1/34
0002SSLLB_FEM

Theoretical results

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [cm]

-0.30

CM2

Sxx

Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa]

70

CM2

Sxx

Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa]

70

1.4.3
Result name
DZ

Calculated results
Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [cm]

Value
-0.299954 cm

Error
0.02%

Sxx

Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa]

69.9998 MPa

0.00%

Sxx

Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa]

69.9998 MPa

0.00%

32

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.5

Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2438
Test status: Passed

1.5.1

Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies for a thin circular ring fixed in two points, subjected to its own weight only.

1.5.2

Background

1.5.2.1

Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 12/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;
Element type: linear.
Thin circular ring fixed in two points

Scale =1/2
01-0006SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Average radius of curvature: OA = OB = R = 0.1 m,


Angular spacing between points A and B: 120 ;
Rectangular straight section:

Thickness: h = 0.005 m,

Width: b = 0.010 m,
-5
2

Section: A = 5 x 10 m ,

Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,

33

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Point coordinates:

O (0 ;0),

A (-0.05 3 ; -0.05),

B (0.05 3 ; -0.05).

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 2700 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at A and B,


Inner: None.

Loading

1.5.2.2

External: None,
Internal: None.

Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solutions
The deformation of the fixed ring is calculated from the deformations of the free-free thin ring

Symmetrical mode:

ui = i cos(i)

vi = sin (i)

1-i2
i = Error! Bookmark not defined. R sin (i)
A

Antisymmetrical mode:

ui = i sin(i)

vi = -cos (i)

1-i2
i = Error! Bookmark not defined. R cos (i)
A

From Greens method results:


fj =

1
h
E
j

2 R 2
12

with a support angle of 120.

i
Symmetrical mode
Antisymmetrical mode

1
4.8497
1.9832

Finite elements modeling

34

Linear element: beam, without meshing,


32 nodes,
32 linear elements.

2
14.7614
9.3204

3
23.6157
11.8490

4
21.5545

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

35

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.5.2.3
Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz]

235.3

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz]

575.3

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 3 frequency - 3 antisymmetric 2 [Hz]

1105.7

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 4 frequency - 4 antisymmetric 3 [Hz]

1405.6

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 5 frequency - 5 symmetric 2 [Hz]

1751.1

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 6 frequency - 6 antisymmetric 4 [Hz]

2557

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 7 frequency - 7 symmetric 3 [Hz]

2801.5

1.5.3
Result name

36

Theoretic results

Calculated results
Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz]

Value
236.32 Hz

Error
0.43%

Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz]

578.52 Hz

0.56%

Eigen mode 3 frequency - 3 antisymmetric 2 [Hz]

1112.54 Hz

0.62%

Eigen mode 4 frequency - 4 antisymmetric 3 [Hz]

1414.22 Hz

0.61%

Eigen mode 5 frequency - 5 symmetric 2 [Hz]

1760 Hz

0.51%

Eigen mode 6 frequency - 6 antisymmetric 4 [Hz]

2569.97 Hz

0.51%

Eigen mode 7 frequency - 7 symmetric 3 [Hz]

2777.43 Hz

-0.86%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.6

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 3) (01-0013SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2445
Test status: Passed

1.6.1

Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
subjected to its self weight only.

1.6.2

Background

1.6.2.1

Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow
Case 3

Scale = 1/12
01-0013SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

37

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry

Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,


Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4
2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9
4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
Points coordinates (in m):

O(0;0;0)

A(0;R;0)

B(R;0;0)

C ( -L ; R ; 0 )

D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Fixed at points C and Ds,

At A: translation restraint along y and z,

At B: translation restraint along x and z,


Inner: None.

Loading

1.6.2.2

External: None,
Internal: None.

Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

fj =

in plane bending:

2 R

EI z
A

where i = 1,2,

Finite elements modeling

38

Linear element: beam,


41 nodes,
40 linear elements.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.6.2.3

Theoretical results

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz]

25.300

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz]

27.000

1.6.3
Result name

Calculated results
Result description
Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz]

Value
24.96 Hz

Error
-1.34%

Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz]

26.71 Hz

-1.07%

39

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.7

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2443
Test status: Passed

1.7.1

Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) with fixed ends and subjected to its self weight only.

1.7.2

Background

1.7.2.1

Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane
Case 1

Scale = 1/7
01-0011SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

40

Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,


Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9
4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Points coordinates (in m):

O(0;0;0)

A(0;R;0)

B(R;0;0)

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at points A and B ,


Inner: None.

Loading

1.7.2.2

External: None,
Internal: None.

Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

fj =

in plane bending:

2 R

EI z
A

where i = 1,2,

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


11 nodes,
10 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

41

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.7.2.3
Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz]

119

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz]

227

1.7.3
Result name

42

Theoretical results

Calculated results
Result description
Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz]

Value
120.09 Hz

Error
0.92%

Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz]

227.1 Hz

0.04%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.8

Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2447
Test status: Passed

1.8.1

Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of four elements of length "l", having identical
characteristics. A punctual load of -10000 N is applied.

1.8.2

Background

1.8.2.1

Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

=1m
2
S = 0.01 m
I = 0.0001 m4

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:
Fixed at ends x = 0 and x = 4 m,

Elastic support with k = EI/ rigidity


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual load P = -10000 N at x = 2m,


Internal: None.

43

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.8.2.2

Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v3, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.
Rigidity matrix of a plane beam:

ES

0
[K e ] = ES

12EI
3
6EI
2

6EI
2
4EI

12EI
3
6EI
2

ES

0
0
ES
l

6EI
2
2EI

6EI

2
2EI

6EI
2

4EI

12EI
3
6EI
2

0
12EI
3
6EI
2

Given the symmetry / X and load of the structure, it is unnecessary to consider the degrees of freedom associated
with normal work (u2, u3, u4).
The same symmetry allows the deduction of:

v2 = v4

2 = -4

3 = 0

12
3
6
2

12
3
6
2

EI

44

6
2
4

6
2

12
3
6
2

24
3

12
3
6
2

6
2
2

0
8

6
2

12
3
6
2

24 1
3 +

12
3
6
2

6
2
2

0
8

6
2

12
3
6
2

24
3

12
3
6
2

6
2
2

0
8

6
2

12
3
6
2

12
3
6
2

v1 R1
M
1 1
v 2 0 (1)


2 0 (2)
v 3 P (3 )
=

3 0 (4 )
v 0 (5 )
4

4 0 (6 )
2

2 v 5 R5
5 M5
6
2

4

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

[ ]

The elementary rigidity matrix of the spring in its local axis system, k 5 =

EI

the global axis system by means of the rotation matrix (90 rotation):

0 0

0 1

[K 5 ] = EI 0 0
0 0
0 1

0 0

0 0
0 1
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 0

0 (u 3 )

0 (v 3 )
0 ( 3 )

0 (u 6 )
0 (v 6 )

0 ( 6 )

6
2
8
3
v3 + 3 + 4 = 0 4 = v3
2

0
0
0
0
0
0

1 1 (U 3 )
, must be expressed in

1 1 (U 6 )

12
6
24
v 3 2 3 + 3 v 4 = 0 2v 4 = v 3
3

6
2
8
6
2
v + 2 + 3 2 v 4 + 4 = 0 v 4 = v 2 (usually unnecessary)
2 2

3
(3) 12 v 2 6 2 + 24 + 1 v 3 12 v 4 6 4 = P v 3 = P
= 0.11905 10 03 m
3
2
3
3
2
2

EI

3 + l EI

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,


6 nodes,
4 linear elements + 1 spring,

Deformed shape
Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span
Deformed

Note: the displacement is expressed here in m

1.8.2.3

Theoretical results

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm]

-0.11905

1.8.3
Result name
Dz

Calculated results
Result description
Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm]

Value
-0.119048
mm

Error
0.00%

45

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.9

Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2449
Test status: Passed

1.9.1

Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are located on the neutral
axis), subjected to its own weight only.

1.9.2

Background

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Short beam on simple supports on the neutral axis

Scale = 1/6
01-0017SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Height: h = 0.2 m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2
4
Section: A = 2 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10-5 m4.

Materials properties

46

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),

Simple support in B.
Inner: None.

Loading

1.9.2.1

External: None.
Internal: None.

Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
The bending beams equation gives, when superimposing, the effects of simple bending, shear force deformations
and rotation inertia, Timoshenko formula.
The reference eigen modes frequencies are determined by a numerical simulation of this equation, independent of
any software.
The eigen frequencies in tension-compression are given by:
fi =

2l

where i =

(2i 1)
2

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,


10 nodes,
9 linear elements.

47

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

48

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.9.2.2

Theoretical results

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

431.555

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

1265.924

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

1498.295

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

2870.661

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

3797.773

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz]

4377.837

1.9.3
Result name

Calculated results
Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
437.12 Hz

Error
1.29%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

1264.32 Hz

-0.13%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

1537.16 Hz

2.59%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

2911.46 Hz

1.42%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

3754.54 Hz

-1.14%

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz]

4281.23 Hz

-2.21%

49

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.10 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2451
Test status: Passed

1.10.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a thin square plate fixed on one side.

1.10.2 Background
1.10.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 01/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin square plate fixed on one side

Scale = 1/6
01-0019SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

50

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: t = 1 m,
Points coordinates in m:

A (0 ;0 ;0)

B (1 ;0 ;0)

C (1 ;1 ;0)

D (0 ;1 ;0)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Edge AD fixed.


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None.
Internal: None.

1.10.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies


Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a square plate with side "a", leads to:
fj =

1
i2
2 a 2
i
i

Et 2
12(1 2 )
1
3.492

where i = 1,2, . . .
2
8.525

3
21.43

4
27.33

5
31.11

6
54.44

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell,


959 nodes,
900 planar elements.

51

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes


Thin square plate fixed on one side
Mode 1

Thin square plate fixed on one side


Mode 2

Thin square plate fixed on one side


Mode 3

52

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.10.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

8.7266

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

21.3042

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

53.5542

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

68.2984

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

77.7448

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz]

136.0471

1.10.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
8.67 Hz

Error
-0.65%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

21.22 Hz

-0.40%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

53.13 Hz

-0.79%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

67.74 Hz

-0.82%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

77.15 Hz

-0.77%

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz]

134.65 Hz

-1.03%

53

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.11 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 ) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2440
Test status: Passed

1.11.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.

1.11.2 Background
1.11.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side

Scale =1/10
01-0008SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

54

Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,

= 15
Points coordinates:

A(0;0;0)

B(a;0;0)

C ( 0.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )

D ( 1.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: AB side fixed,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

1.11.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies function by angle


Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:
fj =

1
i2
2
2 a

Et 2
12(1 2 )

where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().

= 15
12
3.601
22
8.872
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

55

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.11.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

8.999

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

22.1714

1.11.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

56

Value
8.95 Hz
21.69 Hz

Error
-0.54%
-2.17%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.12 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2444
Test status: Passed

1.12.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
subjected to its self weight only.

1.12.2 Background
1.12.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow
Case 2

Scale = 1/11
01-0012SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,


L = 0.6 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,

57

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10-9 m4.


Points coordinates (in m):

O(0;0;0)

A(0;R;0)

B(R;0;0)

C ( -L ; R ; 0 )

D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Fixed at points C and D

At A: translation restraint along y and z,

At B: translation restraint along x and z,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

1.12.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies


Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

fj =

in plane bending:

2 R

EI z
A

where i = 1,2,

Finite elements modeling

58

Linear element: beam,


23 nodes,
22 linear elements.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.12.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz]

94

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz]

180

1.12.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz]
Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz]

Value
94.62 Hz
184.68 Hz

Error
0.66%
2.60%

59

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.13 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2453
Test status: Passed

1.13.1 Description
Verifies the critical load result on node 5 of a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling. A punctual load of -100000 is
applied.

1.13.2 Background
1.13.2.1 Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test (Euler theory);


Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

L = 10 m
2
S=0.01 m
I = 0.0002 m4

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.0 x 1010 N/m2,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.1.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,


Inner: None.

Loading

60

External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,


Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.13.2.2 Critical load on node 5


Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:

Pcritique =

2EI
98696
= 98696 N =
= 0.98696
2
100000
4L

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: beam, imposed mesh,


5 nodes,
4 elements.

Deformed shape

1.13.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Fx

Critical load on node 5. [N]

-98696

1.13.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fx

Result description
Critical load on node 5 (mode 1) [N]

Value
-100000 N

Error
-1.32%

61

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.14 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2448
Test status: Passed

1.14.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies and the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of eight
elements of length "l", having identical characteristics. A punctual load of -50000 N is applied.

1.14.2 Background
1.14.2.1 Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test (beams theory);


Analysis type: static linear, modal analysis;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: l = 16 m,
Axial section: S=0.06 m2
4
Inertia I = 0.0001 m

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7850 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at both ends x = 0 and x = 8 m,


Inner: None.

Loading

62

External: Punctual load P = -50000 N at x = 4m,


Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.14.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range


Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v5, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.

v5 =

Pl 3
50000 16 3
=
= 0.05079 m
192EI 192 2.1E11 0.0001

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,


9 nodes,
8 elements.

Deformed shape
Double fixed beam
Deformed

1.14.2.3 Eigen mode frequencies of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
Knowing that the first four eigen mode frequencies of a double fixed beam are given by the following formula:

fn =

2. .L2
2
n

12
2
E.I
2
where for the first 4 eigen modes frequencies
2
.S
3
2
4

= 22.37 f1 = 2.937 Hz
= 61.67 f 2 = 8.095 Hz
= 120.9 f 3 = 15.871 Hz
= 199.8 f 4 = 26.228 Hz

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,


9 nodes,
8 elements.

63

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Modal deformations
Double fixed beam
Mode 1

Double fixed beam


Mode 2

Double fixed beam


Mode 3

Double fixed beam


Mode 4

64

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.14.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m]

-0.05079

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

2.937

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

8.095

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

15.870

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

26.228

1.14.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

Result description
Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m]

Value
-0.0507937
m

Error
-0.01%

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

2.94 Hz

0.10%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

8.09 Hz

-0.06%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

15.79 Hz

-0.50%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

25.76 Hz

-1.78%

65

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.15 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2452
Test status: Passed

1.15.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a thin rectangular plate simply supported on its perimeter.

1.15.2 Background
1.15.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 03/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter

Scale = 1/8
01-0020SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

66

Length: a = 1.5 m,
Width: b = 1 m,
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Points coordinates in m:

A (0 ;0 ;0)

B (0 ;1.5 ;0)

C (1 ;1.5 ;0)

D (1 ;0 ;0)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Simple support on all sides,

For the modeling: hinged at A, B and D.


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None.
Internal: None.

1.15.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies


Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a rectangular plate with supports on all four sides, leads to:
fij =

j
i

[ ( )2 + ( )2 ]
a
b
2

Et 2
12(1 2 )

where:
i = number of half-length of wave along y ( dimension a)
j = number of half-length of wave along x ( dimension b)
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell,


496 nodes,
450 planar elements.

67

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

68

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.15.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 1; j = 1. [Hz]

35.63

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 1. [Hz]

68.51

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 1; j = 2. [Hz]

109.62

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 3; j = 1. [Hz]

123.32

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 2. [Hz]

142.51

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 3; j = 2. [Hz]

197.32

1.15.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 1 (Mode 1) [Hz]

Value
35.58 Hz

Error
-0.14%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 1 (Mode 2) [Hz]

68.29 Hz

-0.32%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 2 (Mode 3) [Hz]

109.98 Hz

0.33%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 1 (Mode 4) [Hz]

123.02 Hz

-0.24%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 2 (Mode 5) [Hz]

141.98 Hz

-0.37%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 2 (Mode 6) [Hz]

195.55 Hz

-0.90%

69

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.16 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 ) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2442
Test status: Passed

1.16.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.

1.16.2 Background
1.16.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side

Scale =1/10
01-0010SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

70

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry

Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,

= 45
Points coordinates:

A(0;0;0)

B(a;0;0)

C(

D(

2
2
a;
a;0)
2
2
2
2+ 2
a;
a;0)
2
2

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: AB side fixed,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

1.16.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle


Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:
fj =

1
i2
2 a 2

Et 2
12(1 2 )

where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().

= 45
12
4.4502
22
10.56
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

71

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.16.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

11.1212

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

26.3897

1.16.3 Calculated results


Result name

72

Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
11.28 Hz

Error
1.43%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

28.08 Hz

6.41%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.17 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2446
Test status: Passed

1.17.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a circular ring hanged on an elastic element, subjected to its self weight
only.

1.17.2 Background
1.17.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 13/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;
Element type: linear.
Thin circular ring hang from an elastic element

Scale = 1/1
01-0014SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Average radius of curvature: OB = R = 0.1 m,


Length of elastic element: AB = 0.0275 m ;
Straight rectangular section:

Ring

Thickness: h = 0.005 m,

Width: b = 0.010 m,

Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,

73

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Flexure moment of relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,


Elastic element
Thickness: h = 0.003 m,

Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 3 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 2.25 x 10-11 m4,

Points coordinates:
O ( 0 ; 0 ),

A ( 0 ; -0.0725 ),

B ( 0 ; -0.1 ).

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 2700 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed in A,
Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

1.17.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies


Reference solutions
The reference solution was established from experimental results of a mass manufactured aluminum ring.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


43 nodes,
43 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

74

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.17.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz]

28.80

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz]

189.30

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 3 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz]

268.80

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 4 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz]

641.00

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz]

682.00

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 6 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz]

1063.00

1.17.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz]

Value
28.81 Hz

Error
0.03%

Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz]

189.69 Hz

0.21%

Eigen mode 3 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz]

269.38 Hz

0.22%

Eigen mode 4 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz]

642.15 Hz

0.18%

Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz]

683.9 Hz

0.28%

Eigen mode 6 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz]

1065.73 Hz

0.26%

75

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.18 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2450
Test status: Passed

1.18.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are eccentric relative to
the neutral axis).

1.18.2 Background
1.18.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis, (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)

Scale = 1/5
01-0018SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

76

Height: h = 0.2m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2
4
Section: A = 2 x 10 m ,
-5
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10 m .

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),

Simple support at B.
Inner: None.

Loading

External: None.
Internal: None.

1.18.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies


Reference solution
The problem has no analytical solution, the solution is determined by averaging several software: Timoshenko model
with shear force deformation effects and rotation inertia. The bending modes and the traction-compression are
coupled.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,


10 nodes,
9 linear elements.

Eigen modes shape


Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)
Mode 1

77

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 2

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 3

78

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 4

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 5

79

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.18.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

392.8

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

902.2

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

1591.9

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

2629.2

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

3126.2

1.18.3 Calculated results


Result name

80

Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
393.7 Hz

Error
0.23%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

945.35 Hz

4.78%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

1595.94 Hz

0.25%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

2526.22 Hz

-3.92%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

3118.91 Hz

-0.23%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.19 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2457
Test status: Passed

1.19.1 Description
A straight slender beam on three supports is loaded with two punctual loads. The bending moment, vertical
displacement and reaction on the center are verified.

1.19.2 Background
1.19.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 03/89;


Analysis type: static (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Slender beam on three supports

Scale = 1/49
01-0025SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: L = 3 m,
Beam inertia: I = 6.3 x 10-4 m4.

81

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions

Outer:

Hinged at A,
6

Elastic support at B (Ky = 2.1 x 10 N/m),

Simple support at C.
Inner: None.

Loading

External: 2 punctual loads F = Fy = -42000N.


Internal: None.

1.19.2.2 Bending moment at B


Reference solution
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
k=

6EI
L3Ky
Bending moment at B: MB

MB =

L ( 6 + 2k )F
2
(8 + k )

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

Results shape
Slender beam on three supports

Scale = 1/49
Bending moment

82

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.19.2.3 Reaction in B
Reference solution

Compression force in the spring: VB


-11F
VB = 8 + k
A

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

1.19.2.4 Vertical displacement at B


Reference solution

Deflection at the spring location: vB


11F
vB = Ky(8 + k)
A

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

Results shape
Slender beam on three supports
Deformed

83

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.19.2.5 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

My

Bending moment in point B. [Nm]

-63000

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point B. [cm]

-1.00

CM2

Fz

Reaction in point B. [N]

-21000

1.19.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
Bending moment in point B [Nm]

Value
-63000 N*m

Error
0.00%

DZ

Vertical displacement in point B [cm]

-1 cm

0.00%

Fz

Reaction in point B [N]

-21000 N

0.00%

84

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.20 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2461
Test status: Passed

1.20.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about Z-axis, the vertical displacement and the horizontal displacement on several points of a
double hinged thin arc in planar bending.

1.20.2 Background
1.20.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 08/89;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Double hinged thin arc in planar bending
01-0029SSLLB_FEM

Scale = 1/8

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Medium radius: R = 1 m ,
Circular hollow section:

de = 0.02 m,

di = 0.016 m,
-4
2

A = 1.131 x 10 m ,

Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

85

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Hinge at A,

At B: allowed rotation along z, vertical displacement restrained along y.


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual load at C: Fy = F = - 100 N.


Internal: None.

1.20.2.2 Displacements at A, B and C


Reference solution

Rotation about z-axis

FR2
A = - B = ( 2 - 1) 2EI
A

Displacement;

FR
3
FR3
Vertical at C: vC = 8 EA + ( 4 - 2) 2EI
A

FR FR3
Horizontal at B: uB = 2EA - 2EI
A

Finite elements modeling

86

Linear element: beam,


37 nodes,
36 linear elements.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Displacements shape
Fixed thin arc in planar bending

Scale = 1/11
Deformed

1.20.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad]

0.030774

CM2

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad]

-0.030774

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [cm]

-1.9206

CM2

DX

Horizontal displacement in point B [cm]

5.3912

1.20.3 Calculated results


Result name
RY

Result description
Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad]

Value
0.0307785 Rad

Error
0.01%

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad]

-0.0307785 Rad

-0.01%

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [cm]

-1.92019 cm

0.02%

DX

Horizontal displacement in point B [cm]

5.386 cm

-0.10%

87

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.21 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2455
Test status: Passed

1.21.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a symmetrical portal frame with fixed supports.

1.21.2 Background
1.21.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame

Scale = 1/5
01-0023SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Straight rectangular sections for beams and columns:


Thickness: h = 0.0048 m,
Width: b = 0.029 m,
-4
2
Section: A = 1.392 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 2.673 x 10-10 m4,
Points coordinates in m:
x
y

88

A
-0.30
0

B
0.30
0

C
-0.30
0.36

D
0.30
0.36

E
-0.30
0.81

F
0.30
0.81

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at A and B,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None.
Internal: None.

1.21.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies


Reference solution
Dynamic radius method (slender beams theory).
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


60 nodes,
60 linear elements.

Deformed shape
Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame

Scale = 1/7

Mode 13

89

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.21.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

8.8

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

29.4

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz]

43.8

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 4 symmetric frequency [Hz]

56.3

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 5 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

96.2

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 6 symmetric frequency [Hz]

102.6

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 7 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

147.1

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 8 symmetric frequency [Hz]

174.8

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 9 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

178.8

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 10 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

206

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 11 symmetric frequency [Hz]

266.4

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 12 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

320

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz]

335

1.21.3 Calculated results


Result name

90

Result description
Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

Value
8.78 Hz

Error
-0.23%

Eigen mode 2 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

29.43 Hz

0.10%

Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz]

43.85 Hz

0.11%

Eigen mode 4 symmetric frequency [Hz]

56.3 Hz

0.00%

Eigen mode 5 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

96.05 Hz

-0.16%

Eigen mode 6 symmetric frequency [Hz]

102.7 Hz

0.10%

Eigen mode 7 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

147.08 Hz

-0.01%

Eigen mode 8 symmetric frequency [Hz]

174.96 Hz

0.09%

Eigen mode 9 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

178.92 Hz

0.07%

Eigen mode 10 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

206.23 Hz

0.11%

Eigen mode 11 symmetric frequency [Hz]

266.62 Hz

0.08%

Eigen mode 12 antisymmetric frequency [Hz]

319.95 Hz

-0.02%

Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz]

334.96 Hz

-0.01%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.22 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2459
Test status: Passed

1.22.1 Description
Arc of a circle fixed at one end, subjected to two punctual loads and a torque at its free end. The horizontal
displacement, vertical displacement and rotation about Z-axis are verified.

1.22.2 Background
1.22.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 06/89;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Fixed thin arc in planar bending
01-0027SSLLB_FEM

Scale = 1/24

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Medium radius: R = 3 m ,
Circular hollow section:

de = 0.02 m,

di = 0.016 m,
-4
2

A = 1.131 x 10 m ,

Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

91

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed in A.
Inner: None.

Loading

External:
At B:

punctual load F1 = Fx = 10 N,

punctual load F2 = Fy = 5 N,

bending moment about Oz, Mz = 8 Nm.


Internal: None.

1.22.2.2 Displacements at B
Reference solution
At point B:

R2
displacement parallel to Ox: u = 4EI [F1R + 2F2R + 4Mz]
A

R
displacement parallel to Oy: v = 4EI [2F1R + (3 - 8)F2R + 2( - 2)Mz]

R
rotation around Oz: = 4EI [4F1R + 2( - 2)F2R + 2Mz]

Finite elements modeling

92

Linear element: beam,


31 nodes,
30 linear elements.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Results shape
Fixed thin arc in planar bending

Scale = 1/19
Deformed

1.22.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DX

Horizontal displacement in point B [m]

0.3791

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point B [m]

0.2417

CM2

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad]

-0.1654

1.22.3 Calculated results


Result name
DX

Result description
Horizontal displacement in point B [m]

Value
0.378914 m

Error
-0.05%

DZ

Vertical displacement in point B [m]

0.241738 m

0.02%

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad]

-0.165362 Rad

0.02%

93

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.23 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2463
Test status: Passed

1.23.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal and the vertical displacement in several points of a truss with hinged bars, subjected to a
punctual load.

1.23.2 Background

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 11/89;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

1.23.2.1 Model description


Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load

Scale = 1/10
01-0031SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry
Elements
AC
CB
CD
BD

94

Length (m)
0.5 2
0.5 2
2.5
2
A

Area (m2)
2 x 10-4
2 x 10-4
1 x 10-4
1 x 10-4

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.962 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions

Outer: Hinge at A and B,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 9.81 x 103 N.


Internal: None.

1.23.2.2 Displacements at C and D


Reference solution
Displacement method.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


4 nodes,
4 linear elements.

Displacements shape
Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load

Deformed

Scale = 1/9

95

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.23.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DX

Horizontal displacement in point C [mm]

0.26517

CM2

DX

Horizontal displacement in point D [mm]

3.47902

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [mm]

0.08839

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point D [mm]

-5.60084

1.23.3 Calculated results


Result name
DX

Result description
Horizontal displacement in point C [mm]

Value
0.264693 mm

Error
-0.18%

DX

Horizontal displacement in point D [mm]

3.47531 mm

-0.11%

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [mm]

0.0881705 mm

-0.25%

DZ

Vertical displacement in point D [mm]

-5.595 mm

0.10%

96

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.24 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM)


Test ID: 2465
Test status: Passed

1.24.1 Description
Verifies the displacement at the top of an EDF Pylon and the dominating buckling results. Three punctual loads
corresponding to wind loads are applied on the main arms, on the upper arm and on the lower horizontal frames of
the pylon.

1.24.2 Background
1.24.2.1 Model description

Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: static linear, Eulerian buckling;
Element type: linear

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Hinged support,

For the modeling, a fixed restraint and 4 beams were added at the pylon supports level.
Inner: None.
97

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External:
Punctual loads corresponding to a wind load.

FX = 165550 N, FY = - 1240 N, FZ = - 58720 N on the main arms,

FX = 50250 N, FY = - 1080 N, FZ = - 12780 N on the upper arm,

FX = 11760 N, FY = 0 N, FZ = 0 N on the lower horizontal frames


Internal: None.

1.24.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range


Reference solution

98

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Software
Max deflection (m)
dominating mode

ANSYS 5.3
0.714
2.77

NE/NASTRAN 7.0
0.714
2.77

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,


402 nodes,
1034 elements.

Deformed shape

99

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Buckling modal deformation (dominating mode)

1.24.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Displacement at the top of the pylon [m]

0.714

Dominating buckling - critical , mode 4 [Hz]

2.77

CM2

1.24.3 Calculated results


Result name
D

Result description
Displacement at the top of the pylon [m]
Dominating buckling - critical Lambda - mode 4 [Hz]

100

Value
0.71254 m
2.83 Hz

Error
-0.20%
2.17%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.25 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2456
Test status: Passed

1.25.1 Description
A straight slender beam with fixed ends is loaded with a uniform load, several punctual loads and a torque. The shear
force, bending moment, vertical displacement and horizontal reaction are verified.

1.25.2 Background
1.25.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 01/89;


Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: linear.
Slender beam on two fixed supports

Scale = 1/4
01-0024SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: L = 1 m,
Beam inertia: I = 1.7 x 10-8 m4.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at A and B,


Inner: None.

101

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External:

Uniformly distributed load from A to B: py = p = -24000 N/m,

Punctual load at D: Fx = F1 = 30000 N,

Torque at D: Cz = C = -3000 Nm,

Punctual load at E: Fx = F2 = 10000 N,

Punctual load at E: Fy = F = -20000 N.


Internal: None.

1.25.2.2 Shear force at G


Reference solution
Analytical solution:

Shear force at G: VG

VG = 0.216F 1.26

C
L

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

Results shape
Slender beam on two fixed supports

Scale = 1/5
Shear force

102

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.25.2.3 Bending moment in G


Reference solution
Analytical solution:

Bending moment at G: MG
pL2
MG = 24 - 0.045LF 0.3C
A

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

Results shape
Slender beam on two fixed supports

Scale = 1/5
Bending moment

1.25.2.4 Vertical displacement at G


Reference solution
Analytical solution:

Vertical displacement at G: vG
pl4
0.003375FL3 0.015CL2
vG = 384EI +
+
EI
EI
A

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

103

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Results shape
Slender beam on two fixed supports

Scale = 1/4
Deformed

1.25.2.5 Horizontal reaction at A


Reference solution
Analytical solution:

Horizontal reaction at A: HA
HA = -0.7F1 0.3F2
Finite elements modeling

104

Linear element: beam,


5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.25.2.6 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Fz

Shear force in point G. [N]

-540

CM2

My

Bending moment in point G. [Nm]

-2800

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point G. [cm]

-4.90

CM2

Fx

Horizontal reaction in point A. [N]

24000

1.25.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fz

Result description
Shear force in point G [N]

Value
-540 N

Error
0.00%

My

Bending moment in point G [Nm]

-2800 N*m

0.00%

DZ

Vertical displacement in point G [cm]

-4.90485 cm

-0.10%

Fx

Horizontal reaction in point A [N]

24000 N

0.00%

105

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.26 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2460
Test status: Passed

1.26.1 Description
An arc of a circle fixed at one end is loaded with a punctual force at its free end, perpendicular to the plane. The out
of plane displacement, torsion moment and bending moment are verified.

1.26.2 Background
1.26.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 07/89;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.
Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending
01-0028SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Medium radius: R = 1 m ,
Circular hollow section:

de = 0.02 m,

di = 0.016 m,
-4
2

A = 1.131 x 10 m ,

Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

Materials properties

106

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Scale = 1/6

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at A.
Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual force in B perpendicular on the plane: Fz = F = 100 N.


Internal: None.

1.26.2.2 Displacements at B
Reference solution
Displacement out of plane at point B:
FR3 EIx 3
uB = EI [ 4 + K ( 4 - 2)]
x
T
A

where KT is the torsional rigidity for a circular section (torsion constant is 2Ix).
KT = 2GIx =

EIx
1+
A

FR3
3
uB = EI [ 4 + (1 + ) ( 4 - 2)]
x
A

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


46 nodes,
45 linear elements.

1.26.2.3 Moments at = 15
Reference solution

Torsion moment: Mx = Mt = FR(1 - sin)

Bending moment: Mz = Mf = -FRcos

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


46 nodes,
45 linear elements.

1.26.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Displacement out of plane in point B [m]

0.13462

CM2

Mx

Torsion moment in = 15 [Nm]

74.1180

CM2

Mz

Bending moment in = 15 [Nm]

-96.5925

1.26.3 Calculated results


Result name
D

Result description
Displacement out of plane in point B [m]

Value
0.135156 m

Error
0.40%

Mx

Torsion moment in Theta = 15 [Nm]

74.103 N*m

-0.02%

Mz

Bending moment in Theta = 15 [Nm]

96.5925 N*m

0.00%

107

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.27 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2464
Test status: Passed

1.27.1 Description
A beam under 3 punctual loads lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The bending moment, vertical displacement
and rotation about z-axis on several points of the beam are verified.

1.27.2 Background
1.27.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 15/89;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Beam on elastic soil, free ends
01-0032SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

108

L = ( 10 )/2,
I = 10-4 m4.
A

Scale = 1/21

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions

Outer:

Free A and B extremities,

Constant linear stiffness of soil ky = K = 840000 N/m2.


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual load at A, C and B: Fy = F = - 10000 N.


Internal: None.

1.27.2.2 Bending moment and displacement at C


Reference solution
=

4
A

K/(4EI)
E

= L/2
= sh (2) + sin (2)

Bending moment:
MC = (F/(4))(ch(2) - cos (2) 8sh()sin())/

Vertical displacement:
vC = - (F/(2K))( ch(2) + cos (2) + 8ch()cos() + 2)/

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


72 nodes,
71 linear elements.

Bending moment diagram


Beam on elastic soil, free ends

Scale = 1/20
Bending moment

109

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.27.2.3 Displacements at A
Reference solution

Vertical displacement:
vA = (2F/K)( ch()cos() + ch(2) + cos(2))/

Rotation about z-axis


A = (-2F2/K)( sh()cos() - sin()ch() + sh(2) - sin(2))/

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


72 nodes,
71 linear elements

1.27.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

My

Bending moment in point C [Nm]

5759

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.006844

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point A [m]

-0.007854

CM2

RY

Rotation about z-axis in point A [rad]

-0.000706

1.27.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
Bending moment in point C [Nm]

Value
5779.54 N*m

Error
0.36%

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.00684369 m

0.00%

Dz

Vertical displacement in point A [m]

-0.00786073 m

-0.09%

RY

Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad]

-0.000707427 Rad

-0.20%

110

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.28 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2454
Test status: Passed

1.28.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode frequencies of a thin annular plate fixed on a hub.

1.28.2 Background
1.28.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 04/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar element.
Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure)

Scale = 1/3

01-0022SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Inner radius: Ri = 0.1 m,


Outer radius: Re = 0.2 m,
Thickness: t = 0.001 m.

Material properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

111

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed on a hub at any point r = Ri.


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None.
Internal: None.

1.28.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies


Reference solution
The solution of determining the frequency based on Bessel functions leads to the following formula:
fij =
A

1
2
2Re2 ij
E

EA

Et2
12(1-2)
A

AE

where:
i = the number of nodal diameters
j = the number of nodal circles
and
j \ i
0
1

ij2

such as:
0
13.0
85.1

Finite elements modeling

112

Planar element: plate,


360 nodes,
288 planar elements.

1
13.3
86.7

2
14.7
91.7

3
18.5
100

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.28.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 0; j = 0. [Hz]

79.26

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 0; j = 1. [Hz]

518.85

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 1; j = 0. [Hz]

81.09

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 1; j = 1. [Hz]

528.61

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 0. [Hz]

89.63

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 1. [Hz]

559.09

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 3; j = 0. [Hz]

112.79

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 3; j = 1. [Hz]

609.70

1.28.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 0; j = 0 (Mode 1) [Hz]
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 0; j = 1 (Mode 18) [Hz]

Value
79.05 Hz
521.84 Hz

Error
-0.26%
0.58%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 0 (Mode 2) [Hz]

80.52 Hz

-0.70%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 1 (Mode 20) [Hz]

529.49 Hz

0.17%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 0 (Mode 4) [Hz]

88.43 Hz

-1.34%

Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 1 (Mode 22) [Hz]

552.43 Hz

-1.19%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 0 (Mode 7) [Hz]

110.27 Hz

-2.23%

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 1 (Mode 25) [Hz]

593.83 Hz

-2.60%

113

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.29 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2458
Test status: Passed

1.29.1 Description
Two beams fixed at one end and rigidly connected to an undeformable beam is loaded with a punctual load. The
deflection, vertical reaction and bending moment are verified in several points.

1.29.2 Background
1.29.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 05/89;


Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: linear.
Fixed beams connected to a stiff element
01-0026SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

114

Lengths:

L = 2 m,

l = 0.2 m,
-8
4
Beams inertia moment: I = (4/3) x 10 m ,
-2
The beam sections are squared, of side: 2 x 10 m.

Scale = 1/10

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed in A and C,


Inner: The tangents to the deflection of beams AB and CD at B and D remain horizontal; practically, we
restraint translations along x and z at nodes B and D.

Loading

External: In D: punctual load F = Fy = -1000N.


Internal: None.

1.29.2.2 Deflection at B and D


Reference solution
The theory of slender beams bending (Euler-Bernouilli formula) leads to a deflection at B and D:
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
FL3
vB = vD = 24EI
A

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


4 nodes,
3 linear elements.

Results shape
Fixed beams connected to a stiff element
Deformed

Scale = 1/10

115

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.29.2.3 Vertical reaction at A and C


Reference solution
Analytical solution.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


4 nodes,
3 linear elements.

1.29.2.4 Bending moment at A and C


Reference solution
Analytical solution.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


4 nodes,
3 linear elements

1.29.2.5 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Deflection in point B [m]

0.125

CM2

Deflection in point D [m]

0.125

CM2

Fz

Vertical reaction in point A [N]

-500

CM2

Fz

Vertical reaction in point C [N]

-500

CM2

My

Bending moment in point A [Nm]

500

CM2

My

Bending moment in point C [Nm]

500

1.29.3 Calculated results


Result name
D

Result description
Deflection in point B [m]

Value
0.125376 m

Error
0.30%

Deflection in point D [m]

0.125376 m

0.30%

Fz

Vertical reaction in point A [N]

-500 N

0.00%

Fz

Vertical reaction in point C [N]

-500 N

0.00%

My

Bending moment in point A [Nm]

500.083 N*m

0.02%

My

Bending moment in point C [Nm]

500.083 N*m

0.02%

116

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.30 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2462
Test status: Passed

1.30.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about z-axis and the bending moment on a portal frame with lateral connections.

1.30.2 Background
1.30.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 10/89;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.
Portal frame with lateral connections
01-0030SSLLB_FEM

Scale = 1/21

Units
I. S.
Geometry
Beam
AB

Length
lAB = 4 m

Moment of inertia
64
IAB = 3 x 10-8 m4
1
IAC = 12 x 10-8 m4
1
IAD = 12 x 10-8 m4
4
IAE = 3 x 10-8 m4
A

AC
AD
AE

lAC = 1 m
lAD = 1 m
lAE = 2 m

117

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

G is in the middle of DA.


The beams have square sections:
-4

AAB = 16 x 10 m
-4

AAD = 1 x 10 m
-4

AAC = 1 x 10 m
-4

AAE = 4 x 10 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Boundary conditions

Outer:

Fixed at B, D and E,

Hinge at C,
Inner: None.

Loading

External:
5

Punctual force at G: Fy = F = - 10 N,
3

Distributed load on beam AD: p = - 10 N/m.


Internal: None.

1.30.2.2 Displacements at A
Reference solution
Rotation at A about z-axis:
EIAn
We say: kAn = l
An
A

where n = B, C, D or E

3
K = kAB + kAD + kAE + 4 kAC
kAn
rAn = K
FlAD plAB2
C1 = 8 - 12
C1
= 4K
E

Finite elements modeling

118

Linear element: beam,


6 nodes,
5 linear elements.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Displacements shape
Portal frame with lateral connections
Deformed

1.30.2.3 Moments in A
Reference solution

plAB2
MAB = 12 + rAB x C1

FlAD
MAD = - 8 + rAD x C1

MAE = rAE x C1
MAC = rAC x C1

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


6 nodes,
5 linear elements

119

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.30.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

RY

Rotation about z-axis in point A [rad]

-0.227118

CM2

My

Bending moment in point A (MAB) [Nm]

11023.72

CM2

My

Bending moment in point A (MAC) [Nm]

113.559

CM2

My

Bending moment in point A (MAD) [Nm]

12348.588

CM2

My

Bending moment in point A (MAE) [Nm]

1211.2994

1.30.3 Calculated results


Result name
RY

Result description
Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad]

Value
-0.227401 Rad

Error
-0.12%

My

Bending moment in point A (Moment AB) [Nm]

11021 N*m

-0.02%

My

Bending moment in point A (Moment AC) [Nm]

113.704 N*m

0.13%

My

Bending moment in point A (Moment AD) [Nm]

12347.5 N*m

-0.01%

My

Bending moment in point A (Moment AE) [Nm]

1212.77 N*m

0.12%

120

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.31 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2469
Test status: Passed

1.31.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the radial deformation and the longitudinal deformation of a cylinder loaded with a uniform internal
pressure.

1.31.2 Background
1.31.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 06/89;


Analysis type: static elastic;
Element type: planar.
Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure
01-0038SSLSB_FEM

Scale = 1/18

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

121

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Free conditions

For the modeling, only of the cylinder is considered and the symmetry conditions are applied. On the
other side, we restrained the displacements at a few nodes in order to make the model stable.
Inner: None.

Loading

External: Uniform internal pressure: p = 10000 Pa,


Internal: None.

1.31.2.2 Stresses in all points


Reference solution
Stresses in the planar elements coordinate system (x axis is parallel with the length of the cylinder):

xx = 0
pR
yy = h
A

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell,


209 nodes,
180 planar elements.

1.31.2.3 Cylinder deformation in all points

Radial deformation:
pR2
R = Eh
A

Longitudinal deformation:
L =

-pRL
Eh
A

1.31.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

syy_mid

yy stress in all points [Pa]

500000.000000

CM2

Dz

L radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [m]

2.380000

CM2

DY

L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points [m]

-2.860000

1.31.3 Calculated results


Result name
syy_mid

Result description
Sigma yy stress in all points [Pa]

Value
499521 Pa

Error
-0.10%

Dz

Delta R radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [m]

2.39213 m

0.51%

DY

Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points


[m]

-2.85445 m

0.19%

122

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.32 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2473
Test status: Passed

1.32.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a cylinder under a uniform axial load.

1.32.2 Background
1.32.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 07/89;


Analysis type: static elastic;
Element type: planar.
Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load
01-0042SSLSB_FEM

Scale = 1/19

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

123

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Null axial displacement at the left end: vz = 0,

For the modeling, only a of the cylinder is considered.


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Uniform axial load q = 10000 N/m


Inner: None.

1.32.2.2 Stress in all points


Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
q
xx = h
A

yy = 0
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


697 nodes,
640 surface quadrangles.

1.32.2.3 Cylinder deformation at the free end


Reference solution

L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:


qL
L = Eh
A

R radial deformation of the cylinder:


R =
A

-qR
Eh
E

Finite elements modeling

124

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


697 nodes,
640 surface quadrangles.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformation shape
Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load

Scale = 1/22

Deformation shape

1.32.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

sxx_mid

xx stress at all points [Pa]

5 x 105

CM2

syy_mid

yy stress at all points [Pa]

CM2

DY

L longitudinal deformation at the free end [m]

9.52 x 10-6

CM2

Dz

R radial deformation at the free end [m]

-7.14 x 10-7

1.32.3 Calculated results


Result name
sxx_mid

Result description
Sigma xx stress at all points [Pa]

Value
500000 Pa

Error
0.00%

syy_mid

Sigma yy stress at all points [Pa]

1.05305e-009 Pa

0.00%

DY

Delta L longitudinal deformation at the free end [mm]

-0.00952381 mm

-0.04%

Dz

Delta R radial deformation at the free end [mm]

0.000710887 mm

-0.44%

125

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.33 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2467
Test status: Passed

1.33.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement in the center of a simply supported square plate.

1.33.2 Background
1.33.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 02/89;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported square plate
01-0036SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side = 1 m,
Thickness h = 0.01m.

Materials properties

126

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7950 kg/m3.

Scale = 1/9

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Simple support on the plate perimeter,

For the modeling, we add a fixed support at B.


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Self weight (gravity = 9.81 m/s2).


Internal: None.

1.33.2.2 Vertical displacement at O


Reference solution
According to Love- Kirchhoff hypothesis, the displacement w at a point (x,y):
w(x,y) = wmnsinmxsinny
where wmn =

192g(1 - 2)
mn(m2 + n2)6Eh2
AE

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell,


441 nodes,
400 planar elements.

Deformed shape
Simply supported square plate

Deformed

Scale = 1/6

127

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.33.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point O [m]

-0.158

1.33.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

128

Result description
Vertical displacement in point O [m]

Value
-0.164901 m

Error
-4.37%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.34 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2471
Test status: Passed

1.34.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal displacement and the stress on a plate (8 x 12 cm) fixed in the middle on 3 supports with a
punctual load at its free node.

1.34.2 Background
1.34.2.1 Model description

Reference: Klaus-Jrgen Bathe - Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Example 5.13;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar (membrane).

, [ 1;1]
Units
I. S.
Geometry

Thickness: e = 0.1 cm,


Length: l = 8 cm,
Width: B = 12 cm.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 30 x 106 N/cm2,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Uniform load Fx = F = 6000 N at A,


Internal: None.
129

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.34.2.2 Results of the model in the linear elastic range


Reference solution
Point B is the origin of the coordinate system used for the results positions.

uA =

F
F
6000
=
= 9.3410 4 cm
=
K eabE
ES 2.674106 + 3.75106
2
1
+

+
3 a 2 1 2 b 2 (1 + ) 2a

= 1; xx1 = 0

E uA

(1 ) for = 0; xx1 = 1924 N/cm 2 = 19.24 MPa


xx1 =
1 2 2a
= 1; = 3849 N/cm 2 = 38.49 MPa
xx1

= 1; yy1 = 0

yy1 = xx1 for = 0; yy1 = 577 N/cm 2 = 5.77 MPa


= 1; = 1155 N/cm 2 = 11.55 MPa
yy1

= 1; xy1 = 0
E uA

(1 + ) for = 0; xy1 = 898 N/cm 2 = 8.98 MPa


xy1 =
1 + 8b
= 1; = 1796 N/cm 2 = 17.96 MPa
xy1

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,


6 nodes,
2 quadrangle planar elements and 1 bar.

Deformed shape

130

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.34.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DX

Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [cm]

9.340000

CM2

sxx_mid

xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa]

38.490000

CM2

sxx_mid

xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa]

CM2

syy_mid

yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa]

11.550000

CM2

syy_mid

yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa]

CM2

sxy_mid

xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa]

CM2

sxy_mid

xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa]

-8.980000

CM2

sxy_mid

xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa]

-17.960000

1.34.3 Calculated results


Result name
DX

Result description
Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [m]

Value
9.33999 m

Error
0.00%

sxx_mid

Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa]

38.489 MPa

0.00%

sxx_mid

Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa]

1.81899e-015 MPa

0.00%

syy_mid

Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa]

11.5467 MPa

-0.03%

syy_mid

Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa]

-2.72848e-015 MPa

0.00%

sxy_mid

Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa]

0 MPa

0.00%

sxy_mid

Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa]

-8.98076 MPa

-0.01%

sxy_mid

Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa]

-17.9615 MPa

-0.01%

131

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.35 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF)


Test ID: 2475
Test status: Passed

1.35.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder subjected to its self
weight only.

1.35.2 Background
1.35.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 09/89;

Analysis type: static, linear elastic;

Element type: planar.


A cylinder of R radius and L length subject of self weight only.
Thin cylinder under its self weight
01-0044SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties

132

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7.85 x 104 N/m3.

Scale = 1/24

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Null axial displacement at z = 0,

For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on
the nodes that are parallel with the cylinders axis.
Inner: None.

Loading

External: Cylinder self weight,


Internal: None.

1.35.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
xx = z
yy = 0
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


697 nodes,
640 surface quadrangles.

1.35.2.3 Cylinder deformation


Reference solution

L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:


z2
L = 2E
A

R radial deformation of the cylinder:


R =
A

-Rz
E
E

133

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.35.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

sxx_mid

xx stress for z = L [Pa]

-314000.000000

CM2

DY

L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm]

0.002990

CM2

Dz

R radial deformation for z = L[mm]

-0.000440

* To obtain this result, you must generate a calculation note Planar elements stresses by load case in neutral fiber"
with results on center.

1.35.3 Calculated results


Result name
sxx_mid

Result description
Sigma xx stress for z = L [Pa]

Value
-309143 Pa

Error
1.55%

DY

Delta L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm]

0.00298922 mm

-0.03%

Dz

Delta R radial deformation for z = L [mm]

-0.000443587 mm

-0.82%

134

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.36 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2477
Test status: Passed

1.36.1 Description
A spherical shell is subjected to a uniform internal pressure. The stress and the radial deformation are verified.

1.36.2 Background
1.36.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 14/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

Spherical shell under internal pressure


01-0046SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Radius: R2 = 1 m,

= 90 (hemisphere).

135

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:
Simple support (null displacement along vertical displacement) on the shell perimeter.
For modeling, we consider only half of the hemisphere, so we impose symmetry conditions (DOF restrains
placed in the vertical plane xy in translation along z and in rotation along x and y). In addition, the node at the
top of the shell is restrained in translation along x to assure the stability of the structure during calculation).

Inner: None.

Loading

External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa


Internal: None.

1.36.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If 0 90
11 = 22 =

pR22
2h
A

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


343 nodes,
324 planar elements.

1.36.2.3 Cylinder deformation


Reference solution

R radial deformation of the calotte:


R =

pR22 (1 - ) sin
2Eh
A

Finite elements modeling

136

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


343 nodes,
324 planar elements.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape
Spherical shell under internal pressure

Scale = 1/11
Deformed

1.36.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

sxx_mid

11 stress for all [Pa]

2.50 x 105

CM2

syy_mid

22 stress for all [Pa]

2.50 x 105

CM2

Dz

R radial deformations for = 90 [m]

8.33 x 10-7

1.36.3 Calculated results


Result name
sxx_mid

Result description
Sigma 11 stress for all Theta [Pa]

Value
250202 Pa

Error
0.08%

syy_mid

Sigma 22 stress for all Theta [Pa]

249907 Pa

-0.04%

Dz

Delta R radial deformations for Theta = 90 [mm]

0.000832794 mm

-0.02%

137

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.37 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2468
Test status: Passed

1.37.1 Description
A torsion moment is applied on the free end of a caisson beam fixed on one end. For both ends, the displacement,
the rotation about Z-axis and the stress are verified.

1.37.2 Background
1.37.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 05/89;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.
Caisson beam in torsion

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length; L = 1m,
Square section of side: b = 0.1 m,
Thickness = 0.005 m.

Materials properties

138

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

01-0037SSLSB_FEM

Scale = 1/4

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Beam fixed at end x = 0;


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Torsion moment M = 10N.m applied to the free end (for modeling, 4 forces of 50 N).
Internal: None.

1.37.2.2 Displacement and stress at two points


Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method.
Points coordinates:

A (0,0.05,0.5)

B (-0.05,0,0.8)
Note: point O is the origin of the coordinate system (x,y,z).
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell,


90 nodes,
88 planar elements.

Deformed shape
Caisson beam in torsion

Deformed

Scale = 1/4

139

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.37.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Displacement in point A [m]

-0.617 x 10-6

CM2

Displacement in point B [m]

-0.987 x 10-6

CM2

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad]

0.123 x 10-4

CM2

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad]

0.197 x 10-4

CM2

sxy_mid

xy stress in point A [MPa]

-0.11

CM2

sxy_mid

xy stress in point B [MPa]

-0.11

1.37.3 Calculated results


Result name
D

Result description
Displacement in point A [m]

Value
0.615909 m

Error
-0.18%

Displacement in point B [m]

0.986806 m

-0.02%

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad]

-1.23211e-005 Rad

-0.17%

RY

Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad]

-1.97172e-005 Rad

-0.09%

sxy_mid

Sigma xy stress in point A [MPa]

-0.100037 MPa

-0.04%

sxy_mid

Sigma xy stress in point B [MPa]

-0.100212 MPa

-0.21%

140

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.38 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2472
Test status: Passed

1.38.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on a 300 cm long beam, consisting of an I shaped profile of a total height of 20.04
cm, a 0.96 cm thick web and 20.04 cm wide / 1.46 cm thick flanges.

1.38.2 Background
1.38.2.1 Model description

Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry
l=
h=
b=
tw =
tf =
Sx=
Iz =
Sy =

300
20.04
20.04
1.46
0.96
74.95
5462
16.43

cm
cm
cm
cm
cm
cm2
cm4
cm2

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2285938 daN/cm2,


Transverse elastic modulus G = 879207 daN/cm2

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

141

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Simple support on node 11,

For the modeling, put an hinge at node 1 (instead of a simple support).


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Vertical punctual load P = -20246 daN at node 6,


Internal: None.

1.38.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model in the linear elastic range


Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam, at node 6.
shear
flexion

3
Pl
Pl
20246 x3003
20246 x300
v6 =
+
=
+
= 0.912 0.105 = 1.017 cm
48EI z 4GS y 48 x 2285938 x5462 4 x 2285938 x16.43
2(1 + 0.3)

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: S beam, imposed mesh,


11 nodes,
10 linear elements.

Deformed shape

142

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.38.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm]

-1.017

1.38.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm]

Value
-1.01722 cm

Error
-0.02%

143

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.39 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2476
Test status: Passed

1.39.1 Description
Verifies the stress and the radial deformation of a torus with uniform internal pressure.

1.39.2 Background
1.39.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 10/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

Torus with uniform internal pressure


01-0045SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

144

Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Transverse section radius: b = 1 m,
Average radius of curvature: a = 2 m.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: For the modeling, only 1/8 of the cylinder is considered, so the symmetry conditions are imposed to end
nodes.
Inner: None.

Loading

External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa


Internal: None.

1.39.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If a b r a + b
pb r + a
11 = 2h r
A

pb
22 = 2h
A

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


361 nodes,
324 surface quadrangles.

1.39.2.3 Cylinder deformation


Reference solution

R radial deformation of the torus:


pb
R = 2Eh (r - (r + a))
A

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


361 nodes,
324 surface quadrangles.

1.39.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

syy_mid

11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa]

7.5 x 105

CM2

syy_mid

11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa]

4.17 x 105

CM2

sxx_mid

22 stress for all r [Pa]

2.50 x 105

CM2

Dz

L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b [m]

1.19 x 10-7

CM2

Dz

L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b [m]

1.79 x 10-6

145

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.39.3Calculated results
Result name
syy_mid

Result description
Sigma 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa]

Value
742770 Pa

Error
-0.96%

syy_mid

Sigma 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa]

415404 Pa

-0.38%

sxx_mid

Sigma 22 stress for all r [Pa]

250331 Pa

0.13%

Dz

Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b


[mm]

-0.000117352 mm

1.38%

Dz

Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b


[mm]

0.00180274 mm

0.71%

146

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.40 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2466
Test status: Passed

1.40.1 Description
A beam under a punctual load, a distributed load and two torques lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The
rotation around z-axis, the vertical reaction, the vertical displacement and the bending moment are verified in several
points.

1.40.2 Background
1.40.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 16/89;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends
01-0034SSLLB_FEM

Scale = 1/27

Units
I. S.
Geometry

L = ( 10 )/2,
I = 10-4 m4.
A

147

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions

Outer:

Free A and B ends,

Soil with a constant linear stiffness ky = K = 840000 N/m2.


Inner: None.

Loading

External:

Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 10000 N,

Uniformly distributed force from A to B: fy = p = - 5000 N/m,

Torque at A: Cz = -C = -15000 Nm,

Torque at B: Cz = C = 15000 Nm.


Internal: None.

1.40.2.2 Displacement and support reaction at A


Reference solution
=

4
A

K/(4EI)
E

= L/2
= ch(2) + cos(2)

Vertical support reaction:


VA = -p(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 2Fch()cos() + 22C(sh(2) - sin(2)) x

Finite elements modeling

148

1
2
E

Rotation about z-axis:


A = p(sh(2) sin(2)) + 2Fsh()sin() - 22C(sh(2) + sin(2)) x

Linear element: beam,


50 nodes,
49 linear elements.

1
(K/)
E

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape
Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends

Scale = 1/20
Deformed

1.40.2.3 Displacement and bending moment at D


Reference solution

Vertical displacement:
vD = 2p( - 2ch()cos()) + F(sh(2) sin(2)) - 82Csh()sin() x

1
2K
E

Bending moment:
MD = 4psh()sin() + F(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 82Cch()cos() x
A

1
42
E

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


50 nodes,
49 linear elements.

149

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending moment diagram


Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends

Scale = 1/20
Bending moment

1.40.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

RY

Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad]

0.003045

CM2

Fz

Vertical reaction in point A [N]

-11674

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point D [cm]

-0.423326

CM2

My

Bending moment in point D [Nm]

-33840

1.40.3 Calculated results


Result name
RY

Result description
Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad]

Value
0.00304333 Rad

Error
-0.05%

Fz

Vertical reaction in point A [N]

-11709 N

-0.30%

Dz

Vertical displacement in point D [cm]

-0.423297 cm

0.01%

My

Bending moment in point D [Nm]

-33835.9 N*m

0.01%

150

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.41 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2470
Test status: Passed

1.41.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the stresses on a square plate of 2 x 2 m, fixed on 3 sides with a uniform
surface load on its surface.

1.41.2 Background
1.41.2.1 Model description

Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar (membrane).
Square plate under planar stresses

Modeling

Scale = 1/19

, [ 1;1]
Units
I. S.
Geometry

Thickness: e = 1 m,
4 square elements of side h = 1 m.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,


151

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Inner: None.

Loading
External: Uniform load p = -1. 108 N/ml on the upper surface,
Internal: None.

1.41.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range


Reference solution
The reference displacements are calculated on nodes 7 and 9.
-6ph(3 + )(1 - 2)
= -0.1809 x 10-3 m,
E(8(3 - )2 - (3 + )2)

v9 =
A

v7 =

4(3 - )
v9 = -0.592 x 10-3 m,
3+
A

For element 1.4:


(For the stresses calculated above, the abscissa point (x = 0; y = 0) corresponds to node 8.)
= -1 ; yy = 0
= 0 ; yy = -47.44 MPa
= 1 ; yy = -94.88 MPa

E (v9 - v7)
(1 + ) for
1 - 2 2h

yy =
A

xx = yy

= -1 ; xx = 0
= 0 ; xx = -14.23 MPa
= 1 ; xx = -28.46 MPa

for

E (v9 + v7) + (v9 - v7)


xy =
(1 + )
4h
1+
A

for

Finite elements modeling

152

Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,


9 nodes,
4 surface quadrangles.

= -1 ; = 0 ; xy = -47.82 MPa
= 0 ; = 0 ; xy = -31.21 MPa
= 1 ; = 0 ; xy = -14.61 MPa

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape

1.41.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2
CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm]

-0.592

DZ

Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm]

-0.1809

CM2

sxx_mid

xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa]

CM2

sxx_mid

xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa]

-14.23

CM2

sxx_mid

xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa]

-28.46

CM2

syy_mid

yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa]

CM2

syy_mid

yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa]

-47.44

CM2

syy_mid

yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa]

-94.88

CM2

sxy_mid

xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa]

-14.66

CM2

sxy_mid

xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa]

-47.82

1.41.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm]

Value
-0.59203 mm

Error
-0.01%

DZ

Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm]

sxx_mid

Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa]

7.45058e-015 MPa

0.00%

sxx_mid

Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m


[MPa]

-14.2315 MPa

-0.01%

sxx_mid

Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa]

-28.463 MPa

-0.01%

syy_mid

Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa]

1.49012e-014 MPa

0.00%

syy_mid

Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m


[MPa]

-47.4383 MPa

0.00%

syy_mid

Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa]

-94.8767 MPa

0.00%

sxy_mid

Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa]

-14.611 MPa

0.33%

sxy_mid

Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa]

-47.8178 MPa

0.00%

-0.180898 mm

0.00%

153

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.42 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2474
Test status: Passed

1.42.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder under a hydrostatic
pressure.

1.42.2 Background
1.42.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 08/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure
01-0043SSLSB_FEM

Scale = 1/25

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

154

Outer: For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on
the nodes that are parallel with the cylinders axis.
Inner: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

z
External: Radial internal pressure varies linearly with the "p" height, p = p0 L ,

Internal: None.

1.42.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
xx = 0
yy =
A

p0Rz
Lh
E

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


209 nodes,
180 surface quadrangles.

1.42.2.3 Cylinder deformation


Reference solution

L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:


L =

-p0Rz2
2ELh
A

L radial deformation of the cylinder:


p0R2z
R = ELh
A

Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


209 nodes,
180 surface quadrangles.

155

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformation shape
Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure
Deformed

1.42.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

syy_mid

yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa]

500000.000000

CM2

DY

L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the inferior


extremity [mm]

-0.002860

CM2

Dz

L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 [mm]

0.002380

1.42.3 Calculated results


Result name
syy_mid

Result description
Sigma yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa]

Value
504489 Pa

Error
0.90%

DY

Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the


inferior extremity [mm]

-0.00285442 mm

0.20%

Dz

Delta L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2


[mm]

0.00238372 mm

0.16%

156

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.43 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2481
Test status: Passed

1.43.1 Description
A square plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending moments
at the plate center are verified.

1.43.2 Background
1.43.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported square plate under a uniform load
01-0051SSLSB_FEM

Scale = 1/9

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a =b = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

157

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None

Loading

External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,


Internal: None.

1.43.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


361 nodes,
324 planar elements.

1.43.2.3 Theoretical result


Solver

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Vertical displacement at plate center [m]

-4.43 x 10-3

CM2

MX bending moment at plate center [Nm]

0.0479

CM2

MY bending moment at plate center [Nm]

0.0479

1.43.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement at plate center [m]

Value
-0.00435847 m

Mxx

Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm]

0.0471381 N*m

-1.59%

Myy

My bending moment at plate center [Nm]

0.0471381 N*m

-1.59%

158

Error
1.61%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.44 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2485
Test status: Passed

1.44.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement of a rectangular shear plate fixed at one end, loaded with two forces.

1.44.2 Background
1.44.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 27/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
Shear plate

01-0055SSLSB_FEM

Scale = 1/50

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: L = 12 m,
Width: l = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.25.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed AD edge,


Inner: None.
159

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External:

At B: Fz = -1.0 N,

At C: FZ = 1.0 N,
Internal: None.

1.44.2.2 Vertical displacement at C


Reference solution
Analytical solution.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


497 nodes,
420 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape
Shear plate

Scale = 1/35

Deformed

1.44.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

35.37 x 10-3

1.44.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

160

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [m]

Value
35.6655 mm

Error
0.84%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.45 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2479
Test status: Passed

1.45.1 Description
A spherical shell with holes is subjected to 4 forces, opposite 2 by 2. The horizontal displacement is verified.

1.45.2 Background

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 21/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

1.45.2.1 Model description

Spherical shell with holes

01-0049SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Radius: R = 10 m
Thickness: h = 0.04 m,

Opening angle of the hole: 0 = 18.


161

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 6.285 x 107 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: For modeling, we consider only a quarter of the shell, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in the
vertical yz plane are restrained in translation along x and in rotation along y and z. Nodes on the vertical xy
plane are restrained in translation along z and in rotation along x and y),
Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual loads F = 1 N, according to the diagram,


Internal: None.

1.45.2.2 Horizontal displacement at point A


Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


99 nodes,
80 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape
Spherical shell with holes

162

Deformed

Scale = 1/79

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.45.2.3 Theoretical background


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DX

Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm]

94.0

1.45.3 Calculated results


Result name
DX

Result description
Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm]

Value
92.6205 mm

Error
-1.47%

163

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.46 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2483
Test status: Passed

1.46.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.

1.46.2 Background
1.46.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load
01-0053SSLSB_FEM

Scale = 1/25

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Width: a = 1 m,
Length: b = 5 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

164

Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,


Internal: None.

1.46.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


793 nodes,
720 surface quadrangles.

1.46.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement at plate center [m]

1.416 x 10-2

CM2

Mxx

MX bending moment at plate center [Nm]

0.1246

CM2

Myy

MY bending moment at plate center [Nm]

0.0375

1.46.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement at plate center [cm]

Value
-1.40141 cm

Error
1.03%

Mxx

Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm]

-0.124082 N*m

0.42%

Myy

My bending moment at plate center [Nm]

-0.0375624 N*m

-0.17%

165

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.47 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (010057SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2487
Test status: Passed

1.47.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.

1.47.2 Background
1.47.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 100.
A

Materials properties

Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),

166

Inner: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,


Internal: None.

1.47.2.2 Vertical displacement at C


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.47.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-6.639 x 10-2

1.47.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [cm]

Value
-6.56563 cm

Error
1.11%

167

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.48 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (010059SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2489
Test status: Passed

1.48.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.

1.48.2 Background
1.48.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 50.
A

Materials properties

Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),

Inner: None.

Loading

168

External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,


Internal: None.

1.1.1

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.48.2.2 Vertical displacement at C


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.48.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.83480 x 10-2

1.48.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [cm]

Value
-0.82559 cm

Error
1.10%

169

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.49 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2480
Test status: Passed

1.49.1 Description
A spherical dome of radius (a) is subjected to a uniform external pressure. The horizontal displacement and the
external meridian stresses are verified.

1.49.2 Background
1.49.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 22/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure


01-0050SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

170

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry

Radius: a = 2.54 m,
Thickness: h = 0.0127 m,

Angle: = 75.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 6.897 x 1010 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.2.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed on the dome perimeter,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Uniform pressure p = 0.6897 x 106 Pa,


Internal: None.

1.49.2.2 Horizontal displacement and exterior meridian stress


Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


401 nodes,
400 planar elements.

Deformed shape

171

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.49.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DX

Horizontal displacements in = 15

1.73 x 10-3

CM2

DX

Horizontal displacements in = 45

-1.02 x 10-3

CM2

syy_mid

yy external meridian stresses in = 15

-74

CM2

sxx_mid

XX external meridian stresses in = 45

-68

1.49.3 Calculated results


Result name
DX

Result description
Horizontal displacements in Psi = 15 [mm]

Value
1.73064 mm

Error
0.04%

DX

Horizontal displacements in Psi = 45 [mm]

-1.01367 mm

0.62%

syy_mid

Sigma yy external meridian stresses in Psi = 15


[MPa]

-72.2609 MPa

2.35%

sxx_mid

Sigma XX external meridian stresses in Psi = 45


[MPa]

-68.9909 MPa

-1.46%

172

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.50 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (010054SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2484
Test status: Passed

1.50.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a punctual force and moments. The vertical displacement is
verified.

1.50.2 Background
1.50.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 26/89;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
01-0054SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Width: DA = CB = 20 m,
Length: AB = DC = 5 m,
Thickness: h = 1 m,

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =1000 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Punctual support at A, B and D (null displacement along z-axis),


Inner: None.

173

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External:

In A: MX = 20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,

In B: MX = 20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,

In C: FZ = -2 N, MX = -20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,

In D: MX = -20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,


Internal: None.

1.50.2.2 Vertical displacement at C


Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


867 nodes,
800 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape
Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
Deformed

1.50.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-12.480

1.50.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

174

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [m]

Value
-12.6677 m

Error
-1.50%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.51 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (010058SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2488
Test status: Passed

1.51.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a uniform pressure.

1.51.2 Background
1.51.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;

Analysis type: static;

Element type: planar.


Square plate of side "a", for the modeling, only a quarter of the plate is considered.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01333 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 75.
A

Materials properties

Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),

Inner: None.

175

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,


Internal: None.

1.51.2.2 Vertical displacement at C


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.51.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-2.8053 x 10-2

1.51.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

176

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [cm]

Value
-2.79502 cm

Error
0.37%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.52 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2478
Test status: Passed

1.52.1 Description
A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F). The vertical displacement is verified.

1.52.2 Background

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 20/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

1.52.2.1 Model description


A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F).

Pinch cylindrical shell

01-0048SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

177

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry

Length: L = 10.35 m (total length),


Radius: R = 4.953 m,
Thickness: h = 0.094 m.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 10.5 x 106 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3125.

Boundary conditions

Outer: For the modeling, we consider only half of the cylinder, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in
the horizontal xz plane are restrained in translation along y and in rotation along x and z),
Inner: None.

Loading

External: 2 punctual loads F = 100 N,


Internal: None.

1.52.2.2 Vertical displacement at point A


Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,


777 nodes,
720 surface quadrangles.

1.52.2.3 Theoretical result


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point A [m]

-113.9 x 10-3

1.52.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

178

Result description
Vertical displacement in point A [mm]

Value
-113.3 mm

Error
0.53%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.53 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2482
Test status: Passed

1.53.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.

1.53.2 Background
1.53.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;


Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load
01-0052SSLSB_FEM

Scale = 1/11

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Width: a = 1 m,
Length: b = 2 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

179

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None.

Loading

External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,


Internal: None.

1.53.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


435 nodes,
392 surface quadrangles.

1.53.2.3 Theoretical background


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement at plate center [m]

-1.1060 x 10-2

CM2

Mxx

MX bending moment at plate center [Nm]

-0.1017

CM2

Myy

MY bending moment at plate center [Nm]

-0.0464

1.53.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement at plate center [cm]

Value
-1.10238 cm

Error
0.33%

Mxx

Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm]

-0.101737 N*m

-0.04%

Myy

My bending moment at plate center [Nm]

-0.0462457 N*m

0.33%

180

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.54 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2486
Test status: Passed

1.54.1 Description
A truss with hinged bars is placed on three punctual supports (subjected to imposed displacements) and is loaded
with two punctual forces. A thermal load is applied to all the bars. The traction force and the vertical displacement are
verified.

1.54.2 Background
1.54.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 12/89;


Analysis type: static (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

= 30,
Section A1 = 1.41 x 10-3 m2,
-3
2
Section A2 = 2.82 x 10 m .

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Coefficient of linear expansion: = 10-5 C-1.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Hinge at A (uA = vA = 0),

Roller supports at B and C ( uB = vC = 0),


Inner: None.

181

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External:

Support displacement: vA = -0.02 m ; vB = -0.03 m ; vC = -0.015 m ,

Punctual loads: FE = -150 KN ; FF = -100 KN,

Expansion effect on all bars for a temperature variation of 150 in relation with the assembly
temperature (specified geometry),
Internal: None.

1.54.2.2 Tension force in BD bar


Reference solution
Determining the hyperstatic unknown with the section cut method.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,


11 nodes,
17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of the simple support at C.

1.54.2.3 Vertical displacement at D


Reference solution
vD displacement was determined by several software with implemented finite elements method.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,


11 nodes,
17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of simple support at C.

Deformed shape
Triangulated system with hinged bars

182

01-0056SSLLB_FEM

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.54.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Fx

FX traction force on BD bar [N]

43633

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement on point D [m]

-0.01618

1.54.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fx
DZ

Result description
Fx traction force on BD bar [N]
Vertical displacement on point D [m]

Value
42870.9 N
-0.0162358 m

Error
-1.75%
-0.34%

183

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.55 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (010063SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2493
Test status: Passed

1.55.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a punctual force in the center.

1.55.2 Background
1.55.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
0.01333 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter
01-0063SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

184

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01333 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 75.
A

Scale = 1/5

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed sides,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,


Internal: None.

1.55.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

185

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.55.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.12525

1.55.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

186

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [m]

Value
-0.124583 m

Error
0.53%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.56 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2497
Test status: Passed

1.56.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, fixed on its ends and
subjected to its self weight only.

1.56.2 Background
1.56.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow

Scale = 1/7

01-0067SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,


Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4
2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9
4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .

187

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Points coordinates (in m):

O(0;0;0)

A(0;R;0)

B(R;0;0)

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at points A and B,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

1.56.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies


Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

fj =

transverse bending:
i2
2 R2
A

EA

GIp
A

EA

where i = 1,2.

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


11 nodes,
10 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

188

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.56.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz]

44.23

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz]

125

1.56.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz]
Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz]

Value
44.12 Hz
120.09 Hz

Error
-0.25%
-3.93%

189

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.57 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (010061SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2491
Test status: Passed

1.57.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.1 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.

1.57.2 Background
1.57.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.1 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 10.
A

Materials properties

Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),

190

Inner: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,


Internal: None.

1.57.2.2 Vertical displacement at C


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.57.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.78661 x 10-4

1.57.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [mm]

Value
-0.0781846 mm

Error
0.61%

191

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.58 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (010065SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2495
Test status: Passed

1.58.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.05 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.

1.58.2 Background
1.58.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
0.05 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter
01-0065SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,

Slenderness: = 20.

Materials properties

192

Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Scale = 1/5

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed sides,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual force applied at the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,


Internal: None.

1.58.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C center of the plate)


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

1.58.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.2595 x 10-2

1.58.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [m]

Value
-0.00257232 m

Error
0.86%

193

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.59 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 3) (01-0069SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2499
Test status: Passed

1.59.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (2 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.

1.59.1.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow
01-0069SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

194

Scale = 1/12

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry

Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,


L = 2 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4
2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9
4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
Points coordinates (in m):

O(0;0;0)

A(0;R;0)

B(R;0;0)

C ( -L ; R ; 0 )

D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Fixed at points C and D

At A: translation restraint along y and z,

At B: translation restraint along x and z,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

1.59.1.2 Eigen modes frequencies


Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

transverse bending:
fj =

i2
2 R2
A

EA

GIp
A

EA

where i = 1,2 with i = 1,2:

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


41 nodes,
40 linear elements.

195

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.59.1.3 Theoretical results


Reference
Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz]

17.900

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz]

24.800

1.59.2 Calculated results


Result name

196

Result description
Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
17.65 Hz

Error
-1.40%

Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz]

24.43 Hz

-1.49%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.60 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (010078SSLPB_FEM)
Test ID: 2501
Test status: Passed

1.60.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.

1.60.2 Background
1.60.2.1 Model description

Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.

197

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.60.2.2 Moments and reactions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.


RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the column, are:

VA = VE =

MB =

qh
2L

HE =

qh
HEh
2

qh 5kh + 6(2h + f )
16 h(k + 3 ) + f (3h + f )

H A = HE qh

qh
HE (h + f )
4

MD = HEh

MC =

1.60.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Fz

Vertical reaction V in A [DaN]

140.6

CM2

Fz

Vertical reaction V in E [DaN]

-140.6

CM2

Fx

Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN]

579.1

CM2

Fx

Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN]

170.9

CM2

My

Moment in B [DaNm]

-1530.8

CM2

My

Moment in D [DaNm]

-1281.7

CM2

My

Moment in C [DaNm]

302.7

1.60.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fz

Result description
Vertical reaction V on node A [daN]

Value
140.625 daN

Error
0.02%

Fz

Vertical reaction V on node E [daN]

-140.625 daN

-0.02%

Fx

Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN]

579.169 daN

0.01%

Fx

Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN]

170.831 daN

-0.04%

My

Moment in node B [daNm]

-1531.27 daN*m

-0.03%

My

Moment in node D [daNm]

-1281.23 daN*m

0.04%

My

Moment in node C [daNm]

302.063 daN*m

-0.21%

198

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.61 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (010062SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2492
Test status: Passed

1.61.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.

1.61.2 Background

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

1.61.2.1 Model description


Square plate of side "a".
0.01 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter

Scale = 1/5

01-0062SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 100.
A

Materials properties

Reinforcement,
199

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed edges,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,


Internal: None.

1.61.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

200

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.61.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.29579

1.61.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [m]

Value
-0.292146 m

Error
1.23%

201

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.62 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2496
Test status: Passed

1.62.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.1 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.

1.62.2 Background
1.62.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
0.1 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter
01-0066SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.1 m,

Slenderness: = 10.

Materials properties

202

Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Scale = 1/5

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed edges,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,


Internal: None.

1.62.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

1.62.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.42995 x 10-3

1.62.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [mm]

Value
-0.412094 mm

Error
4.15%

203

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.63 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (010077SSLPB_FEM)
Test ID: 2500
Test status: Passed

1.63.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.

1.63.2 Background
1.63.2.1 Model description

204

Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.63.2.2 Moments and actions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.


RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the rafters, are:

VA = VE =

qL
2

H A = HE =

MB = MD = Hh

MC =

qL
8h + 5f
=H
32 h(k + 3 ) + f (3h + f )
qL
H(h + f )
8

1.63.2.3 Theoretical results


Comparison between theoretical results and the results obtained by Advance Design for a linear load
perpendicular on the chords
Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Fz

Vertical reaction V in A [DaN]

-1000

CM2

Fz

Vertical reaction V in E [DaN]

-1000

CM2

Fx

Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN]

-332.9

CM2

Fx

Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN]

-332.9

CM2

My

Moment in node B [DaNm]

2496.8

CM2

My

Moment in node D [DaNm]

-2496.8

CM2

My

Moment in node C [DaNm]

-1671

1.63.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fz

Result description
Vertical reaction V on node A [daN]

Value
-1000 daN

Error
0.00%

Fz

Vertical reaction V on node E [daN]

-1000 daN

0.00%

Fx

Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN]

-332.665 daN

0.07%

Fx

Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN]

-332.665 daN

0.07%

My

Moment in node B [daNm]

2494.99 daN*m

-0.07%

My

Moment in node D [daNm]

-2494.99 daN*m

0.07%

My

Moment in node C [daNm]

-1673.35 daN*m

-0.14%

205

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.64 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (010060SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2490
Test status: Passed

1.64.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.05 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.

1.64.2 Background
1.64.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 20.
A

Materials properties

Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),

206

Inner: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,


Internal: None.

1.64.2.2 Vertical displacement at C


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.64.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.55474 x 10-3

1.64.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [cm]

Value
-0.0549874 cm

Error
0.88%

207

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.65 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (010064SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2494
Test status: Passed

1.65.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.

1.65.2 Background
1.65.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;


Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
0.02 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter
01-0064SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,

Slenderness: = 50.

Materials properties

208

Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Scale = 1/5

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed edges,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,


Internal: None.

1.65.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)


Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

209

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.65.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement in point C [m]

-0.037454

1.65.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

210

Result description
Vertical displacement in point C [m]

Value
-0.0369818 m

Error
1.26%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.66 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 2) (01-0068SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2498
Test status: Passed

1.66.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (0.6 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.

1.66.2 Background
1.66.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (in space);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow

Scale = 1/11

01-0068SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,


L = 0.6 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9
4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9
4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .

211

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Points coordinates (in m):

O(0;0;0)

A(0;R;0)

B(R;0;0)

C ( -L ; R ; 0 )

D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Fixed at points C and D

In A: translation restraint along y and z,

In B: translation restraint along x and z,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

1.66.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies


Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:

transverse bending:
fj =

i2
2 R2
A

EA

GIp
A

EA

where i = 1,2.

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam,


23 nodes,
22 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

212

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.66.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz]

33.4

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz]

100

1.66.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
33.19 Hz

Error
-0.63%

Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz]

94.62 Hz

-5.38%

213

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.67 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2505
Test status: Passed

1.67.1 Description
Calculation of support reactions of a 2D portal frame with hinged supports.

1.67.2 Background
1.67.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 14/89;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: L = 20 m,
-4
4
I1 = 5.0 x 10 m
a=4m
h=8m
b = 10.77 m
-4
4
I2 = 2.5 x 10 m

Materials properties

214

Isotropic linear elastic material.


E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Hinged base plates A and B (uA = vA = 0 ; uB = vB = 0).
Loading

p = -3 000 N/m
F1 = -20 000 N
F2 = -10 000 N
M = -100 000 Nm

1.67.2.2 Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

K = (I2/b)(h/I1)
p = a/h
m=1+p
B = 2(K + 1) + m
C = 1 + 2m
N = B + mC
VA = 3pl/8 + F1/2 M/l + F2h/l
HA = pl(3 + 5m)/(32Nh) + (F1l/(4h))(C/N) + F2(1-(B + C)/(2N)) + (3M/h)((1 + m)/(2N))

1.67.2.3 Reference values


Point
A
A
C

Magnitudes and units


V, vertical reaction (N)
H, horizontal reaction (N)
vc (m)

Value
31 500.0
20 239.4
-0.03072

1.67.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Fz

Vertical reaction V in point A [N]

-31500

CM2

Fx

Horizontal reaction H in point A [N]

-20239.4

CM2

DZ

vc displacement in point C [m]

-0.03072

1.67.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fz

Result description
Vertical reaction V in point A [N]

Value
-31500 N

Error
0.00%

Fx

Horizontal reaction H in point A [N]

-20239.3 N

0.00%

DZ

Displacement in point C [m]

-0.0307191 m

0.00%

215

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.68 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2509
Test status: Passed

1.68.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.68.2 Background

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 15/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.68.2.1 Test data

Units
I. S.
Geometry

216

Outer diameter
Inner diameter:
Beam length:
Area:
Polar inertia:
Inertia:

de = 0.35 m,
di = 0.32 m,
l = 10 m,
A = 1.57865 x 10-2 m2
-4 4
IP = 4.43798 x 10 m
Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10-4m4

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Punctual mass:
Beam self-weight:

mc = 1000 kg
M

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Density: = 7800 kg/m3

Poisson's ratio: =0.3 (this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the
more appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of mode No. 8 with NE/NASTRAN)

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at point A, x = 0,


Inner: none

Loading
None for the modal analysis

1.68.2.2 Reference results


Reference frequency
For the first mode, the Rayleigh method gives the approximation formula

f1 = 1 / 2 x

3 EI z
3

I (m c + 0.24M)

Mode
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Comment:

Shape
Flexion
Flexion
Flexion
Flexion
Flexion
Flexion
Traction
Torsion
Flexion
Flexion

Units
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz

Reference
1.65
1.65
16.07
16.07
50.02
50.02
76.47
80.47
103.2
103.2

The mass matrix associated with the beam torsion on two nodes, is expressed as:

l IP 1 1/ 2

3
1/ 2 1
And to the extent that Advance Design uses a condensed mass matrix, the value of the torsion mass inertia
introduced in the model is set to:

l Ip
3

Uncertainty about the reference frequencies

Analytical solution mode 1

Other modes: 1%

Finite elements modeling

Linear element AB: Beam


Beam meshing: 20 elements.

217

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Modal deformations

218

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Observation:
the deformed shape of mode No. 8 that does not really correspond to a torsion deformation, is
actually the display result of the translations and not of the rotations. This is confirmed by the rotation values of the
corresponding mode.

Node
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

DX
-3.336e-033
-5.030e-013
-1.005e-012
-1.505e-012
-2.002e-012
-2.495e-012
-2.983e-012
-3.464e-012
-3.939e-012
-4.406e-012
-4.863e-012
-5.310e-012
-5.746e-012
-6.169e-012
-6.580e-012
-6.976e-012
-7.357e-012
-7.723e-012
-8.072e-012
-8.403e-012
-8.717e-012

DY
6.479e-031
1.575e-008
6.185e-008
1.365e-007
2.381e-007
3.648e-007
5.149e-007
6.867e-007
8.785e-007
1.088e-006
1.315e-006
1.556e-006
1.811e-006
2.077e-006
2.353e-006
2.637e-006
2.928e-006
3.224e-006
3.524e-006
3.826e-006
4.130e-006

Eigen modes vector 8


DZ
RX
-6.316e-031
1.055e-022
-1.520e-008
1.472e-002
-5.966e-008
2.944e-002
-1.317e-007
4.416e-002
-2.296e-007
5.887e-002
-3.517e-007
7.359e-002
-4.963e-007
8.831e-002
-6.618e-007
1.030e-001
-8.464e-007
1.177e-001
-1.049e-006
1.325e-001
-1.267e-006
1.472e-001
-1.499e-006
1.619e-001
-1.744e-006
1.766e-001
-2.000e-006
1.913e-001
-2.265e-006
2.061e-001
-2.539e-006
2.208e-001
-2.819e-006
2.355e-001
-3.104e-006
2.502e-001
-3.393e-006
2.649e-001
-3.685e-006
2.797e-001
-3.977e-006
2.944e-001

RY
5.770e-028
6.022e-008
1.171e-007
1.705e-007
2.206e-007
2.673e-007
3.106e-007
3.506e-007
3.873e-007
4.207e-007
4.508e-007
4.777e-007
5.015e-007
5.221e-007
5.396e-007
5.541e-007
5.658e-007
5.746e-007
5.808e-007
5.844e-007
5.856e-007

RZ
5.980e-028
6.243e-008
1.214e-007
1.769e-007
2.289e-007
2.774e-007
3.225e-007
3.641e-007
4.023e-007
4.371e-007
4.684e-007
4.964e-007
5.210e-007
5.423e-007
5.605e-007
5.755e-007
5.874e-007
5.965e-007
6.028e-007
6.065e-007
6.077e-007

With NE/NASTRAN, the results associated with mode No. 8, are:

219

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.68.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

1.65

CM2

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

1.65

CM2

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

16.07

CM2

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

16.07

CM2

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

50.02

CM2

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz]

50.02

CM2

Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz]

76.47

CM2

Eigen mode 9 frequency [Hz]

103.20

CM2

Eigen mode 10 frequency [Hz]

103.20

Comment: The difference between the reference frequency of torsion mode (mode No. 8) and the one found by
Advance Design may be explained by the fact that Advance Design is using a lumped mass matrix (see the
corresponding description sheet).

1.68.3 Calculated results


Result name

220

Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
1.65 Hz

Error
0.00%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

1.65 Hz

0.00%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

16.06 Hz

-0.06%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

16.06 Hz

-0.06%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

50 Hz

-0.04%

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz]

50 Hz

-0.04%

Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz]

76.46 Hz

-0.01%

Eigen mode 9 frequency [Hz]

103.14 Hz

-0.06%

Eigen mode 10 frequency [Hz]

103.14 Hz

-0.06%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.69 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2503
Test status: Passed

1.69.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (bending) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-free).

1.69.2 Background
1.69.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 09/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: L = 1 m,
Straight initial section:

h0 = 0.04 m

b0 = 0.05 m
-3

A0 = 2 x 10 m
Straight final section

h1 = 0.01 m

b1 = 0.01 m
-4

A1 = 10 m

Materials properties

E = 2 x 1011 Pa

= 7800 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Fixed at end x = 0,

Free at end x = 1
Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

221

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.69.2.2 Reference results


Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution
Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):

EIz
= A
x
t
x 2
where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
The result is:

= h1 = 4
h1 E
1
with
i(, )
fi =
12
2
l
= b = 5

b1
=5

1
24.308

2
75.56

3
167.21

4
301.9

Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:


Reference values
Eigen mode type
Flexion

MODE 1

222

1
2
3
4
5

Frequency (Hz)
56.55
175.79
389.01
702.36
1117.63
Scale = 1/4

5
480.4

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

MODE 2

MODE 3

Scale = 1/4

Scale = 1/4

223

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

MODE 4

MODE 5

224

Scale = 1/4

Scale = 1/4

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.69.2.3 Theoretical results


Theoretical
Frequency

Result name

Result description

Reference value

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz]

56.55

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz]

175.79

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz]

389.01

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz]

702.36

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz]

1117.63

1.69.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz]

Value
58.49 Hz

Error
3.43%

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz]

177.67 Hz

1.07%

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz]

388.85 Hz

-0.04%

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz]

697.38 Hz

-0.71%

Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz]

1106.31 Hz

-1.01%

225

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.70 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2507
Test status: Passed

1.70.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the normal force on a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load.

1.70.2 Background
1.70.2.1 Model description

Reference: Euler theory;


Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

L = 10 m
2
S=0.01 m
4
I = 0.0002 m

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.0 x 1010 N/m2,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.1.

Coefficient of thermal expansion: = 0.00001

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,


Internal: T = -50C (Contraction equivalent to the compression force)
( 0 =

226

N
100000
=
= 0.0005 = T = 0.00001 50 )
ES 2.10 10 0.01

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.70.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range


Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:

Pcritical =

2 EI
2

4L

= 98696 N =

98696
= 0.98696
100000

Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,


5 nodes,
4 elements.

Deformed shape

1.70.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement v5 on Node 5 - Case 101 [cm]

-1.0

CM2

Fx

Normal Force on Node A - Case 101 [N]

-100000

CM2

Fx

Normal Force on Node A - Case 102 [N]

-98696

1.70.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement on Node 5 [cm]

Value
-1 cm

Error
0.00%

Fx

Normal Force - Case 101 [N]

-100000 N

0.00%

Fx

Normal Force - Case 102 [N]

-98699.3 N

0.00%

227

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.71 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2511
Test status: Passed

1.71.1 Description
Double cross with hinged ends.
Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, crossed beams, in plane bending.

1.71.2 Background

Reference: NAFEMS, FV2 test


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, Crossed beams, In plane bending.

1.71.2.1 Problem data

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Full square section:

228

Arm length:
Dimensions:
Area:
Inertia:

L=5m
a x b = 0.125 x 0.125
-2
2
A = 1.563 10 m
-5 4
IP = 3.433 x 10 m
Iy = Iz = 2.035 x 10-5m4

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

Density: = 8000 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

Outer: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H points restraint along x and y;


Inner: None.

Loading
None for the modal analysis

1.71.2.2 Reference frequencies


Mode
1
2,3
4 to 8
9
10,11
12 to 16

Units
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz

Reference
11.336
17.709
17.709
45.345
57.390
57.390

Finite elements modeling

Linear elements type: Beam


Imposed mesh: 4 Elements / Arms

Modal deformations

229

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.71.2.3 Theoretical results

230

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz]

11.336

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 2 [Hz]

17.709

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 3 [Hz]

17.709

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 4 [Hz]

17.709

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 5 [Hz]

17.709

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 6 [Hz]

17.709

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 7 [Hz]

17.709

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 8 [Hz]

17.709

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 9 [Hz]

45.345

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 10 [Hz]

57.390

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 11 [Hz]

57.390

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 12 [Hz]

57.390

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 13 [Hz]

57.390

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 14 [Hz]

57.390

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 15 [Hz]

57.390

CM2

Frequency

Frequency of Eigen Mode 16 [Hz]

57.390

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.71.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz]

Value
11.33 Hz

Error
-0.05%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 2 [Hz]

17.66 Hz

-0.28%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 3 [Hz]

17.66 Hz

-0.28%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 4 [Hz]

17.69 Hz

-0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 5 [Hz]

17.69 Hz

-0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 6 [Hz]

17.69 Hz

-0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 7 [Hz]

17.69 Hz

-0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 8 [Hz]

17.69 Hz

-0.11%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 9 [Hz]

45.02 Hz

-0.72%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 10 [Hz]

56.06 Hz

-2.32%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 11 [Hz]

56.06 Hz

-2.32%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 12 [Hz]

56.34 Hz

-1.83%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 13 [Hz]

56.34 Hz

-1.83%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 14 [Hz]

56.34 Hz

-1.83%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 15 [Hz]

56.34 Hz

-1.83%

Frequency of Eigen Mode 16 [Hz]

56.34 Hz

-1.83%

231

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.72 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2513
Test status: Passed

1.72.1 Description
Membrane with hot point.
Tested functions: Stresses.

1.72.2 Background

Reference: NAFEMS, Test T1


Analysis type: static, thermo-elastic;
Tested functions: Stresses.

1.72.2.1 Problem data

Observation: the units system of the initial NAFEMS test, defined in mm, was transposed in m for practical reasons.
However, this has no influence on the results values.

Units
I. S.

232

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry / meshing
A quarter of the structure is modeled by incorporating the terms of symmetries.
Thickness: 1 m

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,

Elongation coefficient = 0.00001.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

For all nodes in y = 0, uy =0;

For all nodes in x = 0, ux =0;


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,

Internal: Hot point, thermal load T = 100C;

233

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.72.3 yy stress at point A:


Reference solution:

Reference value: yy = 50 MPa in A


Finite elements modeling

Planar elements: membranes,


28 planar elements,
39 nodes.

1.72.3.1 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

syy_mid

yy in A [MPa]

50

Note: This value (50.87) is obtained with a vertical cross section through point A. The value represents yy at the left
end of the diagram.
With CM2, it is essential to display the results with the Smooth results on planar elements option deactivated.

1.72.4 Calculated results


Result name
syy_mid

234

Result description
Sigma yy in A [MPa]

Value
50.8666 MPa

Error
1.73%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.73 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2504
Test status: Passed

1.73.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (flexion) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed).

1.73.2 Background
1.73.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 10/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: L = 0.6 m,
Constant thickness: h = 0.01 m
Initial section:

b0 = 0.03 m

A0 = 3 x 10-4 m
Section variation:

with ( = 1)

b = b0e-2x

A = A0e-2x

Materials properties

E = 2 x 1011 Pa

= 0.3

= 7800 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Fixed at end x = 0,

Fixed at end x = 0.6 m.


Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

235

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.73.2.2 Reference results


Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution
i pulsation is given by the roots of the equation:

1 cos(rl)ch(sl) +

s r
sh(sl)sin(rl) = 0
2rs

with

4i =

A 0 i2
si
; r = + 2i ; s = 2i
2i > 0
EIzo

Therefore, the translation components of i(x) mode, are:

cos(rl) ch(sl)
i (x ) = e x cos(rx ) ch(sx ) +
(s sin(rx ) rsh(sx ))
rsh(sl) s sin(rl)

Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:


Reference values
Eigen mode Frequency (Hz)
Eigen mode i(x)*
order
x=0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
1
143.303
0
0.237
0.703
1
0.859
2
396.821
0
-0.504
-0.818
0
0.943
3
779.425
0
0.670
0.210
-0.831
0.257
4
1289.577
0
-0.670
0.486
0
-0.594
* i(x) eigen modes* standardized to 1 at the point of maximum amplitude.
Eigen modes

236

0.5
0.354
0.752
1
1

0.6
0
0
0
0

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.73.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz]

143.303

CM2

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz]

396.821

CM2

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz]

779.425

CM2

Eigen mode

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz]

1289.577

1.73.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz]

Value
145.88 Hz

Error
1.80%

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz]

400.26 Hz

0.87%

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz]

783.15 Hz

0.48%

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz]

1293.42 Hz

0.30%

237

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.74 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2508
Test status: Passed

1.74.1 Description
A 3D bar structure with elastic support is subjected to a vertical load of -100 kN. The V2 magnitude on node 5, the
normal force magnitude, the reaction magnitude on supports and the action magnitude are verified.

1.74.1.1 Model description

Reference: Internal GRAITEC;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry
For all bars:

H=3m
B=3m
2
S = 0.02 m
Element
1 (bar)
2 (bar)
3 (bar)
4 (bar)
5 (spring)

Node i
1
2
3
4
5

Node j
5
5
5
5
6

Materials properties

238

Isotropic linear elastic materials


2
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 E8 N/m ,

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: At node 5: K = 50000 kN/m ;


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Vertical load at node: P = -100 kN,


Internal: None.

1.74.1.2 Theoretical results


System solution

L= H2 +

B2
. Also, U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0
2

Stiffness matrix of bar 1

x
x
1
1
u ( x) = (1 ).ui + .u j u ( ) = (1 ).ui + (1 + ).u j
L
L
2
2
2x
where =
1
L
in the local coordinate system:

1

[k1 ] = [B] [H ][B]dVe = ES 0 [B]T [B]dx = ES 1 12 1 1 2 d
ve
2 2 L
2
1 0 1
1
1

1
2 ES 4 4
ES 1 1 (ui ) ES 0 0 0
=
d =
=
L 1 1 (u j ) L 1 0 1
L 1 1 1

4 4
0 0 0
T

0 (ui )
0 (vi )
0 (u j )

0 (v j )

239

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

where

[k 1 ] = ES 0
L 1

0 1 0 (u1 )

0 0 0 ( v 1 )
0 1 0 (u 5 )

0 0 0 ( v 5 )

[ ]

The elementary matrix k e expressed in the global coordinate system XY is the following: ( angle allowing
the transition from the global base to the local base):

0
0
cos sin

sin cos
0
0
T
[K e ] = [R e ] [k e ][R e ] avec [R e ] =
0
0
cos sin

sin cos
0
0
cos 2
cos 2
cos sin
cos sin

cos sin
sin 2
sin
[K e ] = ES cos sin
L
cos sin
cos 2
cos 2
cos sin

2
sin
cos sin
sin 2
cos sin

Knowing that

cos =

B
L 2

and sin

B2
2
cos = 2
2L

2
H
H2
, then: sin = 2
=
L
L

HB
sin cos =

2L2

B2
2

HB
ES
H
for element 1 nodes 1 5, = arctan ( ) : [K1 ] = 3 22
B
L
D

2
HB
2

HB
2
H2

HB
2

H2

B2

2
HB

2
B2
2
HB
2

Stiffness matrix of spring support 5

We say K =

K
4

1
0
1 1 (ui )

in the local coordinate system : [k5 ] = K


(u ) = K 1

1
1

0
0
for element 5 nodes 5 6, = 90 : [K 5 ] = K '
0

240

HB

2
(U 1 )
H2
(V1 )
HB (U 5 )

2 (V5 )

H2

0 1 0 (ui )
0 0 0 (vi )
0 1 0 (u j )

0 0 0 (v j )

0 0 0 (U 5 )
1 0 1 (V5 )
0 0 0 (U 6 )

1 0 1 (V6 )

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

[ ]

System K {Q} = {F}

ES B 2
3
L 2
ES HB
L3
2

2
ES
B

L3 2

ES HB
L3 2

ES HB
L3 2
ES 2
H
L3
ES HB
3
L
2
ES 2
3 H
L
0

ES B 2
L3 2
ES HB
3
L
2
ES B 2
L3 2
ES HB
L3 2
0

ES HB
L3 2
ES
3 H2
L
ES HB
L3 2
ES 2
H + K
L3
0
K

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
U R
X1
1
0 V R
1
Y1

U
R

5
X5
0 =

V5
P

K U 6 R X 6
V R
6 Y6
0

If U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0, then:

V5 =

And

ES 2
H + K
L3

4
= 0.001885 m
ES 2 K
+
H
4
L3

ES HB
ES HB
R X6 = 0
V5 = 1015 N
V5 = 1015 N R X5 = 3
3
L
L
2
2
K
ES
R Y 6 = V5 = 23563 N
= 3 H 2 V5 = 1436 N
4
L

R X1 =
R Y1

Note:

The values on supports specified by Advance Design correspond to the actions,


RY6 calculated value must be multiplied by 4 in relation to the double symmetry,

x1

value is similar to the one found by Advance Design by dividing this by

Effort in bar 1:

B
L 2
u1 H
v
1 L
=
u5 0
v5
0

H
L
B
L 2
0
0

u1 cos
v sin
1
=
u5 0
v5 0

0
0
B
L 2
H

sin
cos
0
0

0
U1
0 V
1 and ES 1 1 u1 = N1 = 1759


H U 5
L 1 1 u5 N 5 1759

L V
5
B
L 2

0
0
cos
sin

0 U1
0 V1
ES 1 1 u1 N1
and
=
sin U 5
L 1 1 u5 N 5

cos V5

241

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference values

Point
5
All bars
Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5
Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5

Magnitude
V2
Normal force
Fz action
Action Fx=Fy

Units
m
N
N
N

Support 6

Fz action

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,


5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

Deformed shape

242

Value
-1.885 10-3
-1759
-1436

1015 / 2 = 718
23563 x 4=94253

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Normal forces diagram

1.74.1.3 Reference values


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

V2 magnitude on node 5 [m]

-1.885 10-3

CM2

Fx

Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N]

-1759

CM2

Fx

Normal force magnitude on bar 2 [N]

-1759

CM2

Fx

Normal force magnitude on bar 3 [N]

-1759

CM2

Fx

Normal force magnitude on bar 4 [N]

-1759

CM2

Fz

Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N]

1436

CM2

Fz

Fz reaction magnitude on support 3 [N]

1436

CM2

Fz

Fz reaction magnitude on support 4 [N]

1436

CM2

Fz

Fz reaction magnitude on support 5 [N]

1436

CM2

Fx

Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N]

-718

CM2

Fx

Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N]

718

CM2

Fx

Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N]

718

CM2

Fx

Action Fx magnitude on support 5 [N]

-718

CM2

Fy

Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N]

-718

CM2

Fy

Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N]

-718

CM2

Fy

Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N]

718

CM2

Fy

Action Fy magnitude on support 5 [N]

718

CM2

Fz

Fz reaction magnitude on support 6 [N]

23563 x 4=94253

243

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.74.2 Calculated results


Result name
D

Result description
Displacement on node 5 [mm]

Value
1.88508 mm

Error
0.00%

Fx

Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N]

-1759.4 N

-0.02%

Fx

Normal force magnitude on bar 2 [N]

-1759.4 N

-0.02%

Fx

Normal force magnitude on bar 3 [N]

-1759.4 N

-0.02%

Fx

Normal force magnitude on bar 4 [N]

-1759.4 N

-0.02%

Fy

Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N]

1436.55 N

0.04%

Fy

Fz reaction magnitude on support 2 [N]

1436.55 N

0.04%

Fy

Fz reaction magnitude on support 3 [N]

1436.55 N

0.04%

Fy

Fz reaction magnitude on support 4 [N]

1436.55 N

0.04%

Fx

Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N]

-718.274 N

-0.04%

Fx

Action Fx magnitude on support 2 [N]

718.274 N

0.04%

Fx

Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N]

718.274 N

0.04%

Fx

Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N]

-718.274 N

-0.04%

Fz

Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N]

-718.274 N

-0.04%

Fz

Action Fy magnitude on support 2 [N]

-718.274 N

-0.04%

Fz

Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N]

718.274 N

0.04%

Fz

Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N]

718.274 N

0.04%

Fy

Action Fy magnitude on support 6 [N]

94253.8 N

0.00%

244

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.75 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2512
Test status: Passed

1.75.1 Description
Simple supported beam in free vibration.
Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.

1.75.2 Background

Reference: NAFEMS, FV5


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.

1.75.2.1 Problem data

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Full square section:

Dimensions:
Area:
Inertia:

a x b = 2m x 2 m
2
A = 4m
IP = 2.25 m4
4
Iy = Iz = 1.333 m

245

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Density: = 8000 kg/m3

Boundary conditions

Outer:

x = y = z = Rx = 0 at A ;

y = z =0 at B ;
Inner: None.

Loading
None for the modal analysis

1.75.2.2 Reference frequencies


Mode
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Shape
Flexion
Flexion
Torsion
Traction
Flexion
Flexion
Torsion
Flexion
Flexion

Units
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz

Reference
42.649
42.649
77.542
125.00
148.31
148.31
233.10
284.55
284.55

Comment: Due to the condensed (lumped) nature of the mass matrix of Advance Design, the frequencies values of 3
and 7 modes cannot be found by this software. The same modeling done with NE/NASTRAN gave respectively for
mode 3 and 7: 77.2 and 224.1 Hz.
Finite elements modeling

Straight elements: linear element


Imposed mesh: 5 meshes

Modal deformations

246

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.75.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz]

42.649

CM2

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz]

42.649

CM2

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz]

77.542

CM2

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz]

125.00

CM2

Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz]

148.31

CM2

Frequency of eigen mode 6 [Hz]

148.31

CM2

Frequency of eigen mode 7 [Hz]

233.10

Comment: The torsion modes No. 3 and 7 that are calculated with NASTRAN cannot be calculated with Advance
Design CM2 solver and therefore the mode No. 3 of the Advance Design analysis corresponds to mode No. 4 of the
reference. The same problem in the case of No. 7 - Advance Design, that corresponds to mode No. 8 of the
reference.

1.75.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz]

Value
43.11 Hz

Error
1.08%

Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz]

43.11 Hz

1.08%

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz]

124.49 Hz

-0.41%

Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz]

149.38 Hz

0.72%

Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz]

149.38 Hz

0.72%

Frequency of eigen mode 6 [Hz]

269.55 Hz

-5.27%

Frequency of eigen mode 7 [Hz]

269.55 Hz

-5.27%

247

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.76 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2502
Test status: Passed

1.76.1 Description
Verifies the deflection magnitude on a non-slender beam with two hinged supports.

1.76.2 Background
1.76.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 02/89


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length: L = 1.44 m,
-4
Area: A = 31 x 10 m
Inertia: I = 2810 x 10-8 m4
Shearing coefficient: az = 2.42 = A/Ar

Materials properties

E = 2 x 1011 Pa

= 0.3

Boundary conditions

Hinge at end x = 0,
Hinge at end x = 1.44 m.

Loading
Uniformly distributed force of p = -1. X 105 N/m on beam AB.

248

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.76.2.2 Reference results


Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution
The deflection on the middle of a non-slender beam considering the shear force deformations given by the
Timoshenko function:

v=

5 pl 4
l 2p
+
384 EI 8 A r G

where G =

E
2(1 + )

and A r = A

az

where "Ar" is the reduced area and "az" the shear coefficient calculated on the transverse section.
Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:
Reference values
Point
C

Magnitudes and units


V, deflection (m)

Value
-1.25926 x 10-3

1.76.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Dz

Deflection magnitude in point C [m]

-0.00125926

1.76.3 Calculated results


Result name
Dz

Result description
Deflection magnitude in node C [m]

Value
-0.00125926 m

Error
0.00%

249

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.77 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2506
Test status: Passed

1.77.1 Description
Verifies the normal force on the nodes of a double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load.

1.77.2 Background
1.77.2.1 Model description

Reference: Euler theory;


Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = 10 m
Cross Section
IPE200

Sx m
Vx m3
0.002850
0.00000000

Sy m
V1y m3
0.001400
0.00002850

Sz m
V1z m3
0.001799
0.00019400

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Coefficient of thermal expansion: = 0.00001

Boundary conditions

250

Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,


Inner: None.

Ix m4
V2y m3
0.0000000646
0.00002850

Iy m4
V2z m3
0.0000014200
0.00019400

Iz m4
0.0000194300

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External: Punctual load FZ = 1 N at = L/2 (load that initializes the deformed shape),

Internal: T = 5C corresponding to a compression force of:

N = EST = 2.1E11 0.00285 0.00001 5 = 29.925 kN


1.77.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:

Pcritical =

2 EI
L

2

= 117.724 kN =

29.925
= 3.93
117.724

Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,


11 nodes,
10 elements.

Deformed shape of mode 1

251

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.77.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN]

-29.925

CM2

Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN]

-117.724

1.77.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fx
Fx

252

Result description
Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN]
Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN]

Value
-29.904 kN
-118.081 kN

Error
0.07%
-0.30%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.78 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2510
Test status: Passed

1.78.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.78.2 Background
1.78.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 15/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass..

1.78.2.2 Problem data

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Outer diameter:
Inner diameter:
Beam length:
Distance BC:
Area:
Inertia:
Polar inertia:
Punctual mass:

de= 0.35 m,
di = 0.32 m,
l = 10 m,
lBC = 1 m
A =1.57865 x 10-2 m2
-4 4
Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10 m
-4 4
Ip = 4.43798 x 10 m
mc = 1000 kg
253

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Longitudinal elasticity modulus of AB element: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Density of the linear element AB: = 7800 kg/m3

Poisson's ratio =0.3(this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the more
appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of modes No. 4 and 5 with NE/NASTRAN:
Elastic modulus of BC element: E = 1021 Pa

Density of the linear element BC: = 0 kg/m3

Boundary conditions
Fixed at point A, x = 0,
Loading
None for the modal analysis

1.78.2.3 Reference frequencies


Reference solutions
The different eigen frequencies are determined using a finite elements model of Euler beam (slender beam).
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Mode
1 (fz + t0)
2 (fy + tr)
3 (fy + tr)
4 (fz + t0)
5 (fz + t0)
6 (fy + tr)
7 (fz + t0)
1 (fz + t0)

Units
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz

Reference
1.636
1.642
13.460
13.590
28.900
31.960
61.610
63.930

Uncertainty about the reference solutions


The uncertainty about the reference solutions: 1%
Finite elements modeling

Linear element AB: Beam


Imposed mesh: 50 elements.
Linear element BC: Beam
Without meshing

Modal deformations

254

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.78.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2
CM2

Frequency

Eigen mode 1 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz]

1.636

Frequency

Eigen mode 2 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz]

1.642

CM2

Frequency

Eigen mode 3 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz]

13.46

CM2

Frequency

Eigen mode 4 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz]

13.59

CM2

Frequency

Eigen mode 5 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz]

28.90

CM2

Frequency

Eigen mode 6 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz]

31.96

CM2

Frequency

Eigen mode 7 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz]

61.61

CM2

Frequency

Eigen mode 8 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz]

63.93

Note:
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Observation: because the mass matrix of Advance Design is condensed and not consistent, the torsion modes
obtained are not taking into account the self rotation mass inertia of the beam.

255

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.78.3 Calculated results


Result name

256

Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
1.64 Hz

Error
0.24%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

1.64 Hz

-0.12%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

13.45 Hz

-0.07%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

13.65 Hz

0.44%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

29.72 Hz

2.84%

Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz]

31.96 Hz

0.00%

Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz]

63.09 Hz

2.40%

Eigen mode 8 frequency [Hz]

63.93 Hz

0.00%

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.79 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2517
Test status: Passed

1.79.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.

1.79.2 Background
1.79.2.1 Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear, bar.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

L=5m
Section S = 0.005 m2

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.
Boundary conditions

Outer:

Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,

Support at node 2 restrained along x and y,


Inner: None.

257

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,


Internal: None.

1.79.2.2 References solutions


Displacements

30PL
= 0.000649 m
11ES
6PL
v3 =
= 0.000129 m
11ES
25PL
u4 =
= 0.000541 m
11ES
5PL
v4 =
= 0.000108 m
11ES
u3 =

N normal forces

N12 = 0
N 23 =
N 43 =

N14 =
6
P = 27272 N
11

5
P = 22727 N
11

N13 =

5
P = 22727 N
11

6 2
P = 38569 N
11

N 42 =

5 2
P = 32141 N
11

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: bar, without meshing,


4 nodes,
6 linear elements.

Deformed shape

258

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Normal forces

259

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.79.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DX

u3 displacement on Node 3 [m]

0.000649

CM2

DZ

v3 displacement on Node 3 [m]

-0.000129

CM2

DX

u4 displacement on Node 4 [m]

0.000541

CM2

DZ

v4 displacement on Node 4 [m]

0.000108

CM2

Fx

N12 normal force on Element 1 [N]

CM2

Fx

N23 normal force on Element 2 [N]

-27272

CM2

Fx

N43 normal force on Element 3 [N]

22727

CM2

Fx

N14 normal force on Element 4 [N]

22727

CM2

Fx

N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N]

38569

CM2

Fx

N42 normal force on Element 6 [N]

-32141

1.79.3 Calculated results


Result name
DX

Result description
u3 displacement on Node 3 [m]

Value
0.000649287 m

Error
0.04%

DZ

v3 displacement on Node 3 [m]

-0.000129871 m

-0.68%

DX

u4 displacement on Node 4 [m]

0.000541063 m

0.01%

DZ

v4 displacement on Node 4 [m]

0.000108224 m

0.21%

Fx

N12 normal force on Element 1 [N]

0N

0.00%

Fx

N23 normal force on Element 2 [N]

-27272.9 N

0.00%

Fx

N43 normal force on Element 3 [N]

22727.1 N

0.00%

Fx

N14 normal force on Element 4 [N]

22727.1 N

0.00%

Fx

N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N]

38569.8 N

0.00%

Fx

N42 normal force on Element 6 [N]

-32140.9 N

0.00%

260

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.80 Linear element in simple bending - without compressed reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)


Test ID: 2521
Test status: Passed

1.80.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjected to uniform loads.

1.80.1.1 Model description

Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.

Units

Forces: kN
Moment: kN.m
Stresses: MPa
2
Reinforcement density: cm

Geometry

Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht


Length: l = 42 m in 7 spans of 6m,

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Hinged at end x = 0,

Vertical support at the same level with all other supports


Inner: Hinge z at each beam end (isostatic)

Loading

External:

Case 1 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on all spans except 8)

Case 2 to 8 (LL):uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)


uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)

th
Case 9 (ACC): uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8 span)

th
Case 10 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on 8 span)
Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)

Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)
Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)
Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)
Comb BAELUA: 1xDL + 1xACC (comb 115)

Internal: None.

261

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:

All concrete covers are set to 5 cm


BAEL 91 calculation with the revised version 99
Span
1

Concrete
B20

Reinforcement
HA fe500

Application
D>24h

Concrete
No

B35

Adx fe235

1h<D<24h

No

B50

HA fe 400

D<1h

Yes

4
5

B25
B60

HA fe500
HA fe500

D>24h
D>24h

Yes
No

6
7
8

B30
B40
B45

Adx fe235
HA fe500
HA fe500

D>24h
D>24h
D<1h

Yes
Yes
Yes

Cracking
Non
prejudicial
Non
prejudicial
Non
prejudicial
Prejudicial
Very
prejudicial
Prejudicial
160 MPa
Non
prejudicial

1.80.1.2 Reinforcement calculation


Reference solution
fc28
ft28
fe
teta
gamb
gams
h

Span 1
20
1.8
500
1
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 2
35
2.7
235
0.9
1.5
1.15
1

Span 3
50
3.6
400
0.85
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 4
25
2.1
500
1
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 5
60
4.2
500
1
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 6
30
2.4
235
1
1.5
1.15
1

Span 7
40
3
500
1
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 8
45
3.3
500
0.85
1.15
1
1.6

fbu
fed
sigpreju
sigtpreju

11.33
434.78
250.00
200.00

22.04
204.35
156.67
125.33

33.33
347.83
264.00
211.20

14.17
434.78
250.00
200.00

34.00
434.78
285.15
228.12

17.00
204.35
156.67
125.33

22.67
434.78
160.00
160.00

39.13
500.00
252.76
202.21

g
q
pu
pser
l
Mu
Mser
Vu

5.00
9.00
20.25
14.00
6.00
91.13
63.00
60.75

ubu
a
z
Au
A
B
C
D
alpha1
z
Aserp
A
B
C
D
alpha1
z
Asertp
262

5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
15.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
29.25
20.25
20.25
20.25
20.25
20.25
20.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
131.63
91.13
91.13
91.13
91.13
91.13
90.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
87.75
60.75
60.75
60.75
60.75
60.75
Longitudinal reinforcement calculation according to ELU
0.199
0.147
0.068
0.159
0.066
0.132
0.099
0.279
0.200
0.087
0.217
0.086
0.178
0.131
0.400
0.414
0.434
0.411
0.435
0.418
0.426
5.24
15.56
6.03
5.10
4.82
10.67
4.91
Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-0.56000
-0.89362
-0.87500
0.56000
0.89362
0.87500
0.367
0.442
0.438
0.395
0.384
0.384
6.38
10.48
10.25
Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
-3.00
-3.00
-3.00
-3.00
-3.00
-3.00
-3.00
-0.70
-1.60
-0.66
-0.70
-0.61371
-1.12
-0.88
0.70
1.60
0.66
0.70
0.61371
1.12
0.88
0.381
0.393
7.030

5.00
25.00
30.00
6.00
135.00
90.00
0.085
0.111
0.430
6.28
1.000
-3.000

1.00
-3.00
0.00
0.00

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Span 1

Span 2

tu
k
At/st

0.68
1.00
0.69

0.98
1.00
1.79

Aflex
Aminflex
At
Atmin

5.24
0.75
0.69
1.60

15.56
2.38
1.79
3.40

Span 3
Span 4
Span 5
Transversal reinforcement calculation
0.68
0.68
0.68
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.31
3.45
3.45
Recapitulation
6.03
6.38
7.03
1.86
0.87
1.74
4.31
3.45
3.45
2.00
1.60
1.60

Span 6

Span 7

Span 8

0.68
0.00
7.34

0.68
0.00
3.45

1.00
0.00
4.44

10.67
2.11
7.34
3.40

10.25
1.24
3.45
1.60

6.28
1.37
4.44
1.60

Finite elements modeling

Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh


29 nodes,
28 linear elements.

1.80.1.3 Theoretical results


Reference
Solver
CM2

Result name
Az

Result description

Reference value
2

Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm ]

5.24

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T1 [cm ]

0.75

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T1 [cm2]

0.69
2

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm ]

15.56

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T2 [cm2]

2.38

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T2 [cm ]

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm2]

CM2

Amin

1.79
6.03

Min. main reinf. T3 [cm ]


2

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T3 [cm ]

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm2]

1.86
4.31
6.38

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T4 [cm ]

0.87

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T4 [cm2]

3.45
2

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm ]

7.03

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T5 [cm2]

1.74

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T5 [cm ]

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm2]

CM2

Amin

3.45
10.67

Min. main reinf. T6 [cm ]


2

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T6 [cm ]

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm ]

2.11
7.34

10.25
2

CM2

Amin

Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm ]

1.24

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T7 [cm2]

3.45
2

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm ]

6.28

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T8 [cm2]

1.37

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T8 [cm ]

4.44

The "Mu limit" method must be applied to attain the same results.

263

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.80.2 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm]

Value
-5.24348 cm

Error
-0.07%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T1 [cm]

0.7452 cm

-0.64%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T1 [cm]

0.69 cm

0.00%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm]

-15.5613 cm

-0.01%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T2 [cm]

2.3783 cm

-0.07%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T2 [cm]

1.79433 cm

0.24%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm]

-6.03286 cm

-0.05%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T3 [cm]

1.863 cm

0.16%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T3 [cm]

4.3125 cm

0.06%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm]

-6.38336 cm

-0.05%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T4 [cm]

0.8694 cm

-0.07%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T4 [cm]

3.45 cm

0.00%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm]

-7.03527 cm

-0.07%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T5 [cm]

1.7388 cm

-0.07%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T5 [cm]

3.45 cm

0.00%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm]

-10.6698 cm

0.00%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T6 [cm]

2.11404 cm

0.19%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T6 [cm]

7.34043 cm

0.01%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm]

-10.2733 cm

-0.23%

Amin

Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm]

1.242 cm

0.16%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T7 [cm]

3.45 cm

0.00%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm]

-6.29338 cm

-0.21%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T8 [cm]

1.3662 cm

-0.28%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T8 [cm]

4.44444 cm

0.10%

264

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.81 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2515
Test status: Passed

1.81.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k -> infinite).

1.81.2 Background
1.81.2.1 Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: static non linear;
Element type: linear, T/C.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

L = 10 m
4
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),

Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),

T/C stiffness ky (1.1030N/m),


Inner: None.

Loading

External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,


Internal: None.

265

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.81.2.2 References solutions


ky being infinite, the non linear model behaves the same way as a beam on 3 supports.
Displacements

(
) = 0.000115 rad
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
PL (3EI + k L )
=
= 0.000077 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3

1 =

v3 =

3PL3
=0
16 3EI z + 2k y L3

3 =

) = 0.000038 rad
+ 2k L )

PL 6EI z + k y L3

32EI z 3EI z

Mz Moments

M z1 = 0
Mz2 =

3k y PL4

16 3EI z + 2k y L3

M z ( x = 5m) =

) = 93.75 N.m

PL (M z 2 M z1 )
+
= 203.13 N.m
4
2

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,


3 nodes,
2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

266

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Moment diagram

1.81.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry - node 1 [rad]

0.000115

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry - node 2 [rad]

-0.000077

CM2

DZ

Displacement - node 3 [m]

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry - node 3 [rad]

0.000038

CM2

My

Moment M - node 1 [Nm]

CM2

My

Moment M - node 2 [Nm]

93.75

CM2

My

Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm]

-203.13

1.81.3 Calculated results


Result name
RY

Result description
Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad]

Value
0.000115005 Rad

Error
0.00%

RY

Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad]

-7.65875e-005 Rad

0.54%

DZ

Displacement - node 3 [m]

9.36486e-030 m

0.00%

RY

Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad]

3.81695e-005 Rad

0.45%

My

Moment M - node 1 [Nm]

1.3145e-013 N*m

0.00%

My

Moment M - node 2 [Nm]

93.6486 N*m

-0.11%

My

Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm]

-203.176 N*m

-0.02%

267

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.82 Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92)


Test ID: 2519
Test status: Passed

1.82.1 Description
A structure consisting of 2 beams and 2 punctual masses, subjected to a lateral earthquake along X. The frequency
modes, the eigen vectors, the participation factors, the displacement at the top of the mast and the forces at the top
of the mast are verified.

1.82.2 Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: modal and spectral analyses;
Element type: linear, mass.

1.82.2.1 Material strength model

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length:
Outer radius:
Inner radius:

L = 35 m,
Rext = 3.00 m
Rint = 2.80 m

Axial section:
Polar inertia:
Bending inertias:

S= 3.644 m2
Ip = 30.68 m4
4
Ix =15.34 m
4
Iy = 15.34 m

Masses

M1 =203873.6 kg
M2 =101936.8 kg

Materials properties

268

Longitudinal elastic modulus:

E = 1.962 x 1010 N/m2,

Poisson's ratio:

= 0.1,

Density:

= 25 kN/m3

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed in X = 0, Y = 0 m,

Loading

External: Seismic excitation on X direction

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,

1.82.2.2 Seismic hypothesis in conformity with PS92 regulation

Zone: Nice Sophia Antipolis (Zone II).


Site: S1 (Medium soil, 10m thickness).
Construction type class: B
Behavior coefficient: 3
Material damping: 4% (Reinforced concrete).

1.82.2.3 Modal analysis


Eigen periods reference solution
Substract the value of structures specific horizontal periods by solving the following equation:

48EI
7L3

det K M 2 = 0

M1

M
0

16

M2

Eigen modes
1
2

Units
Hz
Hz

Reference
2.085
10.742

Modal vectors
For 1:

48EI 16 5 M 2

1 1

7L3 5 2 0

U1
U 1
= 0 1 1 =

M 2 1 U 2
U 2 3.055
0

For 2:

U 1

2 1 =
U 2 0.655
Normalizing relative to the mass

9.305 10 4
2.01 10 3
; 2

1
3
1.316 10 3
2.842 10

269

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Modal deformations

1.82.2.4 Spectral study


Design spectrum

Nominal acceleration:

f1 = 2.085Hz a n = 5.5411m s 2
f 2 = 10.742Hz a n = 6.25 m s 2

270

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Observation: the gap between pulses is greater than 10%, so the modal responses can be regarded as independent.
Reference participation factors

i = iM

: Vecteur directeur de la direction du sisme


Eigen modes
1
2

Reference
479.427
275.609

Pseudo-acceleration

i = a i i i in (m/s2)
5%

0 .4

: Damping correction factor.

: Structure damping.

3.7852

1 =
- 2.4783

2.7026

1 =
8.2556
Reference modal displacement

1.576E 02

1 =
4.814E 02

8.318E 04

2 =
- 5.446E 04

Equivalent static forces

7.717E + 05

F2 =
- 2.526E + 05

5.510E + 05

F1 =
8.415E + 05
Displacement at the top of the mast

U1 =

((4.81E 02)

+ ( 5.446E 04 )

Units
m

Reference
4.814 E-02

Shear force at the top of the mast

((8.415E + 05)

T1 =

+ ( 2.526E + 05 )

3: Being the behavior coefficient of forces


Units
N

Reference
2.929 E+05

Moment at the base

Units
N.m

Reference
1.578 E+07

271

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.82.2.5 Theoretical results


Reference
Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Frequency

Frequency Mode 1 [Hz]

2.085

CM2

Frequency

Frequency Mode 2 [Hz]

10.742

CM2

Displacement at the top of the mast [cm]

4.814

CM2

Fz

Forces at the top of the mast [N]

2.929E+05

1.82.3 Calculated results


Result name

Result description
Frequency Mode 1 [Hz]

Value
2.08 Hz

Error
-0.24%

Frequency Mode 2 [Hz]

10.74 Hz

-0.02%

Displacement at the top of the mast [cm]

4.81159 cm

-0.05%

Fz

Forces at the top of the mast [N]

292677 N

-0.08%

272

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.83 Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66)


Test ID: 2523
Test status: Passed

1.83.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (displacement at ridge, normal forces, bending moments, deflections, stresses,
buckling lengths, lateral torsional buckling lengths and cross section optimization) for a 2D metallic portal frame,
according to CM66.

1.83.2 Background
1.83.2.1 Model description

Calculation model: 2D metallic portal frame.

Column section: IPE500

Rafter section: IPE400

Base plates: hinged.

Portal frame width: 20m

Columns height: 6m

Portal frame height at the ridge: 7.5m


Load case:

Permanent loads: 150 kg/m on the roof + elements self weight.

Usage overloads: 800 kg/ml on the roof


Mesh density: 1m

Model preview

Combinations
Code
CMP
CMS
CMCFN
CMCFN
CMCFN
CMCD

Numbers
1
2
101
102
103
104

Type
Static
Static
Comb_Lin
Comb_Lin
Comb_Lin
Comb_Lin

Title
Permanent load + self weight
Usage overloads
1.333P
1.333P+1.5S
P+1.5S
P+S

273

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.83.2.2 Effel Structure Results


Ridge displacements (combination 104)

Diagram of normal force envelope

274

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Envelope of bending moments diagram

1.83.2.3 Effel Expert CM results


Main hypotheses
For columns

Deflections:

1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.

Buckling:

XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes


XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method

Lateral-torsional buckling:

Ldi automatic calculation: no restraints


Lds imposed value: 2 m

For the rafters

Deflections:

1/200
Envelopes deflections calculation.

Buckling:

XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes


XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method

Lateral-torsional buckling:

Ldi automatic calculation: No restraints


Lds imposed value: 1.5m

Optimization criteria

Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%


Labels optimization (on Advance Design templates)

275

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deflection verification
Ratio

CM Stress diagrams
Work ratio

Stresses

276

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Buckling lengths
Lfy

Lfz

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths


Ldi

277

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Lds

Optimization

278

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.83.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Displacement at the ridge [cm]

9.36

CM2

Fx

Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T]

-15.77

CM2

Fx

Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T]

-1.02

CM2

My

Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [T.m]

-42.41

CM2

My

Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [T.m]

42.41

CM2

Deflection

CM deflections on Columns [%]

L / 438 (34%)

CM2

Deflection

CM deflections on Rafters [%]

L / 111 (180%)

CM2

Stress

CM stresses on Columns [MPa]

230.34

CM2

Stress

CM stresses on Rafters [MPa]

458.38

CM2

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m]

5.84

CM2

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m]

CM2

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m]

7.08

CM2

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m]

10.11

Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure have different orientation in Advance Design.
Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m]

CM2

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m]

CM2

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m]

10.11

CM2

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m]

1.5

Solver

Result name

Result description

Final section

CM2

Work ratio

IPE500 columns - section optimization

98

IPE500

CM2

Work ratio

IPE400 rafters - section optimization

195

IPE550

Rate (%)

279

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.83.3 Calculated results


Result name
D

Result description
Displacement at the ridge [cm]

Value
9.36473 cm

Error
0.05%

Fx

Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T]

-15.7798 T

-0.06%

Fx

Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T]

-1.0161 T

0.38%

My

Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [Tm]

42.4226 T*m

0.03%

My

Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [Tm]

42.4226 T*m

0.03%

Deflection

CM deflections on Columns [adm]

438.077 Adim.

0.02%

Deflection

CM deflections on Rafters [adm]

111.325 Adim.

0.29%

Stress

CM stresses on Columns [adm]

230.331 MPa

0.00%

Stress

CM stresses on Rafters [adm]

458.367 MPa

0.00%

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m]

6m

0.00%

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m]

5.84401 m

0.07%

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m]

10.1119 m

0.02%

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m]

7.07904 m

-0.01%

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m]

6m

0.00%

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m]

2m

0.00%

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m]

10.1119 m

0.02%

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m]

1.5 m

0.00%

Work ratio

IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm]

0.980131 Adim.

0.01%

Work ratio

IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm]

1.9505 Adim.

0.03%

280

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.84 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM)


Test ID: 2435
Test status: Passed

1.84.1 Description
On a circular plate of 5 mm thickness and 2 m diameter, an uniform load, perpendicular on the plan of the plate, is
applied. The vertical displacement on the plate center is verified.

1.84.2 Background
1.84.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 03/89;


Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: planar.
Circular plate under uniform load

Scale =1/10

01-0003SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Circular plate radius: r = 1m,


Circular plate thickness: h = 0.005 m.

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

281

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions

Outer: Plate fixed on the side (in all points of its perimeter),
For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the plate and we impose symmetry conditions on some nodes
(see the following model; yz plane symmetry condition):translation restrained nodes along x and rotation
restrained nodes along y and z: translation restrained nodes along x and rotation restrained nodes along y and
z:

Inner: None.

Loading

External: Uniform loads perpendicular on the plate: pZ = -1000 Pa,


Internal: None.

1.84.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model at the center of the plate


Reference solution
Circular plates form:
pr4
-1000 x 14
u = 64D = 64 x 2404 = - 6.50 x 10-3 m
A

with the plate radius coefficient: D =

Eh3
2.1 x 1011 x 0.0053
2 =
12(1-0.32)
12(1- )
A

D = 2404
Finite elements modeling

Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,


70 nodes,
58 planar elements.
Circular plate under uniform load
Meshing

282

01-0003SSLSB_FEM

Scale =1.5

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape
Circular plate under uniform load
Deformed

Scale =1.5

01-0003SSLSB_FEM

1.84.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DZ

Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm]

-6.50

1.84.3 Calculated results


Result name
DZ

Result description
Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm]

Value
-6.47032 mm

Error
0.46%

283

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.85 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2516
Test status: Passed

1.85.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = -10000 N/m).

1.85.2 Background
1.85.2.1 Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: static non linear;
Element type: linear, T/C.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

L = 10 m
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m4

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),

Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),

T/C ky Rigidity = -10000 N/m (the sign corresponds to an upwards restraint),


Inner: None.

Loading

284

External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,


Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.85.2.2 References solutions


Displacements

(
) = 0.000129 rad
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
PL (3EI + k L )
=
= 0.000106 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3

1 =

v3 =

3PL3
= 0.00058 m
16 3EI z + 2k y L3

3 =

) = 0.000034 rad
+ 2k L )

PL 6EI z + k y L3

32EI z 3EI z

Mz Moments

M z1 = 0
Mz2 =

3k y PL4

16 3EI z + 2k y L3

M z ( x = 5m) =

) = 58.15 N.m

PL (M z 2 M z1 )
+
= 220.9 N.m
2
4

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,


3 nodes,
2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

285

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Moment diagram

1.85.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad]

-0.000129

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad]

0.000106

CM2

DZ

Displacement - node 3 [m]

0.00058

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad]

0.000034

CM2

My

M moment - node 1 [Nm]

CM2

My

M moment - node 2 [Nm]

-58.15

CM2

My

M moment - middle span 1 [Nm]

-220.9

1.85.3 Calculated results


Result name
RY

Result description
Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad]

Value
0.000129488 Rad

Error
0.38%

RY

Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad]

-0.000105646 Rad

0.33%

DZ

Displacement - node 3 [m]

0.000581169 m

0.20%

RY

Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad]

-3.44295e-005 Rad

-1.26%

My

M moment - node 1 [Nm]

1.77636e-015 N*m

0.00%

My

M moment - node 2 [Nm]

58.1169 N*m

-0.06%

My

M moment - middle span 1 [Nm]

-220.942 N*m

-0.02%

286

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.86 Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed reinforcements - Partially


tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91)
Test ID: 2520
Test status: Passed

1.86.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjects to uniform loads and
compression normal forces.

1.86.2 Model description

Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course


Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.

Units

Forces: kN
Moment: kN.m
Stresses: MPa
Reinforcement density: cm

Geometry

Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht


Length: l = 48 m in 8 spans of 6m,

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Hinged at end x = 0,

Vertical support at the same level with all other supports


Inner: Hinged at each beam end (isostatic)

Loading

External:

Case 1 (DL):uniform linear load g= -5kN/m (on all spans except 8)


Fx = 10 kN at x = 42m: Ng = -10 kN for spans from 6 to 7
Fx = 140 kN at x = 32m: Ng = -150 kN for span 5
Fx = -50 kN at x = 24m: Ng = -100 kN for span 4
Fx = 50 kN at x = 18m: Ng = -50 kN for span 3
Fx = 50 kN at x = 12m: Ng = -100 kN for span 2
Fx = -70 kN at x = 6m: Ng = -30 kN for span 1

Case 10 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (span 8)


Fx = 10 kN at x = 48m: Ng = -10 kN
Fx = -10 kN at x = 42m

287

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Case 2 to 8 (LL):uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)


uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)
Fx = 30 kN at x = 6m (case 2 span 1)
Fx = -50 kN at x = 6m (case 3 span 2)
Fx = 50 kN at x = 12m (case 3 span 2)
Fx = -40 kN at x = 12m (case 4 span 3)
Fx = 40 kN at x = 18m (case 4 span 3)
Fx = -100 kN at x = 18m (case 5 span 4)
Fx = 100 kN at x = 24m (case 5 span 4)
Fx = -150 kN at x = 24m (case 6 span 5)
Fx = 150 kN at x = 30m (case 6 span 5)
Fx = -8 kN at x = 30m (case 7 span 6)
Fx = 8 kN at x = 36m (case 7 span 6)
Fx = -8 kN at x = 36m (case 8 span 7
Fx = 8 kN at x = 42m (case 8 span 7)

Case 9 (ACC):uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)


Fx = 8 kN at x = 36m (case 9 span 8)
Fx = -8 kN at x = 42m (case 9 span 8)
Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)
Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)
Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)
Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)
Comb BAELA: 1xDL + 1xACC with duration of less than 1h (comb 115)

Internal: None.

Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:


All concrete covers are set to 5 cm
BAEL 91 calculation (according to 99 revised version)

288

Span
1

Concrete
B20

Reinforcement
HA fe500

Application
D>24h

Concrete
No

B35

Adx fe235

1h<D<24h

No

B50

HA fe 400

D<1h

Yes

4
5

B25
B25

HA fe500
HA fe500

D>24h
D>24h

Yes
No

6
7
8

B30
B40
B45

Adx fe235
HA fe500
HA fe500

D>24h
D>24h
D<1h

Yes
Yes
Yes

Cracking
Non
prejudicial
Non
prejudicial
Non
prejudicial
Prejudicial
Very
prejudicial
Prejudicial
160 MPa
Non
prejudicial

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.86.2.1 Reinforcement calculation


Reference solution
fc28
ft28
fe
teta
gamb
gams
h

Span 1
20
1.8
500
1
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 2
35
2.7
235
0.9
1.5
1.15
1

Span 3
50
3.6
400
0.85
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 4
25
2.1
500
1
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 5
25
2.1
500
1
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 6
30
2.4
235
1
1.5
1.15
1

Span 7
40
3
500
1
1.5
1.15
1.6

Span 8
45
3.3
500
0.85
1.15
1
1.6

fbu
fed
sigpreju
sigtpreju

11.33
434.78
250.00
200.00

22.04
204.35
156.67
125.33

33.33
347.83
264.00
211.20

14.17
434.78
250.00
200.00

14.17
434.78
250.00
200.00

17.00
204.35
156.67
125.33

22.67
434.78
160.00
160.00

39.13
500.00
252.76
202.21

g
q
pu
pser
G
Q
l
Mu
Nu
Mser
Nser
Vu

5.00
9.00
20.25
14.00
-30.00
-30.00
6.00
91.13
-85.50
63.00
-60.00
60.75

5.00
9.00
20.25
14.00
-10.00
-8.00
6.00
91.13
-25.50
63.00
-18.00
60.75

5.00
25.00
30.00

Mu/A
ubu

74.03
0.161

5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
15.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
29.25
20.25
20.25
20.25
20.25
20.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
-100.00
-50.00
-100.00
-150.00
-10.00
-50.00
-40.00
-100.00
-100.00
-8.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
131.63
91.13
91.13
91.13
91.13
-210.00
-127.50
-285.00
-352.50
-25.50
90.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
63.00
-150.00
-90.00
-200.00
-250.00
-18.00
87.75
60.75
60.75
60.75
60.75
Main reinforcement calculation according to ULS
89.63
65.63
34.13
20.63
86.03
0.100
0.049
0.059
0.036
0.125

a
z
Au
Mser/A
a
Mrb
A
B
C
D
alpha1
z
Aserp
Mser/A
a
Mrb
A
B
C

-10.00
-8.00
6.00
135.00
-18.00

90.00

86.03
0.094

131.40
0.083

0.221
0.133
0.062
0.077
0.046
0.167
0.123
0.410
0.426
0.439
0.436
0.442
0.420
0.428
6.12
20.57
7.97
8.35
9.18
11.27
5.21
Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS
51.000
60.000
45.000
23.000
13.000
59.400
59.400

0.108
0.430
6.46

0.4186
87.53
1.0000
-3.0000
-0.4533
0.4533

0.4737
0.4737
0.6328
0.6923
121.16
121.16
182.01
258.82
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
-3.0000
-3.0000
-3.0000
-3.0000
-0.2044
-0.1156
-0.8426
-0.8250
0.2044
0.1156
0.8426
0.8250
0.238
0.432
0.428
0.414
0.385
0.386
10.22
10.99
10.75
Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS
51.00
60.00
45.00
23.00
13.00
59.40
59.40

0.47
96.93
1.0000
-3.0000
-0.5667

0.6678
220.78
1.0000
-3.0000
-0.8511
0.8511

0.72
231.67
1.0000
-3.0000
-1.0638

0.6303
302.44
1.0000
-3.0000
-0.3788
0.3788

0.68
319.66
1.0000
-3.0000
-0.4735

0.53
132.43
1.0000
-3.0000
-0.2556

0.53
132.43
1.0000
-3.0000
-0.1444

0.68
192.27
1.0000
-3.0000
-1.0532

0.69
258.82
1.0000
-3.0000
-0.8250

0.000
0.6157
267.55
1.0000
-3.0000
0.0000
0.0000

0.00
0.67
283.60
1.0000
-3.0000
0.0000
289

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Span 1
0.5667

Span 2
1.0638

tu
k
At/st

0.68
0.57
1.87

0.98
0.40
7.08

Aflex
e0
Aminfsimp
Aminfcomp
At
Atmin

6.12
-0.95
0.75
0.83
1.87
1.60

20.57
-1.67
2.38
2.54
7.08
3.40

D
alpha1
z
Asertp

Span 3
0.4735

Span 4
0.2556

Span 5
0.1444
0.203
0.420
14.049
Transverse reinforcement calculation
0.68
0.68
0.68
0.00
-0.14
-0.41
4.31
3.90
4.77
Recapitulation
7.97
10.22
14.05
-1.43
-3.17
-3.97
1.86
0.87
0.87
2.01
0.90
0.90
4.31
3.90
4.77
2.00
1.60
1.60

Span 6
1.0532

Span 7
0.8250

Span 8
0.0000

0.68
0.00
7.34

0.68
0.00
3.45

1.00
0.00
4.44

11.27
-0.29
2.11
2.80
7.34
3.40

10.75
-0.29
1.24
1.65
3.45
1.60

6.46
-0.13
1.37
0.30
4.44
1.60

Finite elements modeling

Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh


29 nodes,
28 linear elements.

1.86.2.2 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm2]

Reference value
6.12

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T1 [cm ]

0.75

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T1 [cm2]

1.87
2

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm ]

20.57

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T2 [cm2]

2.38

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T2 [cm ]

7.08
2

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm ]

7.97

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T3 [cm2]

1.86

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T3 [cm ]

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm2]

4.31
10.22

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T4 [cm ]

0.87

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T4 [cm2]

3.90
2

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm ]

14.05

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T5 [cm2]

4.20

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T5 [cm ]

4.77
2

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm ]

11.27

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T6 [cm2]

2.11

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T6 [cm ]

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm2]

7.34
10.75
2

CM2

Amin

Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm ]

1.24

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T7 [cm2]

3.45
2

CM2

Az

Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm ]

6.46

CM2

Amin

Min. main reinf. T8 [cm2]

1.37

CM2

Atz

Trans. reinf. T8 [cm ]

The "Mu limit" method must be applied in order to achieve the same results.

290

4.44

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.86.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm]

Value
-6.11718 cm

Error
0.05%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T1 [cm]

0.7452 cm

-0.64%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T1 [cm]

1.8699 cm

-0.01%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm]

-20.5688 cm

0.01%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T2 [cm]

2.3783 cm

-0.07%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T2 [cm]

7.07943 cm

-0.01%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm]

-7.96552 cm

0.06%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T3 [cm]

1.863 cm

0.16%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T3 [cm]

4.3125 cm

0.06%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm]

-10.2301 cm

-0.10%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T4 [cm]

0.8694 cm

-0.07%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T4 [cm]

3.9008 cm

0.02%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm]

-14.0512 cm

-0.01%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T5 [cm]

4.2 cm

0.00%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T5 [cm]

4.7702 cm

0.00%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm]

-11.2742 cm

-0.04%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T6 [cm]

2.11404 cm

0.19%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T6 [cm]

7.34043 cm

0.01%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm]

-10.7634 cm

-0.12%

Amin

Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm]

1.242 cm

0.16%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T7 [cm]

3.45 cm

0.00%

Az

Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm]

-6.47718 cm

-0.27%

Amin

Min. main reinf. T8 [cm]

1.3662 cm

-0.28%

Atz

Trans. reinf. T8 [cm]

4.44444 cm

0.10%

291

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.87 Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-0208SSLLG_BAEL91)


Test ID: 2524
Test status: Passed

1.87.1 Description
Verifies the displacements, bending moments and reinforcement results for a 2D concrete slab with supports and
punctual loads.

1.87.2 Background
1.87.2.1 Model description

Calculation model: 2D concrete slab.

Slab thickness: 20 cm

Slab length: 20m

Slab width: 10m

The supports (punctual and linear) are considered as hinged.

Supports positioning (see scheme below)

1,50m*2,50m opening => see positioning on the following scheme


Materials:

Concrete B25

Young module: E= 36000 MPa


Load case:

Permanent loads: 100 kg/m2

Permanent loads: 200 kg/ml around the opening

Punctual loads of 2T in permanent loads (see the following definition)

Usage overloads: 250 kg/m2


Mesh density: 0.5 m

Slab geometry

292

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Support positions

Positions of punctual loads

293

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Global loading overview

Load Combinations
Code
BAGMAX
BAQ
BAELS
BAELU

294

Numbers
1
2
101
102

Type
Static
Static
Comb_Lin
Comb_Lin

Title
Permanent loads + self weight
Usage overloads
Gmax+Q
1.35Gmax+1.5Q

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.87.2.2 Effel Structure Results


SLS max displacements (load combination 101)

Mx bending moment for ULS load combination

295

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

My bending moment for ULS load combination

Mxy bending moment for ULS load combination

1.87.2.3 Effel RC Expert Results


Main hypothesis

296

Top and bottom concrete covers: 3 cm


Slightly dangerous cracking
Concrete B25 => Fc28= 25 MPa
Reinforcement calculation according to Wood method.
Calculation starting from non averaged forces.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Axi reinforcements

Ayi reinforcements

297

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Axs reinforcements

Ays reinforcements

298

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.87.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result
name

Result description

Reference
value

CM2

Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm]

0.176

CM2

Myy

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(Mx) [kN.m]

25.20

CM2

Myy

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(Mx) [kN.m]

-15.71

CM2

Mxx

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(My) [kN.m]

31.17

CM2

Mxx

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(My) [kN.m]

-18.79

CM2

Mxy

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max (Mxy) [kN.m]

10.26

CM2

Mxy

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min (Mxy) [kN.m]

-10.14

CM2

Axi

Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm ]

3.84

CM2

Axs

Theoretic reinforcements Axs [cm ]

3.55

CM2

Ayi

Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2]

3.75

4.53

CM2

Ays

Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm ]

These values are obtained from the maximum values from the mesh.

1.87.3 Calculated results


Result name
D

Result description
Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm]

Value
0.174641 cm

Error
-0.77%

Myy

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination


102) Max(Mx) [kNm]

25.2594 kN*m

0.24%

Myy

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination


102) Min(Mx) [kNm]

-15.6835 kN*m

0.17%

Mxx

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination


102) Max(My) [kNm]

31.2449 kN*m

0.24%

Mxx

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination


102) Min(My) [kNm]

-18.7726 kN*m

0.09%

Mxy

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination


102) Max (Mxy) [kNm]

-10.1558 kN*m

1.02%

Mxy

Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination


102) Min (Mxy) [kNm]

10.2508 kN*m

1.09%

Axi

Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm2]

3.83063 cm

-0.24%

Axs

Theoretic reinforcementsAxs [cm2]

3.629 cm

2.23%

Ayi

Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2]

3.72879 cm

-0.57%

Ays

Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm2]

4.61909 cm

1.97%

299

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.88 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2514
Test status: Passed

1.88.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = 0).

1.88.2 Background
1.88.2.1 Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: static non linear;
Element type: linear, T/C.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

L = 10 m
4
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m

Materials properties

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions

Outer:

Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),

Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),

T/C stiffness ky = 0,
Inner: None.

Loading

300

External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,


Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.88.2.2 References solutions


ky being null, the non linear model behaves the same way as the structure without support 3.
Displacements

(
) = 0.000153 rad
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
PL (3EI + k L )
=
= 0.000153 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3

1 =

v3 =

3PL3
= 0.00153 m
16 3EI z + 2k y L3

3 =

) = 0.000153 rad
+ 2k L )

PL 6EI z + k y L3

32EI z 3EI z

Mz Moments

M z1 = 0
Mz2 =

3k y PL4

16 3EI z + 2k y L3

M z ( x = 5m) =

)=0

PL (M z 2 M z1 )
+
= 250 N.m
4
2

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,


3 nodes,
2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

301

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Moment diagrams

1.88.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad]

0.000153

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad]

-0.000153

CM2

DZ

Displacement V in node 3 [m]

0.00153

CM2

RY

Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad]

0.000153

CM2

My

Moment M in node 1 [Nm]

CM2

My

Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm]

-250

1.88.3 Calculated results


Result name
RY

Result description
Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad]

Value
0.000153175 Rad

Error
0.11%

RY

Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad]

-0.000153175 Rad

-0.11%

DZ

Displacement V in node 3 [m]

0.00153175 m

0.11%

RY

Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad]

-0.000153175 Rad

-0.11%

My

Moment M in node 1 [Nm]

5.05771e-014 N*m

0.00%

My

Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm]

-250 N*m

0.00%

302

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.89 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2518
Test status: Passed

1.89.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.

1.89.2 Background
1.89.2.1 Model description

Reference: internal GRAITEC test;


Analysis type: static non linear;
Element type: linear, bar, tie.

Units
I. S.
Geometry

L=5m
Section S = 0.005 m2

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.
Boundary conditions

Outer:

Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,

Support at node 2 restrained along x and y,


Inner: None.

303

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading

External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,


Internal: None.

1.89.2.2 References solutions


In non linear analysis without large displacement, the introduction of ties for the diagonal bars removes bar 5 (test
No. 0103SSLLB_FEM allows finding an compression force in this bar at the linear calculation).
Displacements

u3 = u 4 =
v3 =
v4 = 0

5PL
= 0.001195 m
11ES

PL
= 0.000238 m
ES

N normal forces

N12 = 0
N 23 = P = 50000 N
N 43 = 0

N14 = 0
N13 = 2P = 70711 N
N 42 = 0

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: bar, without meshing,


4 nodes,
6 linear elements.

Deformed shape

304

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Normal forces

1.89.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

DX

u3 displacement on Node 3 [m]

0.001195

CM2

DZ

v3 displacement on Node 3 [m]

-0.000238

CM2

DX

u4 displacement on Node 4 [m]

0.001195

CM2

DZ

v4 displacement on Node 4 [m]

CM2

Fx

N12 normal force on Element 1 [N]

CM2

Fx

N23 normal force on Element 2 [N]

-50000

CM2

Fx

N34 normal force on Element 3 [N]

CM2

Fx

N14 normal force on Element 4 [N]

CM2

Fx

N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N]

70711

CM2

Fx

N24 normal force on Element 6 [N]

305

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.89.3 Calculated results


Result name
DX

Result description
u3 displacement on Node 3 [m]

Value
0.00119035 m

Error
-0.39%

DZ

v3 displacement on Node 3 [m]

-0.000238095 m

-0.04%

DX

u4 displacement on Node 4 [m]

0.00119035 m

-0.39%

DZ

v4 displacement on Node 4 [m]

9.94686e-316 m

0.00%

Fx

N12 normal force on Element 1 [N]

0N

0.00%

Fx

N23 normal force on Element 2 [N]

-50000 N

0.00%

Fx

N34 normal force on Element 3 [N]

0N

0.00%

Fx

N14 normal force on Element 4 [N]

2.08884e-307 N

0.00%

Fx

N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N]

70710.7 N

0.00%

Fx

N24 normal force on Element 6 [N]

0N

0.00%

306

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.90 Design of a Steel Structure according to CM66 (03-0206SSLLG_CM66)


Test ID: 2522
Test status: Passed

1.90.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (maximum displacement, normal force, bending moment, deflections, buckling
lengths, lateral-torsional buckling and cross section optimization) for a simple metallic framework with a concrete
floor, according to CM66.

1.90.2 Background
1.90.2.1 Model description

Calculation model: Simple metallic framework with a concrete floor.


Load case:

Permanent loads: 150 kg/m for the floor and 25kg/m for the roof.

Overloads: 250 kg/m on the floor.

Wind loads on region II for a normal location

Snow loads on region 2B at an altitude of 750m.


CM66 Combinations

Model preview

307

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Code
CMP
CMS
CMV
CMV
CMV
CMV
CMV
CMV
CMV
CMV
CMN

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Type
Static
Static
Static
Static
Static
Static
Static
Static
Static
Static
Static

Structures load case

Title
SW + Dead loads
Overloads for usage
Wind overloads along +X in overpressure
Wind overloads along +X in depression
Wind overloads along -X in overpressure
Wind overloads along -X in depression
Wind overloads along +Z in overpressure
Wind overloads along +Z in depression
Wind overloads along -Z in overpressure
Wind overloads along -Z in depression
Normal snow overloads

1.90.2.2 Effel Structure results


Displacement Envelope (CMCD" load combinations)

Env.

Case

No.

Max(D)
Min(D)
Max(DX)
Min(DX)
Max(DY)
Min(DY)
Max(DZ)
Min(DZ)

213
188
204
204
213
213
201
203

148
1.1
72.1
313
148
61.5
371
370

Envelope of linear element forces


D
DX
Max.
location
(cm)
(cm)
CENTER
12.115
0.037
START
0.000
0.000
START
3.138
3.099
END
2.872
-1.872
CENTER
12.115
0.037
END
9.986
-0.118
CENTER
4.149
-0.006
CENTER
4.124
-0.006

DY
(cm)
12.035
0.000
0.434
-0.129
12.035
-9.985
-0.188
-0.240

DZ
(cm)
-1.393
0.000
0.244
-2.174
-1.393
0.046
4.145
-4.118

Envelope of forces on linear elements (CMCFN load combinations)

Env.

Case

No.

Max (Fx)
Min (Fx)
Max(Fy)
Min(Fy)
Max(Fz)
Min(Fz)
Max(Mx)
Min(Mx)
Max(My)
Min(My)
Max (Mz)
Min (Mz)

120
138
120
120
177
187
120
120
177
179
120
120

4.1
98
57
60
371
370
111
21
371
370
57
59.2

Envelope of linear element forces


Fx
Fy
Fz
MaxSite
(T)
(T)
(T)
START
19.423
-4.108
-1.384
START
-41.618
-0.962
-0.192
END
-13.473
16.349
-0.016
START
-15.994
-16.112
-0.006
START
-3.486
-0.118
2.655
START
-3.666
-0.147
-2.658
END
3.933
4.840
0.278
END
-22.324
13.785
-0.191
CENTER
-3.099
-0.118
-0.323
CENTER
-3.283
-0.155
0.321
END
-13.473
16.349
-0.016
END
-19.455
-8.969
-0.702

Mx
(T*m)
-0.003
0.000
-0.003
-3E-004
0.000
0.000
0.028
-0.028
0.000
0.000
-0.003
-0.003

My
(T*m)
1.505
0.000
0.002
6E-006
0.000
0.000
-4E-005
-0.004
4.403
-4.373
0.002
-0.001

Mz
(T*m)
7.551
0.000
55.744
53.096
0.000
0.000
11.531
42.562
-0.500
-0.660
55.744
-57.105

Envelope of linear element stresses (CMCFN load combinations)

Env.

Case

No.

Max(sxxMax)
Min(sxxMax)
Max(sxyMax)
Min(sxyMax)
Max(sxzMax)
Min(sxzMax)
Max(sFxx)
Min(sFxx)
Max(sMxxMax)
Min(sMxxMax)

120
120
120
120
185
179
120
120
120
1

59.2
292
57
60
371
370
293
292
59.2
1.1

308

Envelope of linear element stresses


sxxMax
sxyMax
MaxSite
(MPa)
(MPa)
END
273.860
-14.696
START
-150.743
0.000
START
262.954
37.139
END
241.643
-36.595
START
-2.949
-0.183
START
-3.104
-0.255
END
161.095
9E-005
START
-150.743
0.000
END
273.860
-14.696
START
-4.511
3.155

sxzMax
(MPa)
-1.024
0.000
-0.030
-0.011
3.876
-3.882
-0.002
0.000
-1.024
-0.646

sFxx
(MPa)
-16.453
-150.743
-15.609
-18.536
-2.949
-3.104
161.095
-150.743
-16.453
-4.511

sMxxMax
(MPa)
290.312
0.000
278.562
260.179
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
290.312
0.000

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.90.2.3 CM66 Effel Expertise results


Hypotheses
For columns

Deflections:

1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.

Buckling XY plane:

Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes


XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes

Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint


Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

For rafters

Deflections:

1/200
Envelopes deflections calculation.

Buckling:

XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes


XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes

Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraint


Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

For columns

Deflections:

1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.

Buckling:

XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes


XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes

Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint


Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

Optimization parameters

Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%


All the sections from the library are available.
Labels optimization.

The results of the optimization given below correspond to an iteration of the finite elements calculation.

309

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deflection verification
Ratio

Max values on the element

310

Columns: L / 168
Rafter: L / 96
Column: L / 924

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

CM Stress diagrams
Work ratio

Stresses

Max values on the element

Columns: 375.16 MPa

Rafter: 339.79 MPa

Column: 180.98 MPa

311

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Buckling lengths
Lfy

Lfz

312

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths


Ldi

Lds

313

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Optimization

1.90.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm]

12.115

CM2

Fx

Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T]

-41.618

CM2

Fx

Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T]

19.423

CM2

My

Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz) [Tm]

-57.105

CM2

My

Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm]

55.744

Warning, the Mz bending moment of Effel Structure corresponds to the My bending moment of Advance Design.
Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Deflection

CM deflections on Columns [adm]

L / 168 (89%)

CM2

Deflection

CM deflections on Rafters [adm]

L / 96 (208%)

CM2

Deflection

CM deflections on Columns [adm]

L / 924 (16%)

CM2

Stress

CM stresses on Columns [MPa]

374.67

CM2

Stress

CM stresses on Rafters [MPa]

339.74

CM2

Stress

CM stresses on Columns [MPa]

180.98

CM2

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m]

8.02

CM2

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m]

24.07

CM2

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m]

1.72

CM2

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m]

20.25

CM2C

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m]

4.20

CM2

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m]

5.67

Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure are opposite to those in Advance Design.

314

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2
CM2

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m]

8.5

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m]

8.5

CM2

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m]

8.61

CM2

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m]

1.72

CM2

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m]

CM2

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m]

Solver

Result name

Result description

Final section

CM2

Work ratio

IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm]

1.59

IPE600

CM2

Work ratio

IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm]

1.45

IPE500

CM2

Work ratio

IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm]

0.77

IPE360

Rate (%)

315

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.90.3 Calculated results


Result name
D

Result description
Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm]

Value
12.1324 cm

Error
0.14%

Fx

Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T]

-41.655 T

-0.09%

Fx

Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T]

19.4743 T

0.26%

My

Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz)[Tm]

-57.1184 T*m

-0.02%

My

Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm]

55.7692 T*m

0.05%

Deflection

CM deflections on Columns [adm]

167.783 Adim.

-0.13%

Deflection

CM deflections on Rafters [adm]

96.1423 Adim.

0.15%

Deflection

CM deflections on Columns [adm]

925.187 Adim.

0.13%

Stress

CM stresses on Columns [MPa]

374.583 MPa

-0.02%

Stress

CM stresses on Rafters [MPa]

347.517 MPa

2.29%

Stress

CM stresses on Columns [MPa]

180.706 MPa

-0.15%

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m]

7.96718 m

-0.66%

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m]

24.0693 m

0.00%

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m]

1.72255 m

0.15%

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m]

20.2452 m

-0.02%

Lfy

Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m]

4.19567 m

-0.10%

Lfz

Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m]

5.67211 m

0.04%

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m]

8.5 m

0.00%

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m]

8.5 m

0.00%

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m]

8.61187 m

0.02%

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m]

8.61187 m

0.02%

Ldi

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m]

2m

0.00%

Lds

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m]

2m

0.00%

Work ratio

IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm]

1.59397 Adim.

0.25%

Work ratio

IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm]

1.4788 Adim.

1.99%

Work ratio

IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm]

0.768961 Adim.

-0.13%

316

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2437
Test status: Passed

1.91.1 Description
Verifies the tension force on a beam reinforced by a system of hinged bars, subjected to a uniform linear load.

1.91.2 Background
1.91.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 13/89;


Analysis type: static, thermoelastic (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Tied (sub-tensioned) beam

Scale =1/37
01-0005SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

Length:

AD = FB = a = 2 m,

DF = CE = b = 4 m,

CD = EF = c = 0.6 m,

AC = EB = d = 2.088 m,

Total length: L = 8 m,

317

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

AD, DF, FB Beams:

Section: A = 0.01516 m2,

Shear area: Ar = A / 2.5,


-4
4

Inertia moment: I = 2.174 x 10 m ,


CE Bar:
-3
2

Section: A1 = 4.5 x 10 m ,
AC, EB bar:
-3
2

Section: A2 = 4.5 x 10 m ,
CD, EF bars:
-3
2

Section: A3 = 3.48 x 10 m .

Materials properties

Isotropic linear elastic material,


11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
Shearing module: G = 0.4x E.

Boundary conditions

Outer: Hinged in A, support connection in B (blocked vertical translation),


Inner: Hinged at bar ends: AC, CD, EF, EB.

Loading

External: Uniform linear load p = -50000 N/ml,

-3
-5
Internal: Shortening of the CE tie of = 6.52 x 10 m (dilatation coefficient: CE = 1 x 10 /C and temperature
variation T = -163C).

1.91.2.2 Compression force in CE bar


Reference solution
The solution is established by considering the deformation effects due to the shear force and normal force:
4 a
=1-3 xL
A

A
k = A = 2.5
r
A

t=
EA

I
A
AE

= (L/c)2 x (1+ (A/A1) x (b/L) + 2 x (A/A2) x (d/a)2 x (d/L) + 2 x (A/A3) (c/a)2 x (c/L)
= k x [(2Et2) / (GaL)]
=++
0 = 1 (a/L)2 x (2 a/L)
0 = 6k x (E/G) x (t/L)2 x (1 + b/L)
0 = 0 + 0
NCE = - (1/12) x (pL2/c) x (0 /) + (EI/(Lc2)) x (/) = 584584 N
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: without meshing,

318

AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),


AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
CE: beam,
6 nodes.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Force diagrams
Tied (sub-tensioned) beam

Scale =1/31
Compression force in CE bar

1.91.2.3 Bending moment at point H


Reference solution
MH = - (1/8) x pL2 x [1- (2/3) x (0/)] (EI/(Lc)) x (/p) = 49249.5 N
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: without meshing,

AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),


AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
CE: beam,
6 nodes.

319

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Shape of the bending moment diagram


Tied (sub-tensioned) beam

Scale =1/31

Mz bending moment

1.91.2.4 Vertical displacement at point D


Reference solution
The reference displacement vD provided by AFNOR is determined by averaging the results of several software with
implemented finite elements method.
-3
vD = -0.5428 x 10 m

Finite elements modeling

320

Linear element: without meshing,

AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),

AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,

CE: beam,
6 nodes.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape
Tied (sub-tensioned) beam

Scale =1/31
Deformed

1.91.2.5 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

FX

Tension force on CE bar [N]

584584

1.91.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fx

Result description
Tension force on CE bar [N]

Value
584580 N

Error
0.00%

321

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.92 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM)


Test ID: 2436
Test status: Passed

1.92.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies for a slender beam with variable section, subjected to its own weight.

1.92.2 Background
1.92.2.1 Model description

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 09/89;


Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free)

Scale =1/4

01-0004SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.
Geometry

322

Beam length: l = 1 m,
Initial section (in A):

Height: h1 = 0.04 m,

Width: b1 = 0.04 m,

Section: A1 = 1.6 x 10-3 m2,


-7
4

Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz1 = 2.1333 x 10 m ,


Final section (in B):

Height: h2 = 0.01 m,

Width: b2 = 0.01 m,
-4
2

Section: A2 = 10 m ,

Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz2 = 8.3333 x 10-10 m4.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
3
Density: 7800 kg/m .

Boundary conditions

Outer: Fixed in A,
Inner: None.

Loading

External: None,
Internal: None.

1.92.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies


Reference solutions
Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):
2
2v
2v
2 (EIz
2 ) = -A
x
x2
x
A

The result is: fi =


A

1
h2
2
2 i l
E

1
23.289

where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.


A

AE

2
73.9

E
12
AE

3
165.23

4
299.7

5
478.1

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: variable beam, imposed mesh,


31 nodes,
30 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

323

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.92.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver

Result name

Result description

Reference value

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

54.18

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

171.94

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

384.4

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

697.24

CM2

Eigen mode

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

1112.28

1.92.3 Calculated results


Result name

324

Result description
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz]

Value
54.01 Hz

Error
-0.31%

Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz]

170.58 Hz

-0.79%

Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz]

378.87 Hz

-1.44%

Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz]

681.31 Hz

-2.28%

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz]

1075.7 Hz

-3.29%

2 CAD, Rendering and Visualization

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.1

Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load. (TTAD #13190)


Test ID: 6210
Test status: Passed

2.1.1

Description
Verifies annotations of a wind generated load. It generates wind on the current 2 slope building( the remarks are
filled) then hides all the elements, makes visible only the load with identifier 1 and takes a printscreen.

2.2

Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753)


Test ID: 3443
Test status: Passed

2.2.1

Description
Verifies the hide/show elements command for the whole structure using the right-click option.

2.3

Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs.(TTAD #13891)


Test ID: 6213
Test status: Passed

2.3.1

Description
Verifies the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs by taking a printscreen.

2.4

Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made.(TTAD #14825)


Test ID: 6199
Test status: Passed

2.4.1

Description
Verifies the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

2.5

Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is
made.(TTAD #12807)
Test ID: 6201
Test status: Passed

2.5.1

Description
Verifies the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of
the loaded saved view.

2.6

Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033)


Test ID: 6209
Test status: Passed

2.6.1

Description
Verifies the saved view of elements with annotations. It makes saved views and takes printscreens of them after
switching between them.

326

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.7

Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704)


Test ID: 3464
Test status: Passed

2.7.1

Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.

2.8

System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752)


Test ID: 3457
Test status: Passed

2.8.1

Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the section cut results on a concrete planar element with an
opening.

2.9

Generating combinations (TTAD #11721)


Test ID: 3468
Test status: Passed

2.9.1

Description
Generates combinations for three types of loads: live loads, dead loads and snow (with an altitude > 1000 m and
base effect); generates the combinations description report.

2.10 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611)


Test ID: 3550
Test status: Passed

2.10.1 Description
Verifies the coordinates system symbol display from different views.

2.11 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589)


Test ID: 3579
Test status: Passed

2.11.1 Description
Generates the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure (C35/45 material). Verifies the descriptive
actors after creating the analysis.
The structure consists of 42 linear elements, 303 planar elements, 202 supports, etc. 370 planar loads are applied:
live loads, dead loads and temperature.

327

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.12 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526)


Test ID: 3608
Test status: Passed

2.12.1 Description
Verifies the camera creation and visibility.

2.13 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525)


Test ID: 3607
Test status: Passed

2.13.1 Description
Creates a circle.

2.14 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458)
Test ID: 3644
Test status: Passed

2.14.1 Description
Verifies the snap points behavior when the "Allowed deformation" function is enabled (stretch points) and when it is
disabled (grip points).

2.15 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328)
Test ID: 3701
Test status: Passed

2.15.1 Description
Verifies the representation of elements with HEA340 cross section.

2.16 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681)


Test ID: 3637
Test status: Passed

2.16.1 Description
Changes the local axes of a section cut in the descriptive model and verifies if the local axes are kept in analysis
model.

2.17 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486)
Test ID: 3742
Test status: Passed

2.17.1 Description
Creates an element with compound cross section (CS1 IPE400 IPE240) and verifies the cross section display.

328

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.18 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD
#11475)
Test ID: 3733
Test status: Passed

2.18.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and displays the forces results on linear elements. Returns to the model
mode to verify the descriptive model display.

2.19 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979)


Test ID: 3745
Test status: Passed

2.19.1 Description
Enables the "tracking" snap mode to model structure elements.

2.20 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490)
Test ID: 3740
Test status: Passed

2.20.1 Description
Verifies holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height.

2.21 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999)


Test ID: 4304
Test status: Passed

2.21.1 Description
Verifies the on/off function for the "ghost" rendering mode when the workplane display is disabled.

2.22 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054)
Test ID: 4347
Test status: Passed

2.22.1 Description
Verifies the display of saved views which contain elements with the "ghost on selection" function enabled.

2.23 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110)
Test ID: 4302
Test status: Passed

2.23.1 Description
Moves a linear element along with the element support, after selecting both elements.

329

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.24 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064)
Test ID: 4349
Test status: Passed

2.24.1 Description
Verifies the "ghost" display on selected elements after changing the element display color.

2.25 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657)


Test ID: 3465
Test status: Passed

2.25.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.

2.26 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183).


Test ID: 4429
Test status: Passed

2.26.1 Description
Verifies the "fixed load scale" function.

2.27 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698)


Test ID: 4440
Test status: Passed

2.27.1 Description
Verifies the modeling of steel connections.

2.28 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section. (TTAD #13197)


Test ID: 6180
Test status: Passed

2.28.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements by cross-section. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

2.29 Verifying the default view.(TTAD #13248)


Test ID: 6198
Test status: Passed

2.29.1 Description
Verifies the default view to be the top view. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

330

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229)
Test ID: 4483
Test status: Passed

2.30.1 Description
Verifies the dividing of planar elements which contain openings.

2.31 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062)
Test ID: 4507
Test status: Passed

2.31.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when trying to create lintel on a planar element with an inappropriate opening.

2.32 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads
(TTAD #11837)
Test ID: 4511
Test status: Passed

2.32.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model that had overlapped loads.

2.33 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958)
Test ID: 4508
Test status: Passed

2.33.1 Description
Creates a punctual load and verifies the display of the load after placing it in another load case using the load case
number from the properties window.

2.34 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299)


Test ID: 4513
Test status: Passed

2.34.1 Description
Verifies the display of a beam with haunches, in the "Linear contour" rendering mode.

2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170)
Test ID: 4534
Test status: Passed

2.35.1 Description
Creates a base plate connection on a non-vertical column.

331

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.36 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)


Test ID: 4551
Test status: Passed

2.36.1 Description
Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)

2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592)
Test ID: 4560
Test status: Passed

2.37.1 Description
Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint at one end (TTAD #12592)

2.38 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)


Test ID: 4575
Test status: Passed

2.38.1 Description
Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)

332

3 Climatic Generator

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.1

EC1: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters (TTAD #12806)
Test ID: 4848
Test status: Passed

3.1.1

Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.2

EC1: Generating wind loads on a square based structure according to UK standards (BS EN
1991-1-4:2005) (TTAD #12608)
Test ID: 4845
Test status: Passed

3.2.1

Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based structure. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - UK
standards (BS EN 1991-1-4:2005).

3.3

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD #12716)
Test ID: 4846
Test status: Passed

3.3.1

Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters and lateral parapets, according
to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It also verifies snow fall from higher to lower close
building.

3.4

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and parapets. (TTAD #12878)
Test ID: 4852
Test status: Passed

3.4.1

Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes
1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.5

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12835)
Test ID: 4850
Test status: Passed

3.5.1

Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer. The wind loads are generated
according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

334

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.6

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528)
Test ID: 4569
Test status: Passed

3.6.1

Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and middle parapets, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.7

EC1: generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles and
automatic calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12744)
Test ID: 4580
Test status: Passed

3.7.1

Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation of
"n" - eigen mode frequency. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).

3.8

EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD #12719)
Test ID: 4847
Test status: Passed

3.8.1

Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies snow fall from higher to lower close building.

3.9

EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12841)
Test ID: 4851
Test status: Passed

3.9.1

Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer and has a 4 slope shed and the
higher building has a 2 slope roof. The snow loads are generated according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.10 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12808)
Test ID: 4849
Test status: Passed

3.10.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-3/NA).

335

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.11 EC1: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD #12606)
Test ID: 4570
Test status: Passed

3.11.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.12 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528)
Test ID: 4568
Test status: Passed

3.12.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and lateral parapets, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.13 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA)
(TTAD #11111)
Test ID: 4546
Test status: Passed

3.13.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). The third slope is an extension of the roof with a different angle.

3.14 EC1: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT :
3.2 - Wind - Example B)
Test ID: 4521
Test status: Passed

3.14.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.15 EC1: wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and user
defined "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276)
Test ID: 4526
Test status: Passed

3.15.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles using user defined "n" - eigen
mode frequency - (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276).

336

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.16 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.3 - Wind
- Example C)
Test ID: 4523
Test status: Passed

3.16.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 19911-4/NA).

3.17 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (VT : 3.4 Snow - Example A)
Test ID: 4518
Test status: Passed

3.17.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 19911-3/NA)

3.18 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.1 - Wind
- Example A)
Test ID: 4520
Test status: Passed

3.18.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 19911-4/NA).

3.19 EC1: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof (TTAD #12071,
#12278)
Test ID: 4510
Test status: Passed

3.19.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with protruding roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. Verifies the wind loads from both directions and generates the "Description of climatic loads" report.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R2*3 cross section and B20 material) and rigid supports.

3.20 EC1: generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and
automatic calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276)
Test ID: 4525
Test status: Passed

3.20.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation
of "n" - eigen mode frequency (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA). The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 French standards.

337

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.21 EC1: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. (TTAD #12233)
Test ID: 4478
Test status: Passed

3.21.1 Description
Verifies the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 French standard.

3.22 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building. (TTAD #13663)
Test ID: 6196
Test status: Passed

3.22.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.23 EC1: snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees according to Czech national
annex. (TTAD #14235)
Test ID: 6185
Test status: Passed

3.23.1 Description
Generates snow load on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - Czech standard.

3.24 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height
(TTAD 13159)
Test ID: 6187
Test status: Passed

3.24.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. Exceptional snow
falls and accumulations are checked.

3.25 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14179)
Test ID: 6184
Test status: Passed

3.25.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

338

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.26 EC1: wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668)


Test ID: 6164
Test status: Passed

3.26.1 Description
Generates wind loads on multibay canopies, according to the Eurocodes 1 France.

3.27 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13671)
Test ID: 6167
Test status: Passed

3.27.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.28 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823)
Test ID: 6165
Test status: Passed

3.28.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 slope building according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using auto CsCd values
and CsCd min to 0.7.

3.29 EC1: generating wind loads on a canopy according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard. (TTAD
#13855)
Test ID: 6171
Test status: Passed

3.29.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a canopy, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) only for
selected wind directions.

3.30 EC1: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with parapets. (TTAD #13672)
Test ID: 6169
Test status: Passed

3.30.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

339

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.31 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494)
Test ID: 6175
Test status: Passed

3.31.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model which contains 4 slopes with lateral parapets on X+/- direction, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.

3.32 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using different
parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2)
Test ID: 5561
Test status: Passed

3.32.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 FR standard using
different parameters defined per directions.
The structure is 22m high, has 4 columns and 7 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and a double slope roof.

3.33 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds (TTAD #13286)
Test ID: 6177
Test status: Passed

3.33.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies the normal and accidental snow loads on Y+/- wind directions.

3.34 EC1: snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof
volume (TTAD #13559)
Test ID: 6166
Test status: Passed

3.34.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume
according to the Eurocodes 1 France.

3.35 EC1: generating wind loads on a 35m high structure according to Eurocodes 1 - French
standard with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196)
Test ID: 6170
Test status: Passed

3.35.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the roof a 35m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-14/NA) with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

340

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.36 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD #13856)
Test ID: 6174
Test status: Passed

3.36.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.

3.37 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets (TTAD
#13992)
Test ID: 6179
Test status: Passed

3.37.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is much higher than the other and has the slope < 15
degrees causing the drifted snow to dissipate.

3.38 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.(TTAD #13169)


Test ID: 6178
Test status: Passed

3.38.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 19911-3/NA).

3.39 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13669)
Test ID: 6168
Test status: Passed

3.39.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.40 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height. (TTAD #13759)
Test ID: 6172
Test status: Passed

3.40.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height to 26m, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

341

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.41 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure values. (TTAD
#14004)
Test ID: 6176
Test status: Passed

3.41.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
It verifies the accidental accumulation from exceptional drifted snow when other region is selected.

3.42 EC1: snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to Romanian national annex.
(TTAD #13930s)
Test ID: 6183
Test status: Passed

3.42.1 Description
Generates snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 11-3/2012). 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped. It also verifies parapet and valley
accumulations.

3.43 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets. (TTAD
#14005)
Test ID: 6181
Test status: Passed

3.43.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.44 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5595
Test status: Passed

3.44.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and a multibay canopy
roof.

3.45 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one slope (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5593
Test status: Passed

3.45.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 1.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with
one slope.

342

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.46 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof using UK annex
(DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608)
Test ID: 5560
Test status: Passed

3.46.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the BS EN 1991-1-4:2005 standard.
The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and horizontal roof.

3.47 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double slope (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5594
Test status: Passed

3.47.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0.9; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 0.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with double slope.

3.48 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using different CsCd
values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4)
Test ID: 5596
Test status: Passed

3.48.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using
different CsCd values for each direction : X+ auto; X- imposed to 0.9; Y+ auto and Y- no.
The structure is 35m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and a horizontal roof.

3.49 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the
parapet height (TTAD #11943)
Test ID: 3706
Test status: Passed

3.49.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet height, according to
Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

343

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.50 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex
(TTAD #11687)
Test ID: 4055
Test status: Passed

3.50.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.

3.51 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531)
Test ID: 4090
Test status: Passed

3.51.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 French standards Martinique wind speed.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).

3.52 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex
(TTAD #11569)
Test ID: 4087
Test status: Passed

3.52.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).

3.53 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex
(TTAD #11570)
Test ID: 4086
Test status: Passed

3.53.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).

344

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.54 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699)
Test ID: 4085
Test status: Passed

3.54.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame according to Eurocodes 1 French standards, using the "Case 1"
formula for calculating the turbulence factor.
The structure consists of steel elements with hinge rigid supports.

3.55 Generating the description of climatic loads report according to EC1 Romanian standards
(TTAD #11688)
Test ID: 4104
Test status: Passed

3.55.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report according to EC1 Romanian standards.
The model consists of a steel portal frame with rigid fixed supports. Haunches are defined at both ends of the beams.
Dead loads and SR EN 1991-1-4/NB wind loads are generated.

3.56 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls (TTAD
#11937)
Test ID: 3705
Test status: Passed

3.56.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls, according to the Eurocodes 1
French standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid fixed supports.

3.57 EC1: verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD #11302)
Test ID: 3713
Test status: Passed

3.57.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a monopitch frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and B20 material) with rigid fixed supports.

345

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.58 EC1: generating wind loads on a 55m high structure according to German standards (DIN EN
1991-1-4/NA) (DEV2012 #3.12)
Test ID: 3618
Test status: Passed

3.58.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 55m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.59 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter (TTAD #11113)
Test ID: 3603
Test status: Passed

3.59.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter, according to Eurocodes 1. The
structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.

3.60 EC1: generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN
EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3613
Test status: Passed

3.60.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of duopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.61 EC1: snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with height reduction (TTAD
#11191)
Test ID: 3605
Test status: Passed

3.61.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and 2 parapets, according to
Eurocodes 1. The height of one parapet is reduced.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

346

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.62 EC1: generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs according to German standards
(DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3614
Test status: Passed

3.62.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a monopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.63 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame according to Czech standards
(CSN EN 1991-1-4) (DEV2012 #3.18)
Test ID: 3621
Test status: Passed

3.63.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 Czech
standard (CSN EN 1991-1-4).
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).

3.64 EC1: generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to
German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3615
Test status: Passed

3.64.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.65 EC1: generating snow loads on two close roofs with different heights according to Czech
standards (CSN EN 1991-1-3) (DEV2012 #3.18)
Test ID: 3623
Test status: Passed

3.65.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two close roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 Czech standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

347

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.66 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter (TTAD
#11113)
Test ID: 3604
Test status: Passed

3.66.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter, according to Eurocodes 1.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.67 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m)
and a parapet (TTAD #11735)
Test ID: 3606
Test status: Passed

3.67.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a
parapet, according to Eurocodes 1.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.68 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully opened face
(DEV2012 #1.6)
Test ID: 3535
Test status: Passed

3.68.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), a double slope roof and
a fully opened face.

3.69 EC1: generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD #11695)
Test ID: 3529
Test status: Passed

3.69.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with
two slopes.

348

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.70 EC1: generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852)
Test ID: 3530
Test status: Passed

3.70.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a steel structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has steel columns and beams (I cross section and S275 material), rigid hinge supports and multispan
roofs with pitch < 5 degrees.

3.71 EC1 NF: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11932)
Test ID: 3004
Test status: Passed

3.71.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a concrete structure according to the French Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has a roof with two slopes, concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
The columns have rigid supports.

3.72 EC1: wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD #11604)
Test ID: 3104
Test status: Passed

3.72.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 4 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has 6 concrete columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid supports and C20/25
concrete walls.

3.73 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof
Test ID: 3101
Test status: Passed

3.73.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and horizontal roof.

349

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.74 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis.
(TTAD #15094)
Test ID: 6206
Test status: Passed

3.74.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA), with Z down axis.

3.75 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height
(TTAD 13158)
Test ID: 6188
Test status: Passed

3.75.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. The model is
reversed in comparison with the one from 6187 and has only the exceptional snow fall is checked.

3.76 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14578)
Test ID: 6193
Test status: Passed

3.76.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on Y+/- sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.77 EC1: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building. (TTAD #14285)
Test ID: 6197
Test status: Passed

3.77.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.78 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal. (TTAD #14975)
Test ID: 6203
Test status: Passed

3.78.1 Description
Verifies the generation of 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal.

350

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.79 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope
compound. (TTAD #15047)
Test ID: 6205
Test status: Passed

3.79.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA).

3.80 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building. (TTAD #13190)


Test ID: 6211
Test status: Passed

3.80.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-14/NA).

3.81 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal. (TTAD #14531)


Test ID: 6194
Test status: Passed

3.81.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.82 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto according to Romanian national
annex. (TTAD #13930w)
Test ID: 6182
Test status: Passed

3.82.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-1-4/2012)
using auto CsCd values and CsCd min to 0.7. 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped.

3.83 EC1: snow load generation on double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides.(TTAD
#13717)
Test ID: 6186
Test status: Passed

3.83.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides, according to the
Eurocodes 1 France. One compound is a double-roof volume and the second is a single-roof volume with the same
slope as the one it is next to.

351

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.84 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal. (TTAD #15140)
Test ID: 6208
Test status: Passed

3.84.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a one slope compound next to a higher double slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.85 EC1: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees. (TTAD #15307)
Test ID: 6217
Test status: Passed

3.85.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).

3.86 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet. (TTAD #14530)
Test ID: 6195
Test status: Passed

3.86.1 Description
Generates 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.87 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof. (TTAD #14985)
Test ID: 6204
Test status: Passed

3.87.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-14/NA). The depth for one slope is set to 20m and for the other to 40m.

3.88 EC1: wind load generation on a signboard


Test ID: 3107
Test status: Passed

3.88.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwall of a concrete signboard, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The signboard has concrete elements (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

352

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.89 EC1: wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs


Test ID: 3106
Test status: Passed

3.89.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with multispan roofs, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

3.90 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other. (TTAD
#13320)
Test ID: 6212
Test status: Passed

3.90.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.91 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening. (TTAD #15328)
Test ID: 6216
Test status: Passed

3.91.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.92 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11602)
Test ID: 3103
Test status: Passed

3.92.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 2 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

3.93 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof
Test ID: 3099
Test status: Passed

3.93.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and horizontal roof.

353

4 Combinations

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.1

Generating combinations (TTAD #11673)


Test ID: 3471
Test status: Passed

4.1.1

Description
Generates concomitance between three types of loads applied on a structure (live loads, dead loads and seismic
loads - EN 1998-1), using the quadratic combination function. Generates the combinations description report and the
point support actions by element report.

4.2

Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD #11359)
Test ID: 3756
Test status: Passed

4.2.1

Description
Generates load combinations with concomitance matrix after changing the load case number. A report with the
combinations description is generated.

4.3

Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action


(TTAD #11357)
Test ID: 3751
Test status: Passed

4.3.1

Description
Generates load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action. Predominant action is
a case family with 2 static load cases.

4.4

Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431)


Test ID: 3746
Test status: Passed

4.4.1

Description
Generates combinations for NEWEC8.cbn.

4.5

Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355)


Test ID: 3749
Test status: Passed

4.5.1

Description
Generates live loads and dead loads on a steel structure. Defines the concomitance rules between the two load case
families and generates the concomitance matrix.

356

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.6

Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load case (TTAD #11361)
Test ID: 3766
Test status: Passed

4.6.1

Description
Creates a new dead load case, after two case families were created, and generates the concomitance matrix. A
report with the combinations description is generated.

4.7

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7)


Test ID: 4394
Test status: Passed

4.7.1

Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load !
4 - Q (Base or Acco)
Set value "0" (exclusive) between seismic and all Q loads (seism only combination).
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.8

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.9 (DEV2012 #1.7)


Test ID: 4408
Test status: Passed

4.8.1

Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Un-group 3 - E Group to independent loads : 3 - EX 4 - EY 5 - EZ
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

357

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.9

Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6 (DEV2012 #1.7)


Test ID: 4397
Test status: Passed

4.9.1

Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.10 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4 (DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4391
Test status: Passed

4.10.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.11 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.8 (DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4407
Test status: Passed

4.11.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q Group(Base or Acco)
2-Q
3-Q
4-Q
5 - Q (Base or Acco)
6 - Snow (Base or Acco)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
Un-group 2-Q Group to independent 2-Q, 3-Q, 4-Q loads.
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

358

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.12 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.3 (DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4386
Test status: Passed

4.12.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Base or Acco)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.13 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10 (DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4409
Test status: Passed

4.13.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Defines the seismic group type as "Quadratic".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.
Resets the combination set. Defines the seismic group type as "Newmark".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.

4.14 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7 (DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4405
Test status: Passed

4.14.1 Description
Creates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Acco)
5 - Acc (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

359

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.15 Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960)


Test ID: 4353
Test status: Passed

4.15.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with Q group of loads.

4.16 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.2 (DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4384
Test status: Passed

4.16.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
3 - Q (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.17 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7)


Test ID: 4382
Test status: Passed

4.17.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - Q (Acco)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.18 Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889)
Test ID: 4350
Test status: Passed

4.18.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with seismic group of loads.

360

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.19 Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806)
Test ID: 4357
Test status: Passed

4.19.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base or acco
Generates the first set of combinations and the first combinations report.
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base
Generates the second set of combinations and the second combinations report.

4.20 Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load (TTAD #11806)
Test ID: 4219
Test status: Passed

4.20.1 Description
Generates the concomitance matrix and the combinations description reports after switching back the effect for live
load.

4.21 Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542)


Test ID: 4550
Test status: Passed

4.21.1 Description
Verifies simplified combinations for CZ localization.

361

5 Concrete Design

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.1

EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - horizontal
level behavior law
Test ID: 4557
Test status: Passed

5.1.1

Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under self-weight and linear loads - horizontal level behavior
law. The verification is made according to EC2 norm with French Annex.

5.2

EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - bilinear
stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4541
Test status: Passed

5.2.1

Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a simply supported beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain
diagram.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.

5.3

EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load
Test ID: 4519
Test status: Passed

5.3.1

Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load (horizontal level behavior law).
Verification is done with Eurocodes 2 norm French Annex.

5.4

Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498)
Test ID: 4542
Test status: Passed

5.4.1

Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a concrete (EC2) linear element in analysis model and verifies properties
from descriptive model.

5.5

EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads
Test ID: 4527
Test status: Passed

5.5.1

Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads (applied at the middle of the beam).
The verification is performed according to EC2 norm with French Annex.

364

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.6

EC2: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported beam
Test ID: 4517
Test status: Passed

5.6.1

Description
Verifies the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported concrete beam subjected to self weight. The
verification is made with Eurocodes 2 - French annex.

5.7

EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined
stress strain behavior law
Test ID: 4522
Test status: Passed

5.7.1

Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.

365

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.8

EC2 Test 1: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist
simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4969
Test status: Passed

5.8.1

Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses will be made along with the determination of the longitudinal
reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.8.2

Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.8.2.1

Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

366

Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.15 m ,

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Concrete cover: c=4cm


Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m; d=ebz=0.04m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XC1


Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required

Concrete C25/30: fcd =

fck 25
= 16,67MPa
=
c 1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck
= 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S500 : f yd =

f yk
s

500
= 434,78MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

f +8

E cm = 22000 * ck
10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22000 *

10

0.3

= 31476MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.83) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml

Load calculations:

M Ed =

55,31 * 5,80
= 232,59kN .m
8

M Ecq =

38,75 * 5,80
= 162,94kN .m
8

367

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.8.2.2

Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit

Due to exposure class XC1, and 500Mpa steel resistance, we will consider a moment limit:
Calculating the reduced moment we will consider ULS moment:

because

there is no compressed reinforcement

Reference reinforcement calculation:


The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m


Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed
0,233
=
= 0,203
bw * d * f cd 0,25 * 0,524 * 16,67

cu =

cu = 0.203 < lu = 0.285

Calculation of the lever arm zc:

zc = d * (1 0,4 u ) = 0,524 * (1 0,4 * 0,287) = 0,464m

Calculation of the reinforcement area:

Au =

M Ed
0,233
=
= 11,55 * 10 4 m = 11,55cm
zc * f yd 0,464 * 434,78

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:
fct,eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
A s,min = Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.56MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:
2.56

* 0.25 * 0.524 = 1.76.10 4 m


0.26
= 1.76cm
A s,min = Max
500
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.524 = 1.70.10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

368

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending
ULS (reference value: 232.59kNm)

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 11.55cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.76cm2)

369

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.8.2.3

Reference results

Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

232.59 kNm

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

162.94 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

11.55 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

1.76 cm2

5.8.3
Result name
My

Calculated results
Result description
My USL

Value
-232.578 kN*m

Error
0.0052 %

My

My SLS cq

-162.936 kN*m

0.0025 %

Az

Az

-11.5329 cm

0.1481 %

Amin

Amin

-1.74725 cm

0.7244 %

370

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.9

EC2 Test 5: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear


stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4978
Test status: Passed

5.9.1

Description
Verifies a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram.
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The theoretical reinforcement area results

5.9.2

Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.9.2.1

Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 52.3 kN/m

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 13kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The theoretical reinforcement area results

Simply supported beam

371

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 7m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.595 m; d=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C16/20 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XC1


3
Concrete density: 16kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

Concrete C16/20:

f cd =

f ck

16
= 10.67 MPa
1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

2/3
= 0.30 * 16 2 / 3 = 1.90MPa
fctm = 0.30 * fck

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S400B :

f yd =

f yk

400
= 347.8MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*352.3+1.5*13=90.105kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:

372

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=52.3+13=65.3kN/ml


Load calculations:

5.9.2.2

M Ed =

70.105 * 7
= 551.89kNm
8

M Ecq =

65.3 * 7
= 399.96kNm
8

Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment

At first, it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

h
0,10

Mbtu = beff * hf * d f * fcd = 0,9 * 0,10 * 0,595


* 10,67 = 523kNm
2
2

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

M btu = 523kNm < M Ed = 551.89kNm


Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;
Therefore, calculations considering the T section are required.

5.9.2.3

Reference reinforcement calculation:

Theoretical section 2:

The moment corresponding to this section is:

hf

M Ed 2 = (beff bw ) * h f * f cd * d
2

= 0.418MNm

0.1

= (0.9 0.18) * 0.1*10.67 * 0595


=
2

According to this value, the steel section is:

A2 =

M Ed 2
0.418
=
= 22.08cm
0.1
hf

d * f yd 0.595
* 347.8
2

Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section

M Ed 1 = M Ed M Ed 2 = 0.552 0.418 = 133kNm


cu =

M Ed 1
0.133
=
= 0.197
bw * d * Fcd 0.18 * 0.595 * 10.67

For a S400B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a:
compressed reinforcement.
There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:

cu < lu = 0.372 ,

therefore there will be no

u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.197 ) = 0.276


zc1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.595 * (1 0.40 * 0.276) = 0.529m
A1 =

M Ed 1
0.133
=
= 7.25cm
z c1 * f yd 0.529 * 347.8

373

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=7.25+22.08=29.33cm2
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


8 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 552kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=29.33cm2)

5.9.2.4

Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

552 kNm

Az (Class B)

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

29.33 cm2

5.9.3
Result name
My
Az

374

Reference results

Calculated results
Result description
My ULS
Az

Value
-551.893 kN*m

Error
-0.0005 %

-29.3334 cm

-0.0116 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.10 EC2 Test 3: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load,
with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4976
Test status: Passed

5.10.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement
- The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage

5.10.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.10.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combinations are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 70 kN/m,


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 80kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The longitudinal reinforcement
The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage

Simply supported beam

375

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 1.25 m,
Width: b = 0.65 m,
Length: L = 14 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.8125 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.50 cm
Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 1.130 m; d = ebz = 0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required

Concrete C25/30: fcd =

fck 25
=
= 16,67MPa
c 1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

2/3
= 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
fctm = 0.30 * fck

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S500 : f yd =

f yk
s

500
= 434,78MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

f +8

E cm = 22000 * ck
10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22000 *

10

0.3

= 31476MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 14) restrained in translation along Z.


Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*70+1.5*80=214.5*103 N/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=70+80=150*103 N/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=70+0.3*80=94*103 N/ml

376

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Load calculations:

MEd =

214.5 * 14
= 5.255 * 10 6 Nm
8

MEcq = 150

150 * 14
= 3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8

94 * 14
= 2.303 * 10 6 Nm
8

MEqp =

5.10.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient


To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:

(, t 0 ) =

RH

* ( fcm ) * ( t 0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

( fcm ) =

16.8
fcm

16.8

25 + 8

= 2.925
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

( t 0 ) =

1
0.1 +

t 00.20

1
0.1 + 28 0.20

= 0.488 at t0=28 days


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5

The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

RH

RH

100

* 1 * 2
= 1+
0.1 * 3 h

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1 = 2 = 1

35
If not: 1 =
fcm

fcm 35MPa

if

0.7

35
and 2 =
fcm

0.2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c

f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa 1 = 2 = 1

In our case we have:

2 * Ac
2 * 650 * 1250
h0 =
=
= 427.63mm
u
2 * (650 + 1250)

50
100
= 1+
= 1.66
0.1 * 3 427.63
1

RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

(, t 0 ) =

RH

* ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.66 * 2.925 * 0.488 = 2.375

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
E cm

e =

1 + (, t 0 ) *

MEqp
MEcar

Defined earlier:

M Ecar = 3675 * 103 Nm


M Eqp = 2303 * 103 Nm

377

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

This gives:

200000
31476

e =

1 + 2.70 *

= 15.82

2303 * 10 3
3975 * 10 3

5.10.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For the calculation of steel ULS, we consider the moment reduced limit of

lu = 0.372

for a steel grade 500Mpa.

Therefore, make sure to enable the option "limit (0.372 / S 500) " in Advance Design.
Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:
The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

Effective height: d=0.9*h=1.125 m


Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed
5255.25 * 103 Nm
cu =
=
= 0,383
bw * d * f cd 0,65m * 1.125 m 2 * 16,67 MPa

cu = 0.383 < lu = 0.372

therefore the compressed reinforced must be resized and then the concrete section

must be adjusted.
Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):
The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of

M Ed 1 = lu * bw * d * f cd = 0.372 * 0.65 * 1.125 * 16.67 = 5.10 * 106 Nm

The value: lu = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * lu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.372) = 0.618

Calculation of the lever arm zc: z lu = d * (1 0.4 * lu ) = 1.130 * (1 0.4 * 0.618) = 0.851m

Calculation of the reinforcement area:

M Ed 1
5.10 * 106 Nm
=
= 137.35cm
A1 =
zlu . f yd 0.851m * 434.78MPa
Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):
Reduction coefficient:

sc =

3,5
3 .5
(0.618 *1.130 0.045) = 0.00327
( lu * d d ' ) =
1000 * lu * d
1000 * 0.618 * 1.130

sc = 0.00327 > yd = 0.00217 sc = f yd = 434.78MPa


Compressed reinforcement calculation:

As 2 =

M Ed M Ed 1
5.255 5.15
=
= 2.32cm
(d d ' ) sc
(1.130 0.045) 434.78

The steel reinforcement condition:

A2 = As 2 .

378

sc
f yd

= 2.32cm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Total area to be implemented:


In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=142.42 cm2
In the top part: As2=2.32 cm2
Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:
The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder
strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck
The assumptions are:

150 * 14
= 3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8

The SLS moment: MEcq = 150

The equivalence coefficient: e = 15.82

The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa
Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:

x1 =

e * c
e * c + s

Fc =

.d =

15.82 * 15
1.125 = 0.419m
15.82 * 15 + 400

1
1
* b w * x1 * c = * 0.65 * 0.419 15 = 2.04 * 10 6 N
2
2

zc = d

x1
0.419
= 1.125
= 0.985m
3
3

Mrb = Fc * z c = 2.04 * 10 6 * 0.985 = 2.01 * 10 6 Nm


Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.
Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

M 1 = M rb = 2.01 * 106 Nm

1 =

x1 0.419
=
= 0.372
d 1.125

zc = d
A1 =

0.419
x1
= 1.125
= 0.985m
3
3

M1
2.01
=
= 51.01cm
zc s 0.985 400

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

M 2 = M ser , cq M rb = (3.675 2.01) * 106 = 1.665 * 106 Nm


Compressed reinforcement stresses:

sc = e * c *

1 * d d '
1 * d

sc = 15.82 *15 *

0.372 * 1.125 0.045


= 211.78MPa
0.372 * 1.125

Compressed reinforcement area:

A' =

M2
1.645
=
= 71.92cm
(d d ' ) * sc (1.125 0.045) * 211.78
379

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

As = A' *

211.78
sc
= 71.92 *
= 38.08cm
400
s

Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 51.01+38.08=89.09 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 71.92 cm2
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=141.42cm2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=71.92cm2
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=141.44cm2)
Reference reinforcement additional iteration for calculation at SLS:
For this iteration the calculation will be started from the section of the tensioned reinforcement found when calculating
2
the SLS: Au=141.44cm .
For this particular value, it will be calculated the resistance obtained for tensioned reinforcement:

s =

89.18
AELS
s =
400 = 252 MPa
141.42
AELU

This is a SLS calculation, considering this limitation:


Calculating the moment resistance MRb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:

x1 =

15.82 * 15
e * c
*d =
* 1.130 = 0.55m
15.82 * 15 + 252
e * c + s

1
1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.65 * 0.55 *15 = 2.67 *106 N
2
2
zc = d

x1
0.55
= 0.94m
= 1.125
3
3

M rb = Fc * zc =

1
0.55
x 1

6
* bw * x1 * c * d 1 = * 0.65 * 0.55 * 15 * 1.125
= 2.52 * 10 Nm
2
3
2
3

According to the calculation above Mser,cq is grater then Mrb the compressed steel reinforcement is set.
Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

M 1 = M rb = 2.52 * 106 Nm

1 =

x1 0.55
=
= 0.488
d 1.125

zc = d
A1 =

380

x1
0.548
= 1.125
= 0.94m
3
3

M1
2.52
=
= 106.38cm
zc s 0.94 252

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

M 2 = M ser , cq M rb = (3.675 2.52) * 106 = 1.155 * 106 Nm


Compressed reinforcement stresses:

sc = e * c *

1 *d d '
1 *d

sc = 15.82 *15 *

0.485 * 1.125 0.045


= 217.73MPa
0.485 * 1.125

Compressed reinforcement area:

A' =

1.155
M2
=
= 49.12cm
(d d ' ) * sc (1.125 0.045) * 217.73

Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

As = A' *

sc
217.73
= 49.12 *
= 42.44cm
252
s

Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 106.38+42.44=148.82 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 49.12 cm2
Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area
The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

As , min

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.56MPa

from cracking conditions

Therefore:

As , min

2.56

* 0.65 * 1.125 = 9.73 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
= max
= 9.73cm
500
0.0013 * 0.65 * 1.125 = 9.51 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


15 nodes,
1 linear element.

381

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending
ULS (reference value: 5255kNm)

SLS Characteristic (reference value: 3675kNm)

SLS Quasi-permanent (reference value: 2303kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: A=148.82cm2 A=49.12cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 9.73cm2)

382

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.10.2.4 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

5255 kNm

My,SLS,c

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

3675 kNm

My,SLS,q

My corresponding to the 103 combination (SLS) [kNm]

2303 kNm

Az (A)

148.82 cm2

Tensioned theoretical reinforcement area [cm ]


2

9.73 cm2

Minimum reinforcement area [cm ]

Amin

5.10.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My USL

Value
-5255.25 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

My

My SLS cq

-3675 kN*m

0.0000 %

My

My SLS pq

-2303 kN*m

0.0000 %

Az

Az

-147.617 cm

-0.0590 %

Amin

Amin

9.79662 cm

0.1699 %

383

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.11 EC2 Test 44: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class X0)
Test ID: 5213
Test status: Passed

5.11.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C30/37 subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stressstrain diagram (Class X0).
The verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.
- Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection

5.11.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist eccentric loading. During
this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.11.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 12 kN/m


The dead load is neglected

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 3kN/m,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Units
Metric System

384

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.30 m,
Width: b = 0.18 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.054 m ,
Concrete cover: c=5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.25m; ebz=0.035m
The load eccentricity will be considered of 0.50m

The load eccentricity will produce the following rotation moments:


Mx,G=6.00kNm
Mx,Q=1.50kNm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,

Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection


Inner: None.

385

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference results in calculating the concrete beam


The moment is defined by the following formulas:

TA = P * e *

b
3 3
= 0,5 * P * = P
a+b
5 10

TB = P * e *

a
2
1
= 0,5 * P * = P
a+b
5
5

Note: the diagram of bending moment is the same as the shear force multiplied by the eccentricity.

The ULS load calculation:

Pu = 1.35 * 12 + 1.5 * 3 = 20.70kN


Before the point of application of torque, the torque is:

TEd =

3
3
* Pu = * 20,7 = 6.21KNm
10
10

After the point of application of torque, the torque is:

TEd =

Pu 20.7
=
= 4.14 KNm
5
5

Result ADVANCE Design 2012 - Moment: (in kNm)


Reference value: 6.21 kNm and -4.14kNm

386

Calculation in pure bending

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending moment at ULS:

Pu = 1,35 * 12 + 1,5 * 3 = 20,7 KN


M Ed =

6 * Pu 6 * 20,7
=
= 24,84 KNm = 0,0248MNm
5
5

Simple bending design:

0,0248
= 0,110
0,18 * 0.25 * 20

cu =

u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,110 = 0,146


zc = 0.25 * (1 0,4 * 0,146) = 0,235m
Au =

0,0248
= 2,43 * 10 4 m = 2,43cm
0,235 * 434,78

5.11.2.2 Torsion reinforcement


Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - Before application of the moment

Al =

TEd * uk
* cot
2 * Ak * f yd

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)

uk = 2 * ((b tef ) + (h tef ))


Ak = (b tef ) * (h tef )
with:

0.18 * 0.30
A

= max(0.07;0.05625) = 0.07m
tef = max 2 * c; = max 2 * 0.035;
2 * (0.18 + 0.3)
u

uk = 2 * ((18 7) + (30 7)) = 68cm = 0.68m


Ak = (18 7) * (30 7) = 253cm = 0.0253m

Al =

0.0062 * 0.68
= 1.92cm
2 * 0.0253 * 434.78

Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - After application of the moment

Al =

0.00414 * 0.68
= 1.28cm
2 * 0.0253 * 434.78

Torsion transversal reinforcement - Before application of the moment

AswT
TEd
0.0062
= 2.82cm / ml
=
=
sT
2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.0253 * 434.78

387

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Torsion transversal reinforcement - After application of the moment

AswT
TEd
0.00414
=
=
= 1.88cm / ml
sT
2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.0253 * 434.78
Concrete verification:
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under torsional moment:

TRd , max = 2 * v * cw * f cd * Ak * t ef ,i * sin * cos


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

v = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.528
250
TRd , max = 2 * 0.528 * 20 * 0.0253 * 0.07 * 0.70 * 0.70 = 0.018MN
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under shear:

VRd , max = bw * z * v * f cd *

cot + cot
1 + cot

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(3)

z = zc = 0.235m

(from the design in simple bending)

Vertical reinforcement:

cot = 1

30

= 0.528
v = 0,6 * 1
250
VRd , max = bw * zc * v * f cd *

cot + cot
1
= 0.18 * 0.235 * 0.528 * 20 * = 0.223MN
1 + cot
2

Because of the combined shear/moment effect, it must be calculated:

TEd

TRd , max

VEd
1,0
VRd , max

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

0.0062 0.0124
+
= 0.400 1,0
0.018
0.223
Finite elements modeling

388

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS load combinations(kNm)


Longitudinal reinforcement (Al=1.92cm2 and Al=1.28cm2)

Transversal reinforcement (2.82cm2/ml and 1.88cm2/ml)

5.11.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value
2

Al,1

Longitudinal reinforcement for the first part [cm ]

1.92 cm2

Al,2

Longitudinal reinforcement for the second part [cm2]

1.28 cm2

Ator,y,1

Transversal reinforcement for the first part [cm /ml]

2.82 cm2/ml

Ator,y,2

Transversal reinforcement for the second part [cm2/ml]

1.88 cm2/ml

5.11.3 Calculated results


Result name
Al

Result description
Al,1

Value
1.91945 cm

Error
-0.0286 %

Al

Al,2

1.27964 cm

-0.0281 %

Ator,y / face

Ator,y,1

2.82273 cm

0.0968 %

Ator,y / face

Ator,y,2

1.88182 cm

0.0968 %

389

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.12 EC2 Test 45: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear stressstrain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5225
Test status: Passed

5.12.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 supporting a balcony - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the column resistance to rotation moment along its length. During this test, the determination of stresses is
made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.

5.12.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist rotation moment along its
length. During this test, the calculation of stresses is performed, along with the calculation of the longitudinal and
transversal reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.12.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The geometric dimension of the beam are:

The following load cases and load combination are used:

390

Concrete type: C25/30


Reinforcement type: S500B
Exposure class: XC1
Balcony load: 1kN/m2
The weight of the beam will be considered in calculation
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
The beam is considered fixed at both ends
Concrete cover: 40mm
Beam length: 4.00m

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.75 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.1875 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,

Support at end point (x = 4.00) fixed connection


Inner: None.

Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

The ULS load calculation:


The first step of the calculation is to determine charges transmitted to the beam:

Vertical loads applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony

Rotation moment applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony
Each action (self-weight and distributed load) is determined by summing the resulting vertical loads along the eaves
and the torsional moment by multiplying the resultant by the corresponding lever arm.
CAUTION, different lever arm must be considered from the center of the beam (by adding therefore the half-width).
The results are displayed in the table below:

391

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Load calculation:
From previously calculated results, the following stresses can be determined:

VEd

Shear:

Bending moment:

Torque:

M Ed

TEd

Shear and bending moment:


One can determine the load at ULS taken over by the beam:

Pu = 1,35 * 13.44 + 1,5 * 2 = 21.14 KN / m


For a beam fixed on both ends, the following values will be obtained:
Maximum shear (ULS):

VEd =

Pu * l 21,14 * 4
= 42,3KN = 0,042 MN
=
2
2

Bending moment at the supports:

M Ed =

Pu * l 21,14 * 4
=
= 28,2 KNm = 0,028MNm
12
12

Maximum Moment at middle of span:

M Ed =

Pu * l 21,14 * 4
=
= 14,1KNm = 0,014 MNm
24
24

Torsion moment:
For a beam subjected to a torque constant:

mtu = 1,35 * 8,59 + 1,5 * 2,25 = 14,97 KNm / m = 0,015MNm / m

TEd = mtu *

392

l
4
= 0,015 * = 0,03MNm
2
2

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.12.2.2 Bending rebar


Span reinforcement (at bottom fiber)

cu =

0,014
= 0,007
0,25 * 0.70 * 16.67

u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,007 = 0,0088


zc = 0.70 * (1 0,4 * 0,0088) = 0,697m
Au =

0,014
= 4.62 * 10 4 m = 0.46cm
0,697 * 434,78

Minimum reinforcement percentage verification:

As , min

Cracking matrix required (calculation hypothesis):

As , min

f ct , eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

f ct , eff = f ctm = 2.56Mpa

f ct , eff

2.56
* bw * d = 0.26 *
* 0.25 * 0.70 = 2.27cm
0.26 *
= Max
= 2.27cm
500
f yk

0.0013 * bw * d = 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.70 = 2.27cm

Therefore, it retains 2.27 cm .


Reinforcement on supports (at top fiber)

cu =

0,028
= 0,014
0,25 * 0.70 * 16.67

u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,014 = 0,018


zc = 0.70 * (1 0,4 * 0,018) = 0,695m
Au =

0,028
= 9.27 * 10 4 m = 0.93cm
0,695 * 434,78

It also retains 2.27 cm (minimum percentage).


Shear reinforcement

VEd = 0,042MN
The transmission to the support is not direct; it is considered a connecting rod inclined by 45, therefore

cot = 1

Concrete rod verification:

VRd , max = bw * z * v * f cd *

cot + cot
1 + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(4)

z = zc = 0.695m (from the design in simple bending of support)

393

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Vertical frames:

25

v = 0,6 * 1
= 0.54
250
VRd , max = bw * zc * v * f cd *

VRd , max =

cot + cot bw * zc * v * f cd 0.25 * 0.695 * 0.54 * 16.67


=
=
= 0.78MN
1 + cot
2
tg + cot

v1 * f cd * zu * bw
tg + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(3)

VEd = 0.042MN < VRd , max = 0.78MN


Calculation of transverse reinforcement:

Asw VEd . * tg
0.042
=
=
= 1.39cm / ml
s
zu * f yd
0.695 * 434.78

(over shear)

From the minimum reinforcement percentage:

Asw
w,min .bw . sin
s
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 9.2.2(5)
With:

w, min =

0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 25
=
= 0.0008
500
f yk

Asw
0.0008 * 0.25 = 2cm / ml
s
Therefore:

Asw
2cm / ml
s
Torsion calculation:
Torsion moment was calculated before:

394

TEd = 0,03MNm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Torsional shear stress:

t ,i =

TEd
2 * tef ,i * Ak
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(1)

tef ,i

2 * c = 8cm

(
25
* 75)
A
= max =
= 9.375cm = 9.375cm
u 2(25 + 75)

Ak = (25 9.375) * (75 9.375) = 1025cm = 0.1025m


t,i =

TEd
0.03
=
= 1.56Mpa
2 * t ef ,i * A k
2 * 0.09375 * 0.1025

Concrete verification:
Calculate the maximum allowable stress in the rods:

TRd ,max = 2 * v * cw * f cd * Ak * tef ,i * sin * cos


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

v = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.54
250
TRd , max = 2 * 0.54 * 16.67 * 0.1025 * 0.09375 * 0.70 * 0.70 = 0.085MN
Because of the combined share/moment effect, we must calculate:

TEd

TRd , max

VEd
1,0
VRd , max
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

0.03 0.042
+
= 0.399 1,0
0.085 0.78
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement

Al =

TEd * uk
* cot
2 * Ak * f yd
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)

uk = 2 * [(b tef ) + (h tef )] = 2 * [(25 9.375) + (75 9.375)] = 162.5cm = 1.625m

Al =

0.03 * 1.625
= 5.47cm
2 * 0.1025 * 434.78

Torsion transversal reinforcement

AswT
TEd
0.03
=
=
= 3.36cm / ml
sT
2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.1025 * 434.78
Therefore

AswT
3,36cm / ml for each face.
sT
395

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


11 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS load combinations(kNm)


Torsional moment (Ted=29.96kNm)

Longitudinal reinforcement (5.46cm2)

2
Transversal reinforcement (3.36cm /ml)

5.12.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Mx

Torsional moment [kNm]

29.96 cm2

Al

Longitudinal reinforcement [cm2]

5.46 cm2

Ator,y

3.36 cm2/ml

Transversal reinforcement [cm /ml]

5.12.3 Calculated results


Result name
Mx

Result description
Mx

Value
29.9565 kN*m

Error
-0.1450 %

Al

Al

5.4595 cm

-0.1920 %

Ator,y / face

Ator,y/face

3.35969 cm

-0.0092 %

396

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.13 EC2 Test 43: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation moment and
significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stressstrain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5211
Test status: Passed

5.13.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small rotation
moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1).
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
Nominal curvature method.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.13.2 Background
The calculation is based on the nominal curvature method.
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.13.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

150 kN axial force

15 kMm rotation moment applied to the column top (about y axis)

the self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

100 kN axial force

7 kNm rotation moment applied to the column top (about y axis)


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Concrete cover 3 cm (on local y axis) and 5cm (on local z axis)
Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

397

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35 * 150 + 1.50 * 100 = 352.50kN = 0.353MN
MEd = 1.35 * 15 + 1.50 * 7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm

5.13.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column:
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and it is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

398

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
=
= 80.37
a
0.50

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M EQP
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

(,t0 )

creep coefficient

M EQP

serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed

ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei

ei =

l0
11.60
=
= 0.029m
400
400

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

e1 = e0 + ei =

M Eqp 0
N Eqp 0

+ ei =

15 + 0.30 * 7
+ 0.029 = 0.124m
150 + 0.30 * 100

N Eqp1 = 150 + 0.30 * 100 = 180kN


M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 180 * 0.124 = 22.32kNm = 0.02232MNm
The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example (see chapter The first order eccentricity: stresses
correction):

M Ed 1 = 0.041MNm
The creep coefficient

(,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.72
f cm
30 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

RH

RH

100

* 1 * 2
= 1+
0.1 * 3 h0

f cm

35

> 35MPa therefore: 1 =


f cm

0 .7

(for t0= 28 days concrete age).

35
=
38

0.7

35

= 0.944 and 2 =
f cm

0.2

35
=
38

0.2

= 0.984

399

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

h0 =

2 * Ac
2 * 500 * 500
=
= 250mm RH
2 * (500 + 500 )
u

50

100
* 0.984 = 1.72
*
0
.
944
= 1 +
0.1 * 3 250

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28


The effective creep coefficient calculation:

ef = (, t 0 )*

M EQP
M Ed

= 2.28 *

0.02232
= 1.24
0.041

The second order effects; The buckling calculation


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

lim =

20 * A * B * C
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

n=

0.353
N Ed
= 0.071
=
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20

A=

1
1
=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.25 = 0.80

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70
lim =

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.80 * 1.1 * 0.7


= 46.24
0.071

= 80.37 > lim = 46.24


Therefore, the second order effects cannot be neglected.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS
The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN
MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm
Therefore it must be determined:

The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections


Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

M Ed 0.03075
=
= 0.087 m
0.353
N Ed

Additional eccentricity:

ei =

400

l0
11.6
=
= 0.029m
400 400

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction


For reinforced concrete section subjected to a combination of bending moment and compression, EN 1992-1-1
chapter 6.1 (4) recommends to consider the design value of bending moment at least M

= N Ed * e0 , where:

20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max
= 20mm
16.7mm
30
30
In this case, the corrected forces used for the combined flexural calculations are:

N Ed = 0.353MN

e1 = e0 + ei = 0.087 + 0.029 = 0.116m


M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 0.116 * 0.353 = 0.041MNm
Reinforcement calculation in the first order effects
To apply the nominal curvature method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete
section will be sized considering only the first order effect.
Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum
percentage area.
The reinforcement is determined using a combined bending with compressive stress. The determined solicitations
were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced to the
centroid of tensioned steel:

h
0.50

M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.041 + 0.353 * 0.45


= 0.112MNm
2
2

Verification about the partially compressed section:

h
d

h
d

BC = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 *


cu =

0.50
0.50
* (1 0.4 *
) = 0.494
0.45
0.45

M ua
0.112
=
= 0.055
bw * d * f cd 0.50 * 0.45 * 20

cu = 0.055 < BC = 0.494

therefore the section is partially compressed

401

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:

cu = 0.055

u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.055) = 0.071


z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.45 * (1 0.4 * 0.071) = 0.437m
M ua
0.112
=
= 5.89cm
z c * f yd 0.437 * 434.78

A =

The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:


For combined bending:

The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:

Therefore a 5cm2 reinforcement area will be considered

5.13.2.3 Nominal curvature method (second order effects)


The curvature calculation:
Considering a reinforcement of 5cm (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following
formula:

1
1
= K r * K *
r0
r
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

f yd

434.78
Es
1
=
=
= 200000 = 0.0107 m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * d ) 0.45 * 0.45

yd

Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

Kr =

nu n
1
nu nbal
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

n=

N Ed
0.353
=
= 0.0706
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20

As * f yd
Ac * f cd

5 * 104 * 434.78
=
= 0.0435
0.50 * 20

nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.0435 = 1.0435
nbal = 0,4

402

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.0435 0.0706
= 1.51
1.0435 0.40

Kr =

Condition: K r

1 , therefore we consider: K r = 1

K creep coefficient: K = 1 + * ef 1
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

,
Therefore:

1
1
= K r * K * = 1 * 1 * 0.0107 = 0.0107 m 1
r
r0
Calculation moment:
The calculation of bending moment is defined by the following formula:

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2
Where:

M 0 Ed

M2

is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections.

is nominal moment of second order.

The 2nd order moment is calculated from the curvature:

M 2 = N Ed * e2
e2 =

1 l02
11.60
* = 0.0107 *
= 0.1799m
r c
8

Note: c = 8 according to chapter 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force
at the top of column).

M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.353 * 0.1799 = 0.0635MNm

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 = 0.041 + 0.0635 = 0.1045MNm


The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:
NEd = 0.353 MN
MEd = 0.1045 MNm

403

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:


The interaction diagram will be used.
The input parameters in the diagram are:

M Ed
0.1045
=
= 0.0418
2
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 2 * 20

According to the diagram, it will be obtained minimal percentage reinforcement:

As ,min =

0.10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.353


=
= 0.81cm 0.002 * Ac = 5cm 2
f yd
434.78

Finite elements modeling

404

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: Au = 5cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 5 cm2)

5.13.2.4 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Amin

Reinforcement area [cm2]

5 cm2

5.13.3 Calculated results


Result name
Amin

Result description
Amin

Value
5 cm

Error
0.0000 %

405

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.14 EC2 Test 46 I: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0)
Test ID: 5232
Test status: Passed

5.14.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Tie sizing
Inclined stress-strain diagram
Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.
The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kN
The boundary conditions are described below:
- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked

5.14.2 Background
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram / Inclined stress-strain diagram
Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.14.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane workspace);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 233.33 kN


The dead load is neglected

Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 56.67kN


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Units
Metric System

406

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.15 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.0225 m ,
Concrete cover: c=3cm

Reinforcement S400, Class: B, ss=400MPa

Fck=20MPa
The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kN

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,

Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked


Inner: None.

5.14.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam


There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then a
inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.
Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram

As ,U

N Ed

s ,U

0.400
= 11,50 * 10 4 m = 11,50cm
400
1.15

It will be used a 4HA20=A=12.57cm2


Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram

S 400 ClassB s ,U = 373MPa

As ,U

N Ed

s ,U

0.400
= 10,72 * 10 4 m = 10,70cm
373

It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).


Checking the condition of non-fragility:

As Ac *

f ctm
f yk

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 202 / 3 = 2,21MPa

Ac = 0.15 * 0.15 = 0.0225m


As Ac *

2.21
f ctm
= 0.0225 *
= 1.24cm
400
f yk

407

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS load combinations (kNm)


In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=11.50cm2=2*5.75 cm2)

In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=10.70cm2=2*5.35 cm2)

5.14.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Az,1

Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain


diagram [cm2]
Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain
diagram [cm2]

5.75 cm2

Az,2

5.37 cm2

5.14.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

408

Result description
As,U - longitudinal reinforcement area when inclined
stress-strain diagram is used

Value
-5.36526 cm

Error
-0.0981 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.15 EC2 Test30: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5098
Test status: Passed

5.15.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.

5.15.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.15.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Concrete: C35/40

Reinforcement steel: S500B

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:


The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 23.50kN/m and 43.50kN/m

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25.00kN/m

Structural class: S3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

409

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Partial factor for concrete:


Relative humidity: RH=50%
Concrete age: t0=28days
Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=20 MPa
Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=33000 MPa

Concrete density:
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=2.9 MPa

Final value of creep coefficient:

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:


Steel ductility: Class B
K coefficient: k=1.08

Design yield strength of reinforcement:


Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa

Steel density:

Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

Slenderness ratio:

The objective is to verify:

The shear stresses results


The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 6.4cm concrete cover
The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 4.3cm concrete cover

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Length: L = 8.10 m,

Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =22.00

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

410

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading:

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

5.15.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement


For a 6.4 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.50m, the reference value will be 57.1 cm2:

For a 4.3 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.521, the reference value will be 54.3 cm2:

5.15.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement

Asw VEd . * tg
=
s
zu * f ywd
Where:

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.521 = 0.469m


cot = 2.5 = 22

= 90
Asw VEd . * tg 0.589 * tg 22
=
=
= 11.67cm / ml
500
s
zu * f ywd
0.469 *
1,15

411

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:

0,08 * f ck
Asw
0,08 * 30
w, min * bw * sin =
* bw * sin =
* 0.80 * sin 90 = 7.01cm / ml
s
f yk
500
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,

9 nodes,

1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm /ml)

5.15.2.4 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

1193.28 kNm

Fz

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

589.28 kN
2

Az(6.4cm cover)

Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 6.4cm cover [cm /ml]

57.07 cm2/ml

Az(4.3cm cover)

Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 4.3cm cover [cm2/ml]

54.28 cm2/ml

At,z,1

At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm2/ml]

11.68 cm2/ml

At,z,2

At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml]

7.01 cm2/ml

5.15.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My

Value
-1193.28 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

Fz

Fz

-589.275 kN

0.0000 %

Az

Az 4.3cm cover

-54.2801 cm

0.0366 %

Atz

Atz beam end

11.6782 cm

0.0703 %

Atz

Atz middle

7.01085 cm

0.0121 %

412

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.16 EC2 Test 20: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1)
Test ID: 5034
Test status: Passed

5.16.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings
are verified.

5.16.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.16.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 30 kN/m (including the dead load)

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,

Structural class: S4

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The compressing stresses in concrete section c
The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
The maximum spacing of cracks
The crack opening

Simply supported beam

413

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.32 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=71cm;

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500Mpa

A st = 30.16cm for 3 beds of 5HA16

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z


Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load calculations:

M0Ed = 774 kNm

Mcar = 540 kNm

Mfq = 390 kNm

Mqp = 330 kNm

5.16.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.92MPa
25 + 8
f cm

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

414

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1*3 h0

RH
If

f cm 35Mpa ,

1 = 2 = 1
If not,

35

1 =
f cm

0.7

35

2 =
f cm

and

0.2

In this case,
, therefore

1 = 2 = 1

In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac
2 * 400 * 800
=
= 266.67 mm
2 * (400 + 800)
u

h0 =

RH

50
100
=1+
= 1.78 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.55
0.1 * 3 266.67
1

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:


Under quasi-permanent combinations:

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 )

Where:

Ecm

f +8
= 22 * ck

10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 31476 MPa

E s = 200000MPa

(, t0 ) = 2.55

e =

Es
200000
=
= 22.56
Ecm
31476
1 + (, t0 ) 1 + 2.55

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

bc = 0,6 f ck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

415

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Neutral axis position calculation:


Neutral axis equation:

1
* b w * x1 A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) = 0
2

e * ( A sc + A st ) + e2 * ( A sc + A st ) + 2 * b w * e * (d'* A sc + d * A st )

x1 =

bw

By simplifying the previous equation, by considering


x1 =
=

e * A st + e2 * A st + 2 * b w * e * d * A st )
b

Asc = 0

, it will be obtained:

22.56 * 30.16 + 22.56 * 30.16 + 2 * 40 * 22.56 * 71 * 30.16


= 35 cm
40

Calculating the second moment:

b * x3
I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =

0.4 * 0.3503
=
+ 30,16 * 10 4 * 22.56 * (0.71 0.350) = 0.0145m4
3

Stresses calculation:

c =

0,330
M ser
* x1 =
* 0,350 = 7.96Mpa
0,0145
I

st = e * c *

0,71 0,350
d x1
= 22.56 * 7.96 *
= 184.7 Mpa s = 400 Mpa
0,350
x1

Maximum spacing of cracks:


Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm2

Ac , eff

2.5 * (h d )
2.5 * (0.8 0.71) = 0.255
(h x)
(0.8 0.350)
= b * min
=0.40 * min
= 0.15 = 0.4 * 0.15 = 0.06m 2
3
3

h
0
.8

= 0.4

2
2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1

p , eff =

As
30.16 * 104
=
= 0.0500
Ac , eff
0.06

n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
eq =
= 16mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)

sr ,max = k3 * c +

416

0.425 * k1 * k 2 *

p ,eff

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:
c=0.051m

25
k3 = 3.4 *
c

2/3

25
= 3.4 *
51

2/3

= 2.113

Therefore:

sr , max = k3 * c +

0.425 * k1 * k2 *

p , eff

= 2.113 * 0.051 +

0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * (16 * 103 )


= 162mm
0.050

Calculation of average strain:

e =

Es
200000
=
= 6.41
Ecm
31187
s kt *

sm cm =

f ct ,eff

p ,eff

* (1 + e . p ,eff )

Es

184.71 0.4 *

2.56
* (1 + 6.41 * 0.050)

0.050
= 7.88 *10 4 0,6 * s = 5.54 *10 4
Es
200000

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2)


Calculation of crack widths:

wk = sr , max * ( sm cm ) = 0.162 * (7.88 104 ) = 0.128mm


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(1)
For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.
This criterion is satisfied.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


11 nodes,
1 linear element.

417

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: MEd=774kNm)

SLS characteristic (reference value: Mser-cq=540kNm)

SLS quasi-permanent (reference value: Mser-qp=330kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section c-qp


(reference value: c-qp =7.96MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s-qp


(reference value: s-qp=185MPa)

418

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Maximum cracking space Sr,max


(reference value: Sr,max=162mm)

Maximum crack opening Wk


(reference value: Wk=0.128mm)

5.16.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

MEd

My corresponding to 102 combination (ULS) [kNm]

774 kNm

Mser-cq

My corresponding to104 combination (SLS) [kNm]

540 kNm

Mser-qp

My corresponding to 108 combination (SLS) [kNm]

330 kNm

Compressing stresses in concrete section c [MPa]

7.96 MPa

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s [MPa]

Sr,max

Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm]

16.2 cm

Wk

Maximum crack opening Wk [cm]

0.0128 cm

185 Mpa

5.16.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My ULS

Value
-774 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

My

My SLS cq

-540 kN*m

0.0000 %

My

My SLS qp

-330 kN*m

0.0000 %

Sc QP

Sc QP

7.76924 MPa

-2.3965 %

Ss QP

Ss QP

-181.698 MPa

1.6307 %

Sr,max

Sr,max

161.577 mm

-0.2611 %

wk

Wk

-0.125137 mm

2.2367 %

419

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.17 EC2 Test 26: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical
transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5072
Test status: Passed

5.17.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.

5.17.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area
of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.17.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Concrete C25/30

Reinforcement steel: S500B

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:


The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN

Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

420

The shear stresses results


The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 5.75 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.035m

Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =45

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

VEd =

Pu * l
2
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN

In this case :

VEd =

5.75 * 91.5
= 263KN
2

5.17.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:


The lever arm will be calculated from the design formula for pure bending:

Pu = 91.5kN / ml

M Ed =
cu =

91.5 * 5.75
= 378.15kNm
8

0.378
M Ed
=
= 0.167
bw * d * f cd 0.35 * 0.623 * 16.67

421

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

u = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * cu = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * 0.167 = 0.230


zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.623 * (1 0.4 * 0.230) = 0.566m
Calculation of reduced shear force
When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis
In case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:

V ( x) = Pu * x

Pu * l
2

Therefore:

x = z * cot = 0.566 * cot 45 = 0.566m


VEd , red = 91.5 * 0.566 263 = 211kN
Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting
edge at x = d).
Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

VRd, max = cw * 1 * fcd * z u * b w *

(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

Where:

cw = 1

coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v 1 * f cd * z u * b w
tg + cot

VRd,max =

In this case:

= 45

and

= 90

v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear


25
f

= 0.54
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1
250
250

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.623 = 0.56m

VRd , max =

0.54 * 16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35


= 0.891MN = 891kN
2

VEd = 236kN < VRd , max = 891kN

422

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:


Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90), the following formula is used:

Asw VEd . * tg 0,211 * tg 45


=
=
= 8,67cm / ml
500
s
zu * f ywd
0,566 *
1,15
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,

3 nodes,

1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm /ml)

5.17.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Fz

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

Reference value
2

8.67 cm2/ml

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm /ml]

At,z

263 kN

5.17.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fz
Atz

Result description
Fz
Atz

Value
-263.062 kN

Error
-0.0008 %

8.68636 cm

0.1887 %

423

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.18 EC2 Test29: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal
reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5092
Test status: Passed

5.18.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.

5.18.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.18.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Concrete: C35/40

Reinforcement steel: S500B

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:


The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 22.63kN/m and 47.38kN/m

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 80.00kN/m

424

Structural class: S3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:
Partial factor for concrete:

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Relative humidity: RH=50%


Concrete age: t0=28days
Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=23 MPa
Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=34000 MPa
Concrete density:
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=3.2 MPa
Final value of creep coefficient:
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:
Steel ductility: Class B
K coefficient: k=1.08
Design yield strength of reinforcement:
Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa
Steel density:
Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:
Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

Slenderness ratio:

= 0.80

The objective is to verify:

The of shear stresses results


The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 5cm concrete cover
The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 2.7cm concrete cover

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Length: L = 10.00 m,

Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =29.74

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

425

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading:

Note:

In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an unreduced
shear, that will be used for further calculations.

5.18.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement


For a 5 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.125m, the reference value will be 108.3 cm2:

For a 2.7 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.148m, the reference value will be 105.7 cm2:

5.18.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement

Asw VEd . * tg
=
s
zu * f ywd
Where:

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 *1.125 = 1.0125m


cot = 1.75 = 29.74

= 90
Asw VEd . * tg 1.502 * tg 29.74
=
=
= 19.50cm / ml
500
s
zu * f ywd
1.0125 *
1,15

426

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:

0,08 * f ck
Asw
0,08 * 35
* bw * sin =
* 0.55 * sin 90 = 5.21cm / ml
w, min * bw * sin =
s
f yk
500
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,

15 nodes,

1 linear element.
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.18.2.4 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

5255.58 kNm

Fz

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

1501.59 kN

Az(5cm cover)

Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 5cm cover [cm2/ml]

108.30 cm2/ml

Az(2.7cm cover)

Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 2.7cm cover [cm2/ml]

105.69 cm2/ml

At,z,1

At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm2/ml]

19.10 cm2/ml

At,z,2

At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml]

5.21 cm2/ml

5.18.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My

Value
-5255.58 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

Fz

Fz

-1501.59 kN

0.0000 %

Az

Az 5cm

-105.694 cm

2.4072 %

Az

Az 2.7cm

-105.694 cm

0.0000 %

Atz

Atz end

19.0973 cm

0.0000 %

Atz

Atz middle

5.20615 cm

0.0000 %

427

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.19 EC2 Test 18: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load,
with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 5011
Test status: Passed

5.19.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in
concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.

5.19.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.19.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 37.5 kN/m (including the dead load),

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,

Structural class: S4

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

For the stress calculation the French annexes was used


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The compressing stresses in concrete section c
The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

428

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.28 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4 cm
Effective height: d=72cm;

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500Mpa

A st = 37.70cm for 3 HA20

A sc = 6.28cm for 2 HA10

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z


Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions:


CCQ = 1.0*G+1.0*Q =75 kN/ml

Load calculations:

M0Ed = 855 kNm

Mcar = 600 kNm

Mqp = 390 kNm

429

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.19.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.92MPa
f cm
25 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH

100

= 1+
* 1 * 2
0.1*3 h0

RH

if

35

1 =
f
cm
If not,

0.7

35

2 =
f
cm
and

0.2

In this case,
, therefore

1 = 2 = 1

In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac
2 * 350 * 800
=
= 243.48mm
u
2 * (350 + 800)

h0 =

RH

50
100
=1+
= 1.80 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.80 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.56
0.1 * 3 243.48
1

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

430

M Eqp
M Ecar

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

Ecm

f +8
= 22 * ck

10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 31476 MPa

E s = 200000MPa
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

e =

M Eqp

= 1 + 2.56 *

M Ecar

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

=
M Eqp

390
= 2.664
600

200000
= 16.90
31476
2.664

M Ecar

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

bc = 0,6 f ck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 320Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:


Neutral axis equation:
x1 =
=

1
* b w * x1 A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) = 0
2

e * ( A st + A sc ) + e * ( A st + A sc ) + 2 * b w * e * (d * A st + d'* A sc )
b

16.90 * (37.70 + 6.28) + 16.90 * (37.70 + 6.28) + 2 * 35 * 16.90 * (72 * 37.70 + 4 * 6.28)
= 34,41cm
35

Calculating the second moment:


b * x3

I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =
3

35 * 34,413

=
+ 37,70 * 16.90(72 34,45) + 6,28 * 16.90 * (34.45 4) = 1472097cm4 = 0.01472m4
3

Stresses calculation:

c =

M ser
0,600
* x1 =
* 0,3441 = 14Mpa c = 12Mpa
I
0,01472

st = e * c *

d x1
0,72 0,3441
= 16.90 * 14 *
= 259Mpa s = 400Mpa
x1
0,3441

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


9 nodes,
1 linear element.

431

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=600kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section c


(reference value: c =14MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s


(reference value: s=260.15MPa)

5.19.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 104 combination (SLS) [kNm]

600 kNm

Compressing stresses in concrete section c (MPa)

14 MPa

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s (MPa)

260.15 MPa

5.19.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My SLS

Value
-600 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

Sc CQ

Sc CQ

14.122 MPa

0.0142 %

Ss CQ

Ss CQ

-260.116 MPa

0.0015 %

432

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.20 EC2 Test 24: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical
transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5058
Test status: Passed

5.20.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.

5.20.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.20.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Concrete C20/25

Reinforcement steel: S500B

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:


The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN

Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

The shear stresses results


The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

433

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 3.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d=ehz=0.035m

Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =30

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

a
VEd = Pu 1
l

According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:


Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case, (a = 1 m; l = 3 m):

1
VEd = 284,25 * 1 = 189,5 KN
3

Note:

434

In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.20.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

VRd, max = cw * 1 * fcd * z u * b w *

(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

Where:

cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v 1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250

When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v 1 * f cd * z u * b w
tg + cot

VRd,max =

In this case,

= 45

and

= 90

v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear


f
20

v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1
= 0.55
250
250

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.435 = 0.392m

VRd , max =

0.55 * 13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20


= 0.288MN
2

VEd = 0.1895MN < VRd , max = 0.288MN


Calculation of transversal reinforcement:

is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steel vertical (=90) and connecting rods inclined
at 45 , at different points of the beam

before the first point load:

beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore:

Vu = Pu *

Asw VEd . * tg 0,18950 * tg 45


= 11.13cm / ml
=
=
500
zu * f ywd
s
0,392 *
1,15

a
1
= 284,25 * = 94,75 KN
l
3

it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


3 nodes,
1 linear element.

435

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.20.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Fz,1

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1m [kNm]

189.5 kN

Fz,2

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kNm]

94.75 kN

At,z,1

Theoretical reinforcement area x=1m [cm /ml]

11.13 cm2/ml

At,z,2

Theoretical reinforcement area x=1.01m [cm2/ml]

5.57 cm2/ml

5.20.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fz

Result description
Fz,1

Value
-189.5 kN

Error
0.0000 %

Fz

Fz,2

94.75 kN

0.0000 %

Atz

Atz,1

11.1328 cm

0.1151 %

Atz

Atz,2

5.56641 cm

-0.0645 %

436

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.21 EC2 Test28: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)
Test ID: 5083
Test status: Passed

5.21.1.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation.
The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

5.21.1.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.21.1.3 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Concrete: C25/30

Reinforcement steel: S500B

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:


The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 13.83kN/m

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 26.60kN/m

Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: X0
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

437

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The objective is to:

Verify the shear stresses results


Verify the transverse reinforcement
Verify the transverse reinforcement distribution by the Caqout method
Identify the steel sewing

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Length: L = 10.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.764m; d=ehz=0.035m

Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =30

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam under a uniformly distributed load Pu, the shear force is defined by the following equation:

V ( x) = Pu * x

Pu * l
2

For the beam end, (x=0) the shear force will be:

VEd =

438

Pu * l
58,57 * 10
=
= 292,9kN
2
2

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

In the following calculations, the negative sign of the shear will be neglected, as this has no effect in the calculations.

Note:

In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

5.21.1.4 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

VRd , max =

v1 * f cd * zu * bw
tg + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

In this case:

= 30 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
25
f

= 0.54
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1
250
250

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.764 = 0.688m


VRd , max =

0.54 * 16.67 * 0.688 * 0.22


= 0.590MN
tg 30 + cot 30

VEd = 0.293MN < VRd , max = 0.590MN


Calculation of transverse reinforcement:
The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:

Asw VEd . * tg 0.293 * tg 30


=
=
= 5.66cm / ml
500
s
zu * f ywd
0.688 *
1,15
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


11 nodes,
1 linear element.

439

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.21.1.5 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Fz

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

292.9 kN

At,z

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml]

5.66 cm2/ml

5.21.2 Calculated results


Result name
Fz
Atz

440

Result description
Fz
Atz

Value
-292.852 kN

Error
-0.0007 %

5.65562 cm

-0.0774 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.22 EC2 Test34: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on the top
Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5114
Test status: Passed

5.22.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial
stresses applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
Method based on nominal stiffness - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the
method of nominal stiffness, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top part.

5.22.2 Background
Method based on nominal stiffness
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal stiffness, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.22.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

300kN axial force

The self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

500kN axial force

2 = 0,3

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Concrete cover 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

441

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.60 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm along the long section edge and 3cm along the short section edge

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*0.30+1.5*0.50=1.155MN
NQP=1.35*0.30+0.30*0.50=0.450MN

5.22.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column:
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 2 * 4 = 8m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

442

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 8
=
= 69.28
a
0.40

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M EQP
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

(,t0 )

creep coefficient

M EQP serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed

ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

The ratio between moments becomes:

M 0 Eqp
M 0 Ed

N eqp * e1

N ed *e1

The creep coefficient

N eqp
N ed

0.450
= 0.39
1.155

(,t0 ) is defined as:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

RH

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.73MPa
f cm
30 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0 .1 + t 0

(for t0= 28 days concrete age).

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1 * 3 h0

RH = relative humidity; RH=50%


Where 1

h0 =

= 2 = 1 if f cm

35

35MPa if not 1 =
f cm

0.7

and

35

2 =
f cm

0.2

2 * Ac
2 * 400 * 600
=
= 240mm
u
2 * (400 + 600 )

f cm = 38MPa > 35MPa ,

443

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

35

1 =
f cm

RH

0.7

35
=
38

0.7

35

= 0.944 and 2 =
f cm

0.2

35
=
38

0.2

= 0.984

50
RH

1
1

100 * * = 1 +
100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.73
= 1 +
1
2
0.1 * 3 240

0.1 * 3 h0

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.73 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.30


The effective creep coefficient calculation:

ef = (, t0 ) *

M EQP
M Ed

= 2.30 * 0.39 = 0.90


According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

lim =

20 * A * B * C
n

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)


Where:

n=

N Ed
1.155
=
= 0.241
Ac * f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20

A=

1
1
=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 * 0.90 = 0.85

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70
lim =

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.85 * 1.1 * 0.7


= 26.66
0.112

= 69.28 > lim = 26.66


Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.

5.22.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:


Initial eccentricity:
No initial eccentricity because the post is subjected only in simple compression.
Additional eccentricity:

ei =

444

l0
8
=
= 0.02m
400 400

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

First order eccentricity- stresses correction:

20mm
20mm
20mm
= 20mm
e0 = max h = max 400mm = max
13.3mm
30
30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
The corrected solicitations which are taken into account when calculating the column under combined bending effort
and compression, are:
NEd= 1.155MN
MEd= 1.155*0.02=0.0231MNm
Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:
When using the nominal stiffness method, a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete
section considering only the first order effects.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above
were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of
the tensioned steel.

First order moment in the centroid of the tensioned reinforcement is:

0.40
h

M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.0231 + 1.155 * 0.35


= 0.196MNm
2
2

Verification if the section is partially compressed:

BC = 0,8 *
cu =

0,40
0,40
h
h
) = 0,496
* (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 *
* (1 0,4 *
0,35
d
d
0,35

0.196
M ua
=
= 0.133
bw * d * f cd 0.60 * 0.35 * 20

cu = 0.133 < 0.496 = BC

therefore the section is partially compressed.

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

cu = 0.133

u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,133) = 0,179


zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,35 * (1 0,4 * 0,179) = 0,325m
A =

M ua
0,196
=
= 13.87cm
zc * f yd 0,325 * 434,78
445

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:


For the combined bending:

A = A'

N
1.155
= 13.87 * 10 4
= 12.69cm 2
f yd
434.78

The minimum reinforcement percentage:

As , min =

0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 1.155


=
= 2.66cm 0.002 * Ac = 4.80cm 2
f yd
434.78

The reinforcement will be 4HA12 + 2HA10 representing 6.09cm2.


The second order effects calculation:
The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal stiffness:
Calculation of nominal stiffness:
It is estimated nominal stiffness of a post or frame member from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
With:

Ecm
1.2

Ecd =

f cm = f ck + 8MPa = 38MPa
Ecm

f
= 22000 * cm
10

Ecd =
Ic =

0.3

38
= 22000 *
10

0.3

= 32837 MPa

Ecm 32837
=
= 27364MPa
1.2
1.2

b * h3 0.60 * 0.403
=
= 3,2.10 3 m4
12
12

(concrete only inertia)

Es = 200000MPa
Is

: Inertia of the steel rebars

As
6,09.10 4
=
= 0.00254
Ac 0.60 * 0.40

0.002 =

k1 =
n=

f ck
30
=
= 1.22 Mpa
20
20
N Ed
1.155
=
= 0.241
Ac . f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20

k2 = n *

446

As
< 0.01
Ac

69.28
= 0.241*
= 0.098 0.20
170
170

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

A h
6,09.10 4 0.40

*
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 *
0.05 = 1,37.10 5 m4
2
2 2

K s = 1 and K c =

k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.098
=
= 0.063
1 + ef
1 + 0.90

Therefore:

EI = 0.063 * 27364 * 3,2 * 10 3 + 1 * 200000 * 1,37 * 10 5 = 8.2566MNm


Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:

M Ed

= M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB

N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.0231MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)
(normal force acting at ULS).

c0

and

c0 = 8

the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

= 1.234
8

NB = *

8.2566
EI
=*
= 1.27327 MN
2
8
l0

The second order efforts are:

N Ed 2 = 1.155MN

M Ed 2 = 0.3015MN .m
The reinforcement calculations considering the second order effect:
The reinforcement calculations for the combined flexural, under the second order effect, are done using the Graitec
EC2 tools. The obtained section is null, therefore the minimum reinforcement area defined above is sufficient for the
defined efforts.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


5 nodes,
1 linear element.

447

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2) and minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 2.66cm2 and 4.8cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 5.32 cm2)

5.22.2.4 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value
2

Ay

2.66 cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]


2

Amin

4.80 cm2

Minimum reinforcement area [cm ]

5.22.3 Calculated results


Result name
Ay
Amin

448

Result description
Ay
Amin

Value
-2.66 cm

Error
0.0000 %

4.8 cm

0.0000 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.23 EC2 Test 38: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5127
Test status: Passed

5.23.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section concrete C25/30 column using the simplified method Professional rules Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). At
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.

5.23.2 Background
Simplified Method
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.23.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

800kN axial force

The self-weight is neglected


Concrete cover 5cm
Concrete C25/30
Steel reinforcement S500B
Relative humidity RH=50%
Buckling length L0=6.50m

Units
Metric System

449

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.30 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 6.50 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked) and
to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:

N ED = 1.35 * 800 = 1080kN


5.23.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column
Scope of the method:

L
L
L
L * 12 6.5 * 12
L0
L
= 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0
=
= 75.06
a
0.3
a
i
I
a2
a4
12
A
12
12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)

The method of professional rules can be applied as:

< 120
20 < f ck < 50MPa
h > 0.15m
Reinforcement calculation:

60 < = 75.06 120


1.3

1.3

32
32
= =
= 0.33

75.06
According to Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment, by Henry Thonier, page 283

k h = (0.75 + 0.5 * h) * (1 6 * * ) = 0.93


k s = 1.6 0.6 *

As =

450

1
f yd

f yk
500

= 1.6 0.6 *

500
=1
500

N ed

1
1.08

*
b * h * f cd =
*
0.3 * 0.5 *16.67 = 23.43cm

kh * ks *
434.78 0.93 *1 * 0.33

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


8 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 23.43cm2=4*5.86cm2)

5.23.2.3 Reference results


Result name
Ay

Result description

Reference value
2

5.85cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]

5.23.3 Calculated results


Result name
Ay

Result description
Ay

Value
-5.85106 cm

Error
0.0000 %

451

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.24 EC2 Test32: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation
moment to the top Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class
XC1)
Test ID: 5102
Test status: Passed

5.24.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top Method based on
nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column made of concrete C25/30. The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at
ultimate limit state is performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.24.2 Background
Nominal curvature method is applied in this example.
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.24.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases are used:

Loadings from the structure:

147.15 kN (15 t) axial force

14.71 kNm (1.5 tm) bending moment applied to the top of the column

The self-weight is neglected

Exploitation loadings ( 2

452

= 0.3 ):

63.77 kN (6.5 t) axial force


6.87 kNm (0.7 tm) bending moment applied to the top of the column
Concrete cover 5cm
Spacing between the reinforcement bar legs: s = 30cm
Concrete C25/30
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = a = 0.40 m,
Width: b = a = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Materials properties
Concrete class C25/30 and steel reinforcement S500B are used. The following characteristics are used in relation to
theses materials:

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B


Exposure class: X0

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

Mean value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8 = 33 MPa

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500MPa

Design value of concrete compressive strength:

f cd =

Design value of yield strength of reinforcement:

f yd =

f ck

f yk

f ck = 25MPa

25
= 16.67 MPa
1 .5

500 MPa
= 434.78MPa
1.15

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top.

453

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q


NEd = 1.35 * 147.15kN + 1.5 * 63.77kN = 294.3kN = 0.2943MN
MEd = 1.35 * 14.71 + 1.5 * 6.87 kNm = 30.16kNm = 0.03016MNm

Characteristic combination of actions defined by: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

e0 =

M Ed 0.03016 MNm
=
= 0.10m
N Ed
0.2943MN

5.24.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * L = 12m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 *12m
= 104
=
0.40m
a

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M EQP
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

(,t0 )
M EQP

M Ed

creep coefficient

serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination


ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei

ei =

12m
l0
=
= 0.03m
400 400

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

e1 = e0 + ei =

M Eqp 0
N Eqp 0

+ ei =

14.71kNm + 0.30 * 6.87kNm


+ 0.03m = 0.13m
147.15kN + 0.30 * 63.77 kN

N Eqp1 = 147.15kN + 0.30 * 63.77kN = 166.281kN


M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 166.281kN * 0.13m = 21.616kNm = 0.0216MNm

454

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:


MEd1 = 0.0383 MNm
The creep coefficient

(,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

RH

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.92
f cm
25 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

(for t0= 28 days concrete age).

RH
100
=1+
0.1 * 3 h0
1

50
1
2 * Ac
2 * 0.4m * 0.4m
100 = 1.85
=
= 0.2m = 200mm RH = 1 +
h0 =
2 * (0.4m + 0.4m )
u
0.1 * 3 200

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.64


The effective creep coefficient calculation:

ef = (, t0 ) *

M EQP1
M Ed 1

= 2.64 *

0.0216 MNm
= 1.49
0.0383MNm
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effects):


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:

lim =

20 * A * B * C
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

n=

N Ed
0.2943MN
=
= 0.11
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa

A=

1
1
=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.46 = 0.77

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1

C = 1.7 rm = 0.70
lim =

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known


because the ratio of the first order moment is unknown

20 * 0.77 * 1.1 * 0.7


= 35.75
0.11

= 104 > lim = 35.75


Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.

455

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The second order effects - buckling calculation


The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd = 1.35 * 147.15kN + 1.5 * 63.77kN = 294.3kN = 0.2943MN
MEd = 1.35 * 14.71 + 1.5 * 6.87 kNm = 30.16kNm = 0.03016MNm
Therefore, it must be determined:

The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the applied loadings

The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections


Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

M Ed 0.03016 MNm
=
= 0.10m
N Ed
0.2943MN

Additional eccentricity:

ei =

l0
12m
=
= 0.03m
400 400

The first order eccentricity - loadings correction


The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations, is done as following:

N Ed = 0.2943MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 0.10m + 0.03m = 0.13m
M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 0.13m * 0.2943MN = 0.0383MNm
According to clause 6.1 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, for sections subjected to combined bending and compression efforts,
the design bending moment value should be at least M = NEd * e0, where

20mm
20mm
20mm
h
e0 = max
= max 400mm = max
= 20mm
13.3mm
30
30
Corrected bending moment is bigger than this value, so clause 6.1 (4) is fulfilled.
Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation
To apply the nominal curvature method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section
considering only the first order effects.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed reinforcement will be determined assuming a combined bending with compressive effort. All the results
above were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the
centroid of the tensioned steel.

456

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

h
0.40m

M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.0383MNm + 0.2943MN * 0.35m


= 0.0824MNm
2
2

Verifying if the section is partially compressed:

h
h
0.40m
0.40m
* (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 *
* (1 0.4 *
) = 0.496
d
d
0.35m
0.35m

BC = 0.8 *
cu =

M ua
0.0824MNm
=
= 0.101
bw * d * f cd 0.40m * 0.35 m 2 * 16.67 MPa

cu = 0.101 < 0.496 = BC

therefore the section is partially compressed.

Calculations of the steel reinforcement in pure bending

cu = 0.101

u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.101) = 0.133


zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.35m * (1 0.4 * 0.133) = 0.331m
As =

M ua
0.0824MNm
=
= 5.73 * 10 4 m 2 = 5.73cm
zc * f yd 0.331m * 434.78MPa

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending with compressive effort


For the combined bending:

A = A'

N
0.2943MN
= 5.73 *10 4 m 2
= 1.04cm 2
f yd
434.78MPa

The minimum reinforcement percentage must be applied:

As , min =

0.10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.2943MN


=
= 0.68 * 10 4 m 2 = 0.68cm 0.002 * Ac = 3.2cm 2
f yd
434.78MPa

2
The proposed reinforcement area will be 4HA10 representing 3.14cm .

The second order effects calculation


The second order effect will be determined by applying the nominal curvature method.
Calculation of nominal curvature
Considering a symmetrical reinforcement 4HA10 (3.14cm), the curvature can be determined by the following
formula:

1
1
= K r * K *
r
r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.8.3 (1)
With:

f yd

434.78MPa
1
Es
=
=
= 200000MPa = 0.0138m 1
r0 0.45 * d 0.45 * d 0.45 * 0.35m

yd

Kr

: is a correction factor depending on axial load,=>

Kr =

nu n
1
nu nbal
457

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

n=

N Ed
0.2943MN
=
= 0.110
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa

As * f yd
Ac * f cd

3.14.104 m 2 * 434.78MPa
= 0.0512
0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa

nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.0512 = 1.0512

nbal = 0.4

Kr =

1.0512 0.110
= 1.445 1 K r = 1
1.0512 0.40

K : is a factor for taking account of creep=> K = 1 + * ef 1

= 0.35 +

25 104
f ck

= 0.35 +

= 0.218
200 150
200 150

K = 1 + * ef = 1 0.218 * 1.49 = 0.68 1 K = 1


Therefore the curvature becomes:

1
1
= K r * K * = 0.0138m 1
r0
r
Calculation moment:

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2
Where:

M 0 Ed

M2

: first order moment including the geometrical imperfections.

: second order moment

The second order moment must be calculated from the curvature:

M 2 = N Ed * e2
1 l2
12 m 2
= 0.248m
e2 = * 0 = 0.0138m 1 *
r c
8
Note: c = 8 according to 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top
of column).

M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.2943MN * 0.248m = 0.073MNm


M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 = 0.0383MN + 0.073MN = 0.1113MNm
The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects:

N Ed = 0.2943MN
M Ed = 0.1113MNm

458

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement calculation corresponding to the second order:


The input parameters in the diagram are:

M Ed
0.1113MNm
=
= 0.104
2
b * h * f cd 0.40m * 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa

v=

N Ed
0.2943MN
=
= 0.110
b * h * f cd 0.40m * 0.40m *16.67 MPa

= 0.15 ; =>

As =

* b * h * f cd
f yd

0.15 * 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa


= 9.20cm ;
434.78MPa

which means 4.60cm2 per

side.
Buckling checking
The verification will be made considering the reinforcement area found previously (9.20cm2)
Curvature evaluation:
The reinforcement has an influence only on the K r parameter:

1
= 0.0138m 1
r0
Kr =

nu n
1
nu nbal
n = 0.110

As * f yd
Ac * f cd

9.20 * 104 m 2 * 434.78MPa


=
= 0.15
0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa

nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.15 = 1.15

nbal = 0.4

459

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Kr =

1.15 0.110
= 1.387 1 K r = 1
1.15 0.40

K - coefficient which takes account of the creep K = 1 + * ef 1

K = 1 + * ef = 1 0.218 * 1.49 = 0.68 1 K = 1


The curvature becomes:

1
1
= K r * K * = 0.0138m 1 It
r
r0

was obtained the same curvature and therefore the same second order

moment, which validates the section reinforcement found.


Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 9.20 cm2 = 2 x 4.60 cm2)

460

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.24.2.3 Reference results


Result name
As

Result description

Reference value
2

4.60 cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]

5.24.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Az

Value
-4.64 cm

Error
-0.8696 %

461

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.25 EC2 Test36: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal
curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5125
Test status: Passed

5.25.1 Description
Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C30/37.
Method based on nominal curvature
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and
all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation
along Z axis is also blocked.
This example is provided by the Calcul des Structures en beton book, by Jean-Marie Paille, edition Eyrolles.

5.25.2 Background
The calculation is based on nominal curvature method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.25.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

NG = 0.40 MN axial force

The self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

NQ = 0.30 MN axial force

462

= 0,3

Wind loads:

Hw = 0.250 MN wind horizontal effect

The wind loads are applied horizontally on the middle of the column to the wider face (against the
positive sense of the Y local axis)

The quasi permanent coefficient 2

The quasi permanent coefficients are: 0

Concrete cover 5cm


Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
Relative humidity RH=50%
Concrete age t0=30days
2
The reinforcement is set to 8HA16 (16.08cm )

= 1 and 2 = 0

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.35 m,
Width: b = 0.60 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and
all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation
along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:

N ED = 1.35 * N G + 1.5 * N Q = 1.35 * 0.4 + 1.5 * 0.3 = 0.99MN


e0 =

Mu
= 0cm
Nu

l
500

ei = max 2cm; 0 = max 2cm;


= 2cm
400
400

First order eccentricity: e1 = e 0 + e i = 2cm = 0.02m

463

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.25.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column:
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = l = 5m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 5
=
= 49.5
a
0.35

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is determined by the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M EQP
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

(,t0 )
M EQP
The

creep coefficient

serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M EQP value is calculated using the following combination: M EQP = G + 0.3Q + 0 * W

M 0 Eqp = N qp * e1 = (0.4 + 0.3 * 0.3) * 0.02 = 0.0098MNm

M Ed

ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

M 0 ED

value is calculated using the following combination:

M 0 Eqp = N ed * e1 + 1.5 * HW *

M oED = 1.35G + 1.5 * Q + 1.5 * W

5
L
= 0.99 * 0.02 + 1.5 * 0.25 * = 0.48855MNm
4
4

The moment report becomes:

M 0 Eqp
M 0 Ed

0.0098
= 0.02
0.48855

The creep coefficient

(,t0 ) is:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

464

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.73MPa
f cm
30 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.482
0.20
0.1 + 300.20
0.1 + t0

(for t0= 30 days concrete age).

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1 * 3 h0

RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%


Where 1

h0 =

= 2 = 1 if f cm

35
35MPa if not 1 =

f
cm

and

35

2 =
f cm

0.2

2 * Ac
2 * 0.35m * 0.60m
=
= 0.221m = 221mm
u
2 * (0.35m + 0.60m )

f cm = 38MPa > 35MPa


35

2 =
f cm

RH

0.7

0.2

35
=
38

35

1 =
f cm

therefore

0.7

35
=
38

0.7

= 0.944

and

0.2

= 0.984

50
RH

1
1

100 * * = 1 +
100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.752
= 1 +
1
2
0.1 * 3 221

0.1 * 3 h0

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.752 * 2.73 * 0.482 = 2.30


The effective creep coefficient calculation:

ef = (, t0 ) *

M EQP
M Ed

= 2.30 * 0.02 = 0.046


According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

1 + ef = 1 + 0.046 = 1.046
The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):
The M2 moment is calculated from the curvature formula:

e2 =

M 2 = N Ed * e2

1 l02
*
r c

l0 is the buckling length: l0 = l = 5m


c is a factor depending on the curvature distribution. According to chapter 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, c = 10.

1
1
= K r * K *
r
r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

f yd 434.78 2.1739
yd
1
and yd =
=
=
=
r0 (0.45 * d )
Es 200000 1000

465

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.1739
1
1000
=
=
= 0.0161m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * 0.30)

yd

Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

Kr =

nu n
1
nu nbal
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

n=

N Ed
0.99
=
= 0.236
Ac * f cd 0.6 * 0.35 * 20

nu = 1 +

As f yd
Ac f cd

16.08 * 104 * 434.78


= 0.166
0.6 * 0.35 * 20

nu = 1 + = 1. + 0.166 = 1.166

nbal = 0,4
Kr =

nu n
1.166 0.236
=
= 1.214
nu nbal
1.166 0.4

Condition: K r

1 , therefore it will be considered: K r = 1

K creep coefficient: K = 1 + * ef 1
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

= 0,35 +
=

f ck

200 150

l0 12 5 12
=
= 49.5
h
0.35

= 0.35 +

30 49.5

f ck

= 0.17

= 0.35 +
200 150
200 150

K = 1 + * ef = 1 + 0.17 * 0.046 = 1.008


Therefore:

1
1
= K r * K * = 1 * 1.008 * 0.0161 = 0.0162
r
r0

1 l2
5
e2 = * 0 = 0.0162 * = 0.04057 m
r c
10
M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.990 * 0.04057 = 0.04017 MNm
M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 = 0.48855 + 0.04017 = 0.5287 MNm

466

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The frames must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects, as follows:

N Ed = 0.990MN

M Ed = 0.5287 MNm
Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:
The calculation is considering the combined bending and axial solicitation and it is using the following values:

N Ed = 0.990MN

M Ed = 0.5287 MNm
The calculation resulted in 38.02cm2 tensioned reinforcement and a 20cm2 compressed reinforcement, meaning a
total of 58.02cm2 reinforcement area.
Buckling checking:
The calculation is performed considering the reinforcement area found previously (58.02cm2):
Curvature calculation:
The reinforcement area has an influence only over the Kr parameter:

1
= 0.0161m 1
r0

nu n
1
nu nbal

Kr =

n = 0.112

As * f yd
Ac * f cd

58,02 * 104 * 434.78


= 0.60
0.60 * 0.35 * 20

nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.60 = 1.60

nbal = 0,4

Kr =

1.60 0.112
= 1.24 1 K r = 1
1.60 0.40

K = 1

the creep coefficient

K = 1 + . ef 1

Therefore the curvature becomes:

1
1
= K r * K * = 0.0161m 1
r
r0
Considering this result, the same curvature is obtained, which means that the second order moment is the same. The
reinforcement section is correctly chosen.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


5 nodes,
1 linear element.

467

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 38.02cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 76.02 cm2)

5.25.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Ay

Tensioned reinforcement area [cm2]

38.02cm2

5.25.3 Calculated results


Result name
Ay

468

Result description
Ay

Value
-38.01 cm

Error
0.0263 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.26 EC2 Test 40: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression force and
significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5153
Test status: Passed

5.26.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small compression force and
significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Nominal rigidity method - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of
nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.26.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.26.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

15kN axial force

150kMm rotation moment applied to the column top

The self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

7kN axial force

100kNm rotation moment applied to the column top


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Concrete cover 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

469

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*15+150*7=30.75kN=0.03075MN
MEd=1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kNm=0.352MNm

e0 =

MEd
0.352
=
= 11.45m
0.03075
NEd

5.26.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column:
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

470

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
=
= 80.37
a
0.50

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M EQP
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

(,t0 )

creep coefficient

M EQP serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed

ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei
ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

N Eqp1 = 15 + 0.30 * 7 = 17.10kN


M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 17.10 * 10.56 = 180.58kNm = 0.181MNm
The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

The creep coefficient

(,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

RH

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.72
30 + 8
f cm

1
1
= 0.488
=
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

(for t0= 28 days concrete age).

RH

100

* 1 * 2
= 1+
0.1 * 3 h0

f cm > 35MPa therefore:

35

1 =
f cm

0.7

35
=
38

0 .7

35

2 =
= 0.944
f cm

and

0.2

35
=
38

0.2

= 0.984

471

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

h0 =

2 * Ac
2 * 500 * 500
=
= 250mm RH
u
2 * (500 + 500 )

50

100
* 0.984 = 1.72
= 1 +
*
0
.
944
0.1 * 3 250

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28


The effective creep coefficient calculation:

ef = (, t0 ) *

M EQP
M Ed

= 2.28 *

0.181
= 1.17
0.352
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

lim =

20 * A * B * C
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

n=

N Ed
0.031
=
= 0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20

A=

1
1
=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.17 = 0.81

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1

C = 1,7 rm = 0.70
lim =

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7


= 158.42
0.0062

= 80.37 < lim = 158.42


Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:
The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 30.75kN = 0,03075 MN
MEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN= 0.3525MNm
Therefore, we must calculate:

The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections


Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

M Ed
0.3525
=
= 11.46m
N Ed 0.03075

Additional eccentricity:

ei =
472

l0
11.6
=
= 0.03m
400 400

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:


The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

N Ed = 0.03075MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 11.49m
M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 11.49 * 0.03075 = 0.353MNm
M = N Ed * e0
20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max
= 20mm
16.7mm
30
30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:
The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram

The input parameters of the diagram are:

M Ed
0.353
=
= 0.141
2
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20

N Ed
0.03075
=
= 0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20

Therefore:

= 0.35
The reinforcement area will be:

As =

* 0.502 * 20
= 40.25cm 2
434.78

which means 20.13cm2 per face.

The total area will be 40.25cm2.

473

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 19.32cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 38.64 cm2= 2 x 19.32cm2)

474

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.26.2.3 Reference results


Result name
Az

Result description

Reference value
2

19.32 cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]

5.26.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Az

Value
-19.32 cm

Error
4.0000 %

475

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.27 EC2 Test 42: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation moment
and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5205
Test status: Passed

5.27.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant rotation moment and small
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
Nominal curvature method.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.27.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the member by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.27.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

476

Loadings from the structure (G):

15 kN axial force

150 kMm rotation moment applied to the column top

The self-weight is neglected

Exploitation loadings (Q) from B exploitation category ( 2

7 kN axial force

100 kNm bending moment applied to the column top


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Distance between the reinforcement legs: a = 40 cm = 0.40 m
The column is considered isolated and braced

= 0.3 ):

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height and width are equal (square shape): b = h = 0.50 m,


Length: l = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 3 cm; ehy = 3 cm)

Materials properties
The following characteristics are used in relation to concrete class C30/37 and steel reinforcement S500B materials:

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B


Exposure class: XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 30 MPa

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500MPa

Design value of concrete compressive strength:

f cd =

Design value of yield strength of reinforcement:

f yd =

Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es = 200000 MPa

f ck

f yk

30
= 20MPa
1.5

500 MPa
= 434.78MPa
1.15

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

477

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd = 1.35 * 15kN + 1.50 * 7kN = 30.75 kN = 0.03075 MN


MEd = 1.35 * 150kNm + 1.50 * 100kNm = 352.50 kNm = 0.3525 MNm

e0 =

M Ed
0.352 MNm
=
= 11.45m
N Ed 0.03075MN

5.27.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 *11.60m
=
= 80.37
0.50m
h

Effective creep coefficient calculation


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M Eqp
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

(,t0 )

creep coefficient

M Eqp serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed

ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei

ei = 0.029m
Eccentricity e1 is determined considering the first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

e1 = e0 + ei =

M Eqp 0
N Eqp 0

+ ei =

150kNm + 0.30 *100kNm


+ 0.029m 10.56m
15kN + 0.30 * 7 kN

N Eqp1 = 15kN + 0.30 * 7 kN = 17.10kN


M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 17.10kN *10.56m = 180.58kNm = 0.181MNm
The first order ULS moment was defined at the beginning, in the Loading chapter:

M Ed = 0.3525MNm
478

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The creep coefficient

(,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

RH

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.72
30 + 8
f cm

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

(for t0= 28 days concrete age).

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1 * 3 h0

f cm > 35MPa therefore:

35

1 =
f cm

0.7

35
=
38

0.7

35

= 0.944 and 2 =
f cm

0.2

35
=
38

0.2

= 0.984

h0 is the notional size of the member (in mm):

h0 =

2 * 0.5m * 0.5m
2 * Ac
=
= 0.250m = 250mm RH
2 * (0.5m + 0.5m )
u

50

100
* 0.984 = 1.72
*
0
.
944
= 1 +

0.1* 3 250

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28


After a numerical replacement of each term, effective creep coefficient becomes:

ef = (, t0 ) *

M EQP
M Ed

= 2.28 *

0.181MNm
= 1.17
0.352 MNm
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

lim =

20 * A * B * C
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

n=

0.031
N Ed
=
= 0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20

A=

1
1
=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.17 = 0.81

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1
C = 1.7 rm = 0.70

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known


because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

479

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

lim =

20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7


= 158.42
0.0062

= 80.37 < lim = 158.42


Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS
The solicitations for the ULS load combination are:

NEd = 0.03075 MN

MEd = 0.3525 MNm


Therefore it must be determined:

The eccentricity of the first order at ULS, due to the applied stresses

The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections


Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

M Ed 0.3525MNm
=
= 11.46m
N Ed
0.03075MN

Additional eccentricity:

ei =

l0
11.6m
=
= 0.029m
400
400

The corrected forces, which are used for the combined flexural calculations, are the following:

N Ed = 0.03075MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 11.46m + 0.029m 11.49m
M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 11.49m * 0.03075MN = 0.353MNm
According to clause 6.1 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, for sections subjected to combined bending and compression efforts,
the design bending moment value should be at least M = NEd * e0, where
h
500 mm

e0 = max 20 mm;
= max( 20 mm; 16.7 mm ) = 20 mm
= max 20 mm;
30
30

Corrected bending moment is bigger than this value, so clause 6.1 (4) is fulfilled.

480

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation


The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by using the following diagram:

The input parameters of the diagram are:

M Ed
0.353MNm
=
= 0.141
2
b * h * f cd 0.50m * 0.50 2 m 2 * 20 MPa

N Ed
0.03075MN
=
= 0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5m * 0.5m * 20 MPa

Therefore:

= 0.35
The total reinforcement area will be:

* 0.50 2 m 2 * 20 MPa
434.78MPa

= 40.25cm 2

which means 20.125cm2 per face.

The nominal curvature method (second order effect)


In the following, the steps necessary to calculate the curvature are shown.
Considering a reinforcement of 40.25cm (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following
formula:

1
1
= K r * K *
r
r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

f yd

434.78MPa

Es
1
yd
=
=
= 200000MPa = 0.0107 m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * d ) 0.45 * 0.45m

481

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

Kr =

nu n
1
nu nbal

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

N Ed
0.03075MN
=
= 0.00615
Ac * f cd 0.50 m 2 * 20 MPa

n=

As * f yd
Ac * f cd

40.25 *10 4 m 2 * 434.78MPa


= 0.350
0.50 m 2 * 20 MPa

nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.350 = 1.350
nbal = 0.4

Kr =

1.350 0.00615
= 1.41
1.350 0.40

Condition: K r

1 , therefore it will be considered: K r = 1

creep coefficient:

K = 1 + * ef 1

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

therefore

Calculation of design bending moment


The calculation of design bending moment is estimated from the formula:

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2
Where:

M 0 Ed

M2

is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections;

is nominal moment of second order.

The 2nd order moment is given by the curvature:

M 2 = N Ed * e2
1 l2
11.60
e2 = * 0 = 0.0107 *
= 0.1799m
r c
8
Note: c = 8 according to 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top
of column).

M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.03075MN * 0.1799m = 0.00553MNm


M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 = 0.353MNm + 0.00553MNm = 0.35853MNm

482

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects, as follows:

N Ed = 0.03075MN
M Ed = 0.35853MNm
Reinforcement calculation according to the second order effects
The interaction diagram will be used.
The input parameters in the diagram are:

M Ed
0.35853
=
= 0.143
2
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.52 * 20

From the diagram

As =

= 0.35

* b * h * f cd
f yd

will be obtained, which gives:

0.35 * 0.50 m 2 * 20 MPa


= 0.004025m 2 = 40.25cm
434.78MPa

Meaning a 20.125 cm2 per side (which confirms the initial section)
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical longitudinal reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 40.25 cm2 = 2 * 20.125 cm2)

483

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.27.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Az

Longitudinal reinforcement area [cm2]

20.125 cm2

5.27.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

484

Result description
Az

Value
-19.32 cm

Error
4.0000 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.28 EC2 Test33: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity
method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5109
Test status: Passed

5.28.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1).
The column is made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial force, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is
performed.
Nominal rigidity method.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are also blocked.
This test is based on the example from "Applications of Eurocode 2" (J. & JA Calgaro Cortade).

5.28.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity of a
square cross section made from concrete C30/37, and then calculate the frames by considering a section
symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.28.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases are used:
Loadings from the structure (G):

1260 kN axial force (1.260 MN) axial force

The self-weight is neglected


The column is considered isolated and braced

2 = 0.3
2
2
The reinforcement is set to 4HA20 (2 x 6.28cm = 12.56cm )

485

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.30 m;
Width: b = 0.30 m;
Length: L = 4.74 m;

Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )
Materials Properties
Used materials:
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The following characteristics are used in relation to this / these material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 30 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa)
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength:

f cd =

Design value of yield strength of reinforcement:

f yd =

f ck

f yk

30MPa
= 20 MPa
1.5

500 MPa
= 434.78MPa
1.15

Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and to the top part, the translations along X
and Y axes are also blocked.

486

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G


The characteristic combination of actions is: CCQ = 1.0 x G

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:


NEd = 1.35 * 1.260 MN = 1.701 MN
The characteristic combination of actions is:
NEqp = 1.0 * 1.260 MN = 1.260 MN
Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

Mu
0
=
= 0m
N u 1.7

5.28.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Load calculation:
Additional eccentricity due to geometric imperfections:
Buckling length: L0 = 0.7*4.74 = 3.32 m

L
332

ei = max 2cm; 0 = max 2cm;


= max(2cm;0.83cm ) = 2cm = 0.02m
400
400

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.2(7)


The first order eccentricity:

e1 = e0 + ei = 0.02m

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):


Calculating the slenderness of the column:

L0 * 12 3.32 * 12
=
= 38.34
h
0.3

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

lim =

20 * A * B * C
n

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)


Where:

n=

N Ed
1.7
=
= 0.944
Ac * f cd 0.30 * 20

A = 0.7 if ef

is not known, if it is,

A=

1
1 + 0.2 * ef

B = 1.1 if (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, B = 1 + 2 * = 1 + 2 *

As * f yd
Ac * f cd

12.56 * 104 * 434.78


= 1.27
In this case B = 1 + 2 *
0.3 * 20
C = 0.70

if

rm is not known, if it is, C = 1.7 rm


487

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

In this case:

20 * A * B * C 20 * 0.7 * 1.27 * 0.7


=
= 12.81
n
0.944

lim =

= 38.34 > lim = 12.81


Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t 0 ).

M 0 EQP
M 0 Ed

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)


Where:

(,t0 )

M 0 EQP

is the first order bending moment in quasi-permanent load combination (SLS)

M 0 Ed

is the first order bending moment in design load combination (ULS)

t0 is the concrete age

final creep coefficient

The ratio of the moment is in this case:

M 0 Eqp
M 0 Ed

N eqp * e1
N ed *e1

N eqp
N ed

1.26
= 0.74
1.7

According to annex B of EN 1992-1-1, the creep coefficient

(,t0 ) is defined as:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
With:

( f cm ) =

(t0 ) =

RH

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.73MPa
f cm
30 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

(for t0 = 28 days concrete age).

RH

100

= 1+
* 1 * 2
0.1 * 3 h0

1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa
35

1 =
f cm
h0 =

488

0.7

and

35

2 =
f cm

0.2

if

f cm > 35MPa

2 * Ac
2 * 300 * 300
=
= 150mm
u
2 * (300 + 300)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

RH relative humidity: RH=50%


h0: is the notional size of the member (in mm)
u: column section perimeter
0.7

f cm

RH

50
RH

1
1

100 * * = 1 +
100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.86
= 1 +
1
2
0.1 * 3 150

0.1 * 3 h0

= 0.944

and

35
2 =
38

0.2

35
= 38MPa 35MPa 1 =
38

= 0.984

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.86 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.48


ef = (, t0 ) *

M 0 Eqp
M 0 Ed

= 2.48 * 0.74 = 1.835

1 + ef = 1 + 1.835 = 2.835
Calculation of nominal rigidity:
The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:

E cd

: is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of concrete

I c : is the moment of inertia of concrete cross section


E s : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of reinforcement

I s : is the second moment of area of reinforcement, about the center of area of the concrete
K c : is a factor for effects of cracking, creep etc.
K s : is a factor for contribution of reinforcement
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)

Kc =

k1 * k2
1 + e

1 + ef = 2.835

k1 =

k2 =
n=

f ck
=
20

30
= 1.22
20

n*
170
1.7
N Ed
= 0.944
=
Ac * f cd 0.3 * 20

= 38.34

489

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

k2 =

n * 0.944 * 38.34
=
= 0.213 k2 = 0.20
170
170
k1 * k 2 1.22 0.20
=
= 0.086
1 + e
2.835

Kc =
Ecd =

E cm

CE

f +8
= 22 * ck

10

Ecd =

Ic =

Ecm

Ecm

CE

0.3

30 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 32837 MPa

32837
= 27364MPa
1.2

b * h3 0.3 * 0.33
=
= 0.000675m 4
12
12

Ks = 1

E s = 200GPa
2

A
12.56 *10 4 0.25 0.05
d d'
4
5
I s = 2 * theo *
*
= 2*
= 1.256 *10 m
2 2
2
2

EI = 0.086 * 27364 * 0.000675 + 1 * 200000 * 1.256 * 10 5 = 4.1MNm


Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as an increased value of the first order moment:

M Ed

1.234
= 0.034 * 1 +
= M 0 Ed * 1 +
= 0.070 MNm
3.67
NB

1
1

1.7
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.0231MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

N Ed = 1.155MN (normal force acting at ULS)


=

c0

c0 = 8

for a constant first order moment (no horizontal force at the top of column).

= 1.234
8

NB =

490

and

* EI
Lf

* 4.10
3.32

= 3.67 MN

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The calculation made with flexural:

N Ed = 1.7 MN

and

M Ed = 0.070MNm

2
Therefore, a 2 x 6.64cm reinforcement area is obtained.

The calculated reinforcement is very close to the initial assumption (2*6.28cm2).


It is not necessary to continue the calculations; it retains a section of 2*6.64cm2 and it sets up 4HA20.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.
2
Theoretical reinforcement area(cm )

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 13.08 cm2 = 2 x 6.64cm2)

491

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.28.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Az

Reinforcement area [cm2]

6.64 cm2

5.28.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

492

Result description
Az

Value
-6.53808 cm

Error
0.0000 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.29 EC2 Test 37: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method Professional
rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5126
Test status: Passed

5.29.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square concrete column made of concrete C25/30, using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simplified Method
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also
blocked.

5.29.2 Background
Simplified Method
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.29.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

800kN axial force

The self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

800kN axial force


Concrete cover 5cm
Concrete C25/30
Steel reinforcement S500B
Relative humidity RH=50%
Buckling length L0=0.70*4=2.80m

493

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.400 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also
blocked.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:

N ED = 1.35 * 800 + 1.5 * 800 = 2280kN


5.29.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column
Scope of the method:

L0
L
L
L
L
L * 12 2.8 * 12
= 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0
=
= 24.25
4
2
a
i
a
0.4
I
a
a
12
A
12
12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)

494

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The method of professional rules can be applied as:

< 120
20 < f ck < 50MPa
h > 0.15m
Reinforcement calculation:

= 24.25 < 60 , therefore:


=

0.86

1+
62

0.86
24.25
1+

62

= 0.746

According to Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment, by Henry Thonier, page 283
Not knowing the values for and , we can considered k h = 0.93

k s = 1.6 0.6 *

As =

1
f yd

f yk
500

= 1.6 0.6 *

500
=1
500

N ed
1
2.280

*
*
0.4 * 0.4 *16.67 = 14,24cm
b * h * f cd =

434.78 0.93 *1 * 0.746


kh * ks *
According to Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment, by Henry Thonier, page 283

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


5 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 14.24cm2=4*3.56cm2)

495

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.29.2.3 Reference results


Result name
Ay

Result description

Reference value
2

3.57cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]

5.29.3 Calculated results


Result name
Ay

496

Result description
Ay

Value
-3.56562 cm

Error
-0.1579 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.30 EC2 Test 41: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant compression force
and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5195
Test status: Passed

5.30.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant compression
force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Nominal rigidity method.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity and then
calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.30.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.30.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

150kN axial force

15kMm rotation moment applied to the column top

The self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

100kN axial force

7kNm rotation moment applied to the column top

2 = 0,3

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Concrete cover 3cm and 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a=40cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

497

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35*150+1.50*100 = 352.50kN = 0.035MN
MEd = 1.35*15+1.50*7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm

e0 =

MEd
0.03705
=
= 0.087m
NEd
0.353

5.30.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column:
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

498

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
=
= 80.37
a
0.50

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M EQP
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

(,t0 )

creep coefficient

M EQP serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed

ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei
ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

e1 = e0 + ei =

M Eqp 0
N Eqp 0

+ ei =

15 + 0.30 * 7
+ 0.30 = 0.125m
150 + 0.30 * 100

N Eqp1 = 150 + 0.30 * 100 = 180kN


M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 180 * 0.125 = 22.50kNm = 0.0225MNm
The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

M Ed 1 = 0.041MNm
The creep coefficient

(,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

RH

16.8
16.8
= 2.72
=
30 + 8
f cm

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

(for t0= 28 days concrete age).

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1 * 3 h0

f cm > 35MPa therefore:

35

1 =
f
cm

0 .7

35
=
38

0 .7

35

= 0.944 and 2 =
f
cm

0.2

35
=
38

0.2

= 0.984

50

2 * Ac
2 * 500 * 500
100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.72
h0 =
=
= 250mm RH = 1 +
u
2 * (500 + 500 )
0.1 * 3 250

499

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28


The effective creep coefficient calculation:

ef = (, t0 ) *

M EQP
M Ed

= 2.28 *

0.0225
= 1.25
0.041
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:

lim =

20 * A * B * C
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

n=

N Ed
0.353
=
= 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20

A=

1
1
=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.25 = 0.80

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70
lim =

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.80 * 1.1 * 0.7


= 46.24
0.071

= 80.37 > lim = 46.24


Therefore, the second order effects must be taken into account.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:
The stresses for the ULS load combination are:

NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN

MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm


Therefore, we must calculate:

The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections


Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

M Ed 0.03075
=
= 0.087 m
N Ed
0.353

Additional eccentricity:

ei =

l0
11.6
=
= 0.03m
400 400

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:


The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

N Ed = 0.353MN

500

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

e1 = e0 + ei = 0.117m
M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 0.117 * 0.353 = 0.041MNm
M = N Ed * e0
20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max
= 20mm
16.7mm
30
30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:
To apply the nominal rigidity method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete
section will be sized considering only the first order effect.
The Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum
percentage area.
The reinforcement will be determined using a compound bending with compressive stress. The determined
solicitations were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced
to the centroid of tensioned steel:

0.50
h

M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.041 + 0.353 * 0.45


= 0.112MNm
2
2

Verification about the partially compressed section:

BC = 0,8 *
cu =

h
h
0,50
0,50
) = 0,494
* (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 *
* (1 0,4 *
0,45
d
d
0,45

0.112
M ua
=
= 0.055
bw * d * f cd 0.50 * 0.45 * 20

cu = 0.055 < BC = 0.494

therefore the section is partially compressed

The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:

cu = 0.055

u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,055) = 0,071


zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,45 * (1 0,4 * 0,071) = 0,437m
A =

M ua
0,112
=
= 5,89cm
zc * f yd 0,437 * 434,78

501

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:


For the compound bending:

A = A

N
0.353
= 5.89 * 10 4
= 2.23cm 2
Fyd
434.78

The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:

As , min =

0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.353


=
= 0.81cm
Fyd
434.78

Therefore, a 5cm2 reinforcement area will be considered.

5.30.2.3 Calculation of the second order effects:


Estimation of the nominal rigidity:
It is estimated the nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:

Ecd =

Ecm
1.2

f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 38Mpa
Ecm

f
= 22000 * cm
10

Ecd =
Ic =

0.3

38
= 22000 *
10

0.3

= 32836.57 Mpa

Ecm 32837
=
= 27364 Mpa
1.2
1.2

b * h3 0.50 4
=
= 5,208.10 3 m 4
12
12
inertia of the concrete section only

Es = 200000Mpa

Is

: Inertia

As
5.104
=
= 0.002
Ac 0.50 * 0.50

0.002 =

k1 =
n=

f ck
=
20

30
= 1.22
20

N Ed
0.353
=
= 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20

k2 = n *

502

As
< 0.01
Ac

80.37

= 0.071 *
= 0.0336 0.20
170
170

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5 * 104 0.50
A h

*
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 *
0.05 = 2.10 5 m 4
2
2 2

Ks = 1

and

Kc =

k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.0336
=
= 0.018
1 + ef
1 + 1.25

Therefore:

EI = 0.018 * 27364 * 5,208 * 103 + 1 * 200000 * 2 * 105 = 6.56MNm


Stress correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:

M Ed

= M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB

1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.041MNm

(moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

N Ed = 0.353MN (normal force acting at ULS).


In addition:

c0

and

c0 = 8

because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

= 1.234

NB = *

EI
6.56
=*
= 0.48MN
2
l0
11.60

It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:

M Ed

1.234
= 0.041 * 1 +
= 0.182MNm
0.48

1
0.353

There is thus a second order moment of 0.182MNm


Calculation of the flexural combined reinforcement
The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram:

M Ed = 0.182MNm
N Ed = 0.353MN

503

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The input parameters of the diagram are:

M Ed
0.182
=
= 0.073
2
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20

N Ed
0.353
=
= 0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20

Therefore:

= 0.11
The reinforcement area will be:

As =

* b * h * f cd 0.11 * 0.502 * 20
=
= 12.65cm 2
f yd
434.78

This means a total of 12.65cm2


The initial calculations must be repeated by increasing the section; a 6cm2 reinforcement section will be considered.
Additional iteration:
One more iteration by considering an initial section of 6.5cm

504

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Estimation of the nominal rigidity:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:

Ecd =

Ecm
1.2

f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 38Mpa
f
Ecm = 22000 * cm
10

Ecd =
Ic =

0.3

38
= 22000 *
10

0.3

= 32836.57 Mpa

Ecm 32837
=
= 27364 Mpa
1.2
1. 2

b * h3 0.504
=
= 5,208.10 3 m 4
12
12

considering only the concrete section only

Es = 200000Mpa
Is

: Inertia

As
6.5 * 104
=
= 0.0026
Ac 0.50 * 0.50

0.002 =

k1 =
n=

f ck
=
20

As
< 0.01
Ac

30
= 1.22
20

N Ed
0.353
=
= 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20

k2 = n *

80.37
= 0.071 *
= 0.0336 0.20
170
170
2

A h
6.5 * 104 0.50

0.05 = 2.6 10 5 m 4
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 *

2 2
2

K s = 1 and

Kc =

k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.0336
=
= 0.018
1 + 1.25
1 + ef

Therefore:

EI = 0.018 * 27364 * 5,208 *103 + 1 * 200000 * 2.6 *105 = 7.78MNm


Stress correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:

505

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M Ed

= M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB

1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.041MNm

(moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

N Ed = 0.353MN (normal force acting at ULS).


In addition:

c0

and

c0 = 8

because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

= 1.234

NB = *

7.78
EI
=*
= 0.57 MN
2
11.60
l0

It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:

M Ed

1.234
= 0.041 * 1 +
= 0.123MNm
0.57

1
0.353

There is thus a second order moment of 0.123MNm


Calculation of the flexural compound reinforcement
The theoretical reinforcement will be determined, from the following diagram:

M Ed = 0.123MNm

N Ed = 0.353MN

506

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The input parameters of the diagram are:

M Ed
0.123
=
= 0.049
2
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20

N Ed
0.353
=
= 0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20

Therefore:

= 0.05
The reinforcement area will be:

As =

* b * h * f cd 0.05 * 0.502 * 20
=
= 5.75cm 2
f yd
434.78

This means a total of 5.75cm2


Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 5.75cm2=2*2.88cm2)

507

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 6.02 cm2)

5.30.2.4 Reference results


Result name
Az

Result description

Reference value
2

2.88 cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]

5.30.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

508

Result description
Az

Value
-3.01 cm

Error
-4.6957 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.31 EC2 Test31: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation
moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5101
Test status: Passed

5.31.1 Description
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C25/30.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced. Verifies the column to resist simple bending.
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.31.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.31.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

15t axial force

1.5tm rotation moment applied to the column top

The self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

6.5t axial force

0.7tm rotation moment applied to the column top

2 = 0,3

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Concrete cover 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm
Concrete C25/30
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

509

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*15+150*6.5=30t=0.300MN
MEd=1.35*1.50+1.5*0.7=3.075t=0.31MNm

e0 =

MEd
0.031
= 0.10m
=
NEd
0.300

5.31.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column:
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 12m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

510

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 12
=
= 104
a
0.40

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M EQP
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

Where:

(,t0 )

creep coefficient

serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination


ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)
First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei
ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

e1 = e0 + ei =

M Eqp 0
N Eqp 0

+ ei =

1.50 + 0.30 * 0.70


+ 0.30 = 0.13m
15 + 0.30 * 0.65

N Eqp1 = 1.50 + 0.30 * 0.70 = 16.95t


M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 16.95 * 0.13 = 2.20tm = 0.022MNm
The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

RH

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.92
f cm
25 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

(for t0= 28 days concrete age).

RH
100
=1+
0.1 * 3 h0
1

50
1
2 * Ac
2 * 400 * 400
100 = 1.85
h0 =
=
= 200mm RH = 1 +
u
2 * (400 + 400)
0.1 * 3 200

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.64

511

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

ef = (, t0 ) *

M EQP
M Ed

= 2.64 *

0.022
= 1.49
0.039
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

lim =

20 * A * B * C
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

Where:

n=

N Ed
0.300
=
= 0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40 * 16.67

A=

1
1
=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.49 = 0.77

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70
lim =

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.77 *1.1* 0.7


= 35.43
0.112

= 104 > lim = 35.43


Therefore, the second order effects most be considered.
The second order effects; The buckling calculation:
The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*6.50= 30 t = 0,300MN
MEd= 1.35*1.50 + 1.50*0.7= 3.075 t = 0,031MNm
Therefore it must be determined:

The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied

The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections


Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

M Ed 0.031
=
= 0.10m
0.300
N Ed

Additional eccentricity:

ei =

12
l0
=
= 0.03m
400 400

The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:


The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

N Ed = 0.300MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 0.13m

512

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M Ed = e1 * N Ed = (0.10 + 0.03) * 0.300 = 0.039MNm


M = N Ed * e0

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)


Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:
To play the nominal rigidity method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section
considering only the first order effects.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above
were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of
the tensioned steel.

0.40
h

M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.039 + 0.300 * 0.35


= 0.084MNm
2
2

Verification if the section is partially compressed:

BC = 0,8 *
cu =

h
h
0,40
0,40
* (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 *
* (1 0,4 *
) = 0,496
d
d
0,35
0,35

M ua
0.084
=
= 0.103
bw * d * f cd 0.40 * 0.35 * 16.67

cu = 0.103 < 0.496 = BC

therefore the section is partially compressed.

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

cu = 0.103

u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,103) = 0,136


zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,35 * (1 0,4 * 0,136) = 0,331m

513

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:


For the combined bending:

N
0.300
= 5.84 * 10 4
= 1.06cm 2
f yd
434.78

A = A'

The minimum reinforcement percentage:

As , min =

0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.300


=
= 0.69cm 0.002 * Ac = 3.02cm 2
f yd
434.78

The reinforcement will be 4HA10 representing a 3.14cm2 section


The second order effects calculation:
The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:
Calculation of nominal rigidity:
The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)
With:

Ecd =

Ecm
1.2

f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa
f
Ecm = 22000 * cm
10

Ecd =
Ic =

0.3

33
= 22000 *
10

b * h 3 0.40 4
=
= 2,133.10 3 m4
12
12

I s : Inertia

As
3,14.104
=
= 0.002
Ac 0.40 0.40

0.002 =

k1 =
n=

514

= 31476 Mpa

Ecm 31476
=
= 26230 Mpa
1.2
1.2

Es = 200000Mpa

0 .3

f ck
=
20

As
< 0.01
Ac

25
= 1.12Mpa
20

0.300
N Ed
=
= 0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40 *16.67

(cross section inertia)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

k2 = n *

104

= 0.112 *
= 0.069 0.20
170
170

Is = 2 *

As
2

K s = 1 and

3,14 * 104 0.40

h
*
* c = 2*
0.05 = 7,06 * 10 6 m4
2

2
Kc =

k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
=
= 0.031
1 + ef
1 + 1.49

Therefore:

EI = 0.031 * 26230 * 2,133 * 103 + 1 * 200000 * 7,06 * 106 = 3.15MNm


Corrected stresses:
The total moment, including the second order effects is defined as a value and is added to the first order moment
value:

M Ed

= M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB

1
N Ed

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.3 (1)

M 0 Ed = 0.039MNm

(time of first order (ULS) taking into account the geometric imperfections, relative to the

center of gravity of concrete).

N Ed = 0.300MN (normal force acting at ULS).


And:

c0

with

c0 = 8

because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.3 (2)

= 1.234

NB = *

EI
3.15
=*
= 0.216 MN
2
l0
12

Therefore the second order moment is:

M Ed

1.234
= 0.133MNm
= 0.039 * 1 +
0.216

1
0.300

There is a second order moment that is negative because it was critical that the normal force, NB, is less than the
applied normal force => instability.
A section corresponding to a ratio of 5 will be considered and the corresponding equivalent stiffness is
recalculated.

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s

515

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

With:

Ecd = 26230Mpa ; I c = 2,133.103 m4


Es = 200000Mpa
Is

: Inertia

= 0,005 As = 0,005 * Ac = 0,005 * 0,40 = 8cm


It sets up : 4HA16 =>

0.002 =

= 0,005 As = 8,04cm

As
< 0.01
Ac
2

As h
8,04 * 104 0.40

0.05 = 1,81 * 10 5 m 4
Is = 2 * * c = 2 *
*
2 2
2

K s = 1 and

Kc =

k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
=
= 0.031
1 + ef
1 + 1.49

Therefore:

EI = 0.031 * 26230 * 2,133.103 + 1 * 200000 * 1,81.105 = 5.35MNm


The second order effects must be recalculated:

M Ed

= M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB

1
N Ed

= 1.234
NB = *

M Ed

EI
5.35
=*
= 0.367 MN
2
l0
12

1.234
= 0.254MNm
= 0.039 * 1 +
0.367

1
0.300

There is thus a second order moment of 0.254MNm.


This moment is expressed relative to the center of gravity.

516

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement calculation for combined bending


The necessary frames for the second order stresses can now be determined.
A column frames can be calculated from the diagram below:

The input parameters in the diagram are:

0.254
M Ed
=
= 0.238
2
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67

v=

N Ed
0.300
=
= 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67

= 0.485 is obtained, which gives:

* b * h * f cd
f yd

0.485 * 0.40 * 16.67


= 29.75cm
434.78

Therefore set up a section 14.87cm per side must be set, or 3HA32 per side (by excess)
Buckling checking
The column in place will be verified without buckling. The new reinforcement area must be considered for the
2
previous calculations: 6HA32 provides As=48.25cm
The normal rigidity evaluation:
It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

EI = K c .E cd . I c + K s .E s . I s
With:

Is

: Inertia

As 48,25 * 104
=
= 0.03
Ac 0.40 * 0.40

517

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

48,25 * 104 0.40


A h

*
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 *
0.05 = 1,086.10 4 m 4
2
2 2

k1 = 1.12
k2 = 0.069
K s = 1 and

Kc =

k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
=
= 0.031
1 + ef
1 + 1.49

The following conditions are not implemented in Advance Design:

=
If:

Kc =

As
0.01
Ac

0,3
1 + 0,5 * ef

Then:

EI = 0.031 * 26230 * 2,133 * 103 + 200000 * 1,086 * 104 = 23.45MNm


Corrected stresses
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:

M Ed

= M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB

1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.039MNm
N Ed = 0.300MN

(normal force acting at ULS)

= 1.234
NB = *

23.45
EI
=*
= 1.607 MN
2
12
l0

It was therefore a moment of second order which is:

M Ed

1.234
= 0.039 * 1 +
= 0.05MNm
1.607

1
0.300

Reinforcement calculation:

M Ed = 0.05MNm => =
N Ed = 0.300MN => v =

518

M Ed
0.05
=
= 0.047
2
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67

N Ed
0.300
=
= 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The minimum reinforcement percentage conditions are not satisfied therefore there will be one more iteration.
Additional iteration:
The additional iteration will be made for a section corresponding to 1%; As=0.009*0.40=14.4cm2, which is 7.2cm2 per
side. A 3HA16 reinforcement will be chosen by either side (6HA16 for the entire column), which will give
As=12.03cm2.
Nominal rigidity evaluation:

EI = K c .E cd . I c + K s .E s . I s .
Is

: Inertia

As 12,06 *10 4
= 0.00754
=
Ac 0.40 * 0.40

0.002 =
if

Is = 2 *

As
2

K s = 1 and

As
< 0.01
Ac
2

12,06 * 104 0.40


h

0.05 = 2,71.10 5 m 4
* c = 2*
*
2
2

Kc =

k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
= 0.031
=
1 + 1.49
1 + ef

Therefore:

EI = 0.031 * 26230 * 2,133 * 103 + 1 * 200000 * 2,71 * 105 = 7.15MNm

519

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Second order loads calculation:

M Ed

= M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB

1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.039MNm
N Ed = 0.300MN

(normal force acting at ULS).

= 1.234
NB = *

M Ed

7.15
EI
=*
= 0.49 MN
2
12
l0

1.234
= 0.039 * 1 +
= 0.115MNm
0.49

1
0.300

Reinforcement calculation:
Frames are calculated again from the interaction diagram:

M Ed
0.115
=
= 0.108
2
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67

v=

N Ed
0.300
=
= 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67

= 0.18 is obtained, which gives:

* b * h * f cd
f yd

0.18 * 0.40 *16.67


= 11.04cm
434.78

Therefore set up a section 5.52cm per side must be set; this will be the final column reinforcement
Finite elements modeling

520

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 11.04cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 11.16 cm2 = 2 x 5.58 cm2)

521

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.31.2.3 Reference results


Result name
Az

Result description

Reference value
2

5.58 cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]

5.31.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

522

Result description
Az

Value
-5.58 cm

Error
0.0000 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.32 EC2 Test35: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to top Based
on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5123
Test status: Passed

5.32.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to compression to top
Based on nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Based on nominal rigidity method
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.32.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal stiffness method on a
rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37, and then calculate the frames by considering a section
symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.32.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

0.45 MN axial force

0.10 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top

The self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

0.50 MN axial force

0.06 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top

2 = 0,3

The column is considered isolated and braced

523

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.45 m,
Width: b = 0.70 m,
Length: L = 4.50 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )

Materials Properties
Used materials:
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The following characteristics are used in relation to this / these material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 30 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa) = 38MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength:

f cd =

Design value of yield strength of reinforcement:

f yd =

f ck

f yk

30MPa
= 20 MPa
1.5

500 MPa
= 434.78MPa
1.15

Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

524

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
The characteristic combination of actions is: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd = 1.35 * 0.45 MN + 1.5 * 0.5 MN = 1.3575 MN

MEd = 1.35 * 0.1 MNm + 1.5 * 0.06 MNm = 0.225 MNm


The characteristic combination of actions is:

NEqp = 1.0 * 0.45 MN + 0.30 * 0.5 MN = 0.6 MN


MEqp = 1.0 * 0.1 MNm + 0.30 * 0.06 MNm = 0.118 MNm

Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

Mu
0.225
=
= 0.166m
N u 1.3575

5.32.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Geometric characteristics of the column:
The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 2 * 4.50 = 9m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 9
=
= 69.28
0.45
a

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

ef = (, t0 ).

M EQP
M Ed

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)


Where:
Where:

(,t0 )

M 0 EQP

is the first order bending moment in quasi-permanent load combination (SLS)

M 0 Ed

is the first order bending moment in design load combination (ULS)

t0 is the concrete age

final creep coefficient

M 0 Eqp = 1.0 * 0.1 MNm + 0.30 * 0.06 MNm = 0.118 MNm

M 0 Ed = 1.35 * 0.1 MN + 1.5 * 0.06 MNm = 0.225 MNm


The moment report becomes:

M 0 Eqp
M 0 Ed

0.118
= 0.524
0.225

The creep coefficient

(,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )

525

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

With:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.73MPa
f cm
30 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

(for t0 = 28 days concrete age).

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
2
1

0.1 * 3 h0

RH

RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%

1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa
35

1 =
f
cm
h0 =

0.7

and

35

2 =
f
cm

0.2

if

f cm > 35MPa

2 * Ac
2 * 450 * 700
=
= 274mm
u
2 * (450 + 700)

Where:

RH relative humidity: RH = 50%


h0: is the notional size of the member (in mm)
u: column section perimeter
0.7

0.2

f cm

35
= 38MPa 35MPa 1 =
38

RH

RH
50

1
1

100
100

= 1+
* 1 * 2 = 1 +
* 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.70
0.1 * 3 h0

0.1 * 3 274

= 0.944

and

35
2 =
38

= 0.984

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.70 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.26


The effective creep coefficient calculation:

ef = (, t 0 ) *
5.8.4(2)

M EQP
M Ed

= 2.26 * 0.524 = 1.18 ,

according to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter

1 + ef = 1 + 1.18 = 2.18
The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):
For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

lim =

526

20 * A * B * C
n

, according to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

n=

N Ed
1.3575
=
= 0.215
Ac * f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20

A=

1
1
=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.18 = 0.81

B = 1.1 if (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, B = 1 + 2 * = 1 + 2 *


In this case B

= 1.1 , because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known.

C = 0.70

rm is not known, if it is, C = 1.7 rm

if

In this case C

lim =

As * f yd
Ac * f cd

= 0.70 , because the ratio between the first order moments is not known.

20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7


0.215

= 26.90

= 69.28 > lim = 26.90


Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.

5.32.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:


Initial eccentricity:

e0 =

0.225
= 0.166m
1.3575

Additional eccentricity:

ei =

l0
9
=
= 0.0225m
400 400

First order eccentricity- stresses correction:

N Ed = 1.3575MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 0.166m + 0.0225m = 0.1885m = 18.85cm

M Ed = N Ed * e1 = 1.3575MN * 0.1885m = 0.256MNm


Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:
To play the nominal rigidity method, a starting section frame is needed. For this, a concrete section considering only
the first order effects will be used.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results below
were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of
the tensioned steel.

527

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

h
0.45

M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.256 + 1.3575 * 0.40


= 0.494MNm
2
2

Verification if the section is partially compressed:

BC = 0.8 *

cu =

h
h
0.45
0.45
* (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 *
* (1 0.4 *
) = 0.495
d
d
0.40
0.40

M ua
0.494
=
= 0.220
bw * d * f cd 0.70 * 0.40 * 20

cu = 0.220 < 0.495 = BC , therefore the section is partially compressed.


Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

cu = 0.220

u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.220) = 0.315


z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.40 * (1 0.4 * 0.315) = 0.350m
A =

M ua
0.494
=
= 32.46cm
z c * f yd 0.350 * 434.78

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:


For the combined bending:

A = A'

1.3575
N
= 32.46 * 10 4
= 1.24cm 2
434.78
f yd

The minimum reinforcement percentage:

As ,min =

0.10 * N Ed 0.10 *1.3575


= 3.12cm < 0.002 * Ac = 6.3cm 2
=
434.78
f yd

Therefore, the reinforcement will be 8HA10 representing a 6.28 cm2 section.


The second order effects calculation:
The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:
Calculation of nominal rigidity:
It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s

528

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

E cd

: is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of concrete

I c : is the moment of inertia of concrete cross section


E s : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of reinforcement ( E s = 200000MPa )

I s : is the second moment of area of reinforcement, about the center of area of the concrete
K c : is a factor for effects of cracking, creep etc.
K s : is a factor for contribution of reinforcement
With:

Ecd =

Ecm
1.2

f cm = f ck + 8MPa = 38MPa
Ecm

f
= 22000 * cm
10

Ecd =
Ic =

0.3

38
= 22000 *
10

0.3

= 32837 MPa

Ecm 32837
= 27364MPa
=
1.2
1.2

b * h 3 0.70 * 0.45 3
=
= 5.316 * 10 3 m 4
12
12

(concrete only inertia)

Es = 200000MPa
As 6.28 * 10 4
=
= 0.002
=
Ac 0.70 * 0.45
0.002 =

k1 =
n=

f ck
=
20

As
< 0.01
Ac

30
= 1.22 MPa
20

N Ed
1.3575
=
= 0.215
Ac . f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20

k2 = n *

69.28

= 0.215 *
= 0.088 0.20
170
170
2

As h
6.28.10 4 0.45

*
Is = 2* * c = 2*
0.05 = 1.92.10 5 m 4
2
2 2
2

K s = 1 and K c =

k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.088
= 0.049
=
1 + 1.18
1 + ef

Therefore:

EI = 0.049 * 27364 * 5.316 *103 + 1 * 200000 *1.92 *105 = 10.97 MNm

529

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:

= M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB

N Ed

M Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.256MNm

(moment of first order (ULS)) taking into account geometric imperfections

N Ed = 1.3575MN (normal force acting at ULS).


=

c0

and

c0 = 8

the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).

= 1.234
8

NB = *

EI
10.82
=*
= 1.32MN
2
l0
9

The second order moment is:

M Ed 2

1.234
= 0.256 * 1 +
= 11.18MNm
1.32

1
1.3575

An additional iteration must be made by increasing the ratio of reinforcement.


Additional iteration:
The iteration is made considering 8HA12 or As = 9.05 cm2
Therefore

530

9.05 * 10 4
= 0.0029
0.70 * 0.45

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The following are obtained:

Therefore:

N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN
M Ed 2 = 2.48MNm
Given the mentioned reports, there must be another reiteration.
The reinforcement section must be increased to 8HA20 or As = 25.13 cm2 and

= 0.008 .

The followings results are obtained:

Therefore:

N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN

M Ed 2 = 0.563MNm
Using the Concrete Tools EC2, combined bending analytical calculation, a 28.80 cm2 value is found.
be another iteration.

There must

531

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The new considered reinforcement section is As = 30 cm2 and

= 0.0095 :

Therefore:

N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN

M Ed 2 = 0.499MNm
2
Using the Concrete Tools EC2, combined bending analytical calculation, a 22.22 cm value is found
reinforcement of the column is correct.

We therefore retain a theoretical section of 30 cm.


Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 30 cm2 = 2 x 15 cm2)

532

the

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.32.2.4 Reference results


Result name
Az

Result description

Reference value
2

15 cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]

5.32.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Az

Value
-15.995 cm

Error
0.0000 %

533

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.33 EC2 Test 39: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method Professional
rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5146
Test status: Passed

5.33.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a concrete (C25/30) column with circular cross section using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simplified Method
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). To
the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.

5.33.2 Background
Determines the longitudinal reinforcement of a circular cross section made from concrete C25/30, using the simplified
method (with professional recommendations).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.33.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure (G):

5000 kN axial force

The self-weight is neglected


Buckling length L0 = 5.00 m

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

534

Height: H = 5.00 m,
Radius: r = 0.40 m,

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )

Materials properties
Concrete class C25/30 and steel reinforcement S500B are used. The following characteristics are used in relation to
these materials:

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B


Exposure class: XC1
Relative humidity RH=50%

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500MPa

Design value of concrete compressive strength:

f cd =

Design value of yield strength of reinforcement:

f yd =

f ck

f ck = 25MPa

25
= 16.67 MPa
1.5

500 MPa
= 434.78MPa
1.15

f yk

Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a hinged connection (all the translations are blocked) while at
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:

NEd = 1.35 * 5000 kN = 6750 kN = 6.750 MN

5.33.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column


Scope of the method:

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)


L0: buckling length L0 = L = 5 m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(2)

i=

I
A

, radius of giration of uncraked concrete section

Where:

*r4
I=
4
I=

, second moment of inertia for circular cross sections

* (0.4m) 4
= 0.02011m 4
4

A = * r 2 , cross section area


A = * (0.4m) 2 = 0.503m 2

535

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

*r4
2
I
4 = r = r = 0.40m = 0.20m
=
4
2
2
A
*r2

i=

L0 L0 2 * L0 2 * 5.00m
= 25
=
=
=
r
0.40m
r
i
2

The method of professional rules can be applied If the following conditions are met:

< 120
20 < f ck < 50MPa

h > 0.15m

Reinforcement calculation:

= 25 60 , therefore:
=

0.84

1+
52

0.84
25
1+
52

= 0.68

k h = (0.70 + 0.5 * D) * (1 8 * * )

for D < 0.60 m, if not

k h = 1.00 , where D is the diameter of the cross

section
Therefore:

k h = 1.00
k s = 1.6 0.65 *
f yd =

f yk
1.15

f yk
500

for f yk > 500MPa and > 30 ,if not k s = 1.00

500
= 434.78MPa
1.15

Therefore:

k s = 1.00

As =

N ed
1
1
6.750

* r 2 * f cd =
* 0.4 2 *16.67 = 35.58cm
*
*
f yd k h * k s *

434.78 1.00 *1.00 * 0.68

Finite elements modeling

536

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 35.58 cm2 = 2 x 17.79 cm2)

5.33.2.3 Reference results


Result name
Ay

Result description

Reference value
2

17.79 cm2

Reinforcement area [cm ]

5.33.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Az

Value
-17.4283 cm

Error
0.0000 %

537

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.34 EC2 Test 46 II: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)
Test ID: 5231
Test status: Passed

5.34.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.
The load combinations will produce the following rotation efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kNm
The boundary conditions are described below:
- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked

5.34.2 Background
Determines the reinforcement of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30, subjected to a normal force
of traction, analyzed with both bilinear stress-strain and inclined stress-strain laws.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.34.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:

233.33 kN axial force

The self-weight is neglected


Exploitation loadings:

56.67 kN axial force

Units
Metric System

538

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.15 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.00225 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 3 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 3 cm; ehz = 3 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 3 cm; ehy = 3 cm )

Materials Properties
C20/25
Reinforcement S400, Class: B
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 20 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa) = 28MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 400 MPa
2

Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete:

f ctm = 0.30 * ( f ck ) 3 = 2.21MPa

Design value of concrete compressive strength:

f cd =

Design value of yield strength of reinforcement:

f yd =

f ck

f yk

20 MPa
= 13.33MPa
1.5

400 MPa
= 347.82 MPa
1.15

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection,

Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked


Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35 * 233.3 kN + 1.5 * 56.67 kN = 400 kN = 0.400 MN

5.34.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam


There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then an
inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.
Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram

N Ed

0.400
= 11.50 * 10 4 m = 11.50cm
400
s ,U
1.15
A 4HA20 will be used A = 12.57cm2
As ,U

539

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram

S 400 B s ,U = 373MPa

As ,U

N Ed

s ,U

0.400
= 10.72 * 10 4 m = 10.72cm
373

It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).


Checking the condition of non-fragility:

As Ac *

f ctm
f yk

Ac = 0.15m * 0.15m = 0.0225m


As Ac *

f ctm
2.21
= 0.0225 *
= 1.24cm
f yk
400

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS load combinations (kNm)


In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az = 11.50 cm2 = 2*5.75 cm2)

In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az = 10.74 cm2 = 2*5.36 cm2)

540

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.34.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Az,1

Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain


diagram [cm2]
Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain
diagram [cm2]

5.75 cm2

Az,2

5.36 cm2

5.34.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Az-i

Value
-5.75001 cm

Error
0.0000 %

541

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.35 EC2: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads
Test ID: 4555
Test status: Passed

5.35.1 Description
Verifies the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads. The verification is made according to
EC2 norm with French Annex.

542

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.36 EC2 Test 2: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load,
without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4970
Test status: Passed

5.36.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.36.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.36.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

543

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.15 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required

Concrete C25/30: fcd =

fck 25
=
= 16,67MPa
c 1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

2/3
= 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
fctm = 0.30 * fck

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S500 : f yd =

f yk
s

500
= 434,78MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

f +8

E cm = 22000 * ck
10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22000 *

10

0.3

= 31476MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml

544

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Load calculations:

M Ed =

55,31 * 5,80
= 232,59kN .m
8

M Ecq =

38,75 * 5,80
= 162,94kN .m
8

M Eqp =

24,75 * 5,80
= 104,07kN .m
8

5.36.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient


To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:

(, t 0 ) =

RH

* ( fcm ) * ( t 0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

( fcm ) =

16.8
fcm

16.8

25 + 8

= 2.925
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

( t 0 ) =

0.1 + t 00.20

1
0.1 + 28 0.20

= 0.488 at t0=28 days


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5

The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

RH

RH

100
* 1 * 2
= 1 +
0. 1 * 3 h

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1 = 2 = 1 if

fCM = 35MPa

35
If not: 1 =
fcm

0.7

35
and 2 =
fcm

0.2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
In this case: fcm = fck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa 1 = 2 = 1

2 * Ac
2 * 250 * 600
=
h0 =
= 176.47mm
u
2 * ( 250 + 600)

50
100
= 1+
= 1.89
0.1 * 3 176.47
1

RH

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

(, t 0 ) =

RH

* ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488 = 2.70

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

e =

Es
E cm
1 + (, t 0 ) *

MEqp
MEcar

545

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Defined earlier:

MEcar =

38,75 * 5,80
= 162,94kN.m
8

MEqp =

24,75 * 5,80
= 104,07kN.m
8

This gives:

e =

200000
= 17.32
31476
104.07
1 + 2.70 *
162.94

5.36.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD1, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:
This value can be determined by the next formula if
luc = K( e ) *

f ck < 50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:

fck
( 4.69 1.70 * ) * fck + (159.90 76.20 * )

K ( e ) = 10 4 * a + b * e + c * e 2

The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:
Diagram for inclined tier

Diagram for horizontal plateau

75,3 * f ck 189,8

71,2 * f ck + 108

5,6 * f ck + 874,5

5,2 * f ck + 847,4

0,04 * f ck 13

0,03 * f ck 12,5

This gives us:

a = 71,2 * 25 + 108 = 1888

b = 5,2 * 25 + 847,4 = 717.4

c = 0,03 * 25 12,5 = 11.75

K ( e ) = 104 (1888 + 717.4 * 17.27 11.75 * 17.27 ) = 1.079

Then:

546

232,58
= 1,43
162,94

luc = K ( e ).

f ck
= 0.2504
( 4.69 1.70 * ) * f ck + (159.90 76.20 * )

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:


The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

Effective height: d=0.9*h=0.53m


Calculation of reduced moment:

cu =

M Ed
0,233
=
= 0,207
bw * d * f cd 0,25 * 0,519 * 16,67

Calculation of the lever arm zc:

zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,519 * (1 0,4 * 0,294) = 0,458m

Calculation of the reinforcement area:

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:


We will also conduct a SLS design to ensure that we do not get an upper section of longitudinal reinforcement.
We must determine the position of the neutral axis by calculating (position corresponding to the state of maximum
stress on the concrete and reinforcement).

1 =

e * c
e * c + s

17.32 * 15
= 0,394
17.32 * 15 + 400

M ser , cq = 163kNm < M rb

there in no compressed steel reinforcement. This confirms what we previously

found by determining the critical moment limit depending on the coefficient of equivalence and .
Then we calculate the reinforcement resulted from the SLS efforts (assuming the maximum constrain is reached on
steel and concrete):

Neutral axes position :

1 = 0,394


0.394
zc = d * 1 1 = 0.519 * 1
= 0.451m
3
3

M Ecq
0.163
Reinforcement section : As1, ser =
=
= 9.03cm
zc * s 0.451 * 400
Lever arm :

This shows that the tensile reinforcement obtained in SLS are not dimensioning compared to SLU.
Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area
The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

fct,eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
A s,min = Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.56MPa from cracking conditions

547

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

2.56

* 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
= 1.73cm
A s,min = max
500
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.70 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending
ULS (reference value: 232.59kNm)

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 11.68cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.73cm2)

548

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.36.2.4 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

232.59 kNm

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

162.94 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

11.68 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

1.73 cm2

5.36.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My USL

Value
-232.578 kN*m

Error
0.0052 %

My

My SLS

-162.936 kN*m

0.0025 %

Az

Az

-11.6779 cm

0.0180 %

Amin

Amin

-1.73058 cm

-0.0335 %

549

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.37 EC2 Test 9: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed reinforcement Inclined
stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4982
Test status: Passed

5.37.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.37.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.
For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.37.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Linear loadings :
Loadings from the structure: G = 55 kN/m+ dead load,
Live loads:

Point loads:
Loadings from the structure: G = 35kN;
Live loads:

Q=60kN/m

Q=25kN

2 = 0,8

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram


The objective is to verify:

550

The stresses results


The longitudinal reinforcement
The minimum reinforcement percentage

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.30 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.32 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.707 m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
Concrete C25/30:

fcd =

fck 25
=
= 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Ecm

f +8
= 22000 ck

10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22000

10

0.3

= 31476 MPa

Steel S500 :

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

551

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 6.3) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Dead load:
G=0.4*0.8*2.5=8.00 kN/ml

Linear load combinations:


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(55+8)+1.5*60=175.05 kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=55+8+60=123 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=55+8+0.8*60=111 kN/m

Point load combinations:


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*35+1.5*25=84.75 kN
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=35+25=60 kN
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=35+0.8*25=55 kN

Load calculations:

M Ed =

175.05 * 6.30 184.75 * 6.30


+
= 1002kNm
8
4

M Ecq =

123 * 6.30 60 * 6.30


+
= 705kNm
8
4

M Eqp =

111* 6.30 55 * 6.30


= 637 kNm
+
8
4

5.37.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient


To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

( f cm ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.925
f cm
25 + 8
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

552

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

at t0 = 28 days
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

RH

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1 * 3 h 0

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1 = 2 = 1

if

f CM 35MPa

35
If not: 1 =
f
cm

0.7

and

35

2 =
f
cm

0.2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
In this case,

f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa

1 = 2 = 1
h0 =

2 * Ac
2 * 400 * 800
=
= 266.67 mm RH
2 * (400 + 800)
u

50

100
= 1.78
= 1 +
0.1* 3 266.67

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

(, t 0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t 0 ) = 1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.54


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

=
M Eqp
M Ecar

200000
= 20.94
31476
637
1 + 2..54 *
705

5.37.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:
This value can be determined by the next formula if

luc = K ( e ) *

f ck < 50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:

f ck
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )

K ( e ) = 104 * a + b * e + c * e

553

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

a = 75,3 * 25 189,8 = 1692.7


b = 5,6 * 25 + 874,5 = 734.5

c = 0,04 * 25 13 = 12
K ( e ) = 10 4 * (1692.7 + 734.5 * 20.94 12 * 20.94 ) = 1.181
Then:

1002
= 1,422
705

luc = K ( e ) *

f ck
= 0.271
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )

Calculation of reduced moment:

cu =

M Ed
1.002
=
= 0.301
bw * d * f cd 0.40 * 0.707 * 16.67

cu = 0.301 > luc = 0.271

therefore the compressed reinforcement is present in the beam section

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:


The calculation will be divided for theoretical sections:
Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):
The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of lu :

M Ed 1 = lu * bw * d * f cd = 0.271 * 0.40 * 0.707 * 16.67 = 0.902 * 10 6 Nm

The value:

lu = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * lu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.271) = 0.404

Calculation of the lever arm zc:

zlu = d * (1 0.4 * lu ) = 0.707 * (1 0.4 * 0.404) = 0.593m

Tensioned reinforcement elongation calculation:

su =

1 u

* cu 2 =

1 0.404
* 3.5 = 5.17
0.404

Tensioned reinforcement efforts calculation(S500A):

su = 432,71 + 952,38 * su 454MPa

su = 432,71 + 952,38 * 0.00517 = 437.63MPa 454Mpa

Calculation of the reinforcement area:

M Ed 1
0.902 *10 6 Nm
A1 =
=
= 34.76cm
z lu . f yd 0.593m * 437.63MPa

554

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):


Reduction coefficient:
sc =

3,5
3. 5
(0.404 * 0.707 0.045) = 2.957
( lu * d d' ) =
1000 * lu * d
1000 * 0.404 * 0.707

sc = 0.00295 > yd = 0.00217 sc = 432.71 + 952.38 * 0.00295 = 435.52MPa


Compressed reinforcement calculation:

As 2 =

M Ed M Ed 1
1.002 0.902
=
= 3.47cm
(d d ' ) sc
(0.707 0.045) * 435.52

The steel reinforcement condition:

A2 = As 2 .

sc
f yd

= 3.47 *

435.52
= 3.48cm
437.64

Total area to be implemented:

In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=38.24 cm2 (tensioned reinforcement)


In the top part: As2=3.47 cm2 (compressed reinforcement)

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:


The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder
strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck
The assumptions are:

The SLS moment: MEcq = 705kNm

The equivalence coefficient: e = 20.94

The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa

Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:

x1 =

e * c
20.94 * 15
*d =
* 0.707 = 0.311m
20.94 * 15 + 400
e * c + s

1
1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.40 * 0.311 15 = 0.933 *10 6 N
2
2
zc = d

x1
0.311
= 0.707
= 0.603m
3
3

M rb = Fc * z c = 0.933 * 10 6 * 0.603 = 0.563 * 10 6 Nm


Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.

555

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

M 1 = M rb = 0.563 * 10 6 Nm

1 =

x1 0.311
= 0.440
=
d 0.707

zc = d
A1 =

x1
0.311
= 0.707
= 0.603m
3
3

M1
0.563
=
= 23.34cm
z c s 0.603 400

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

M 2 = M ser ,cq M rb = (0.705 0.591) * 10 6 = 0.142 * 10 6 Nm


Compressed reinforcement stresses:

sc = e * c *

1 * d d '
1 * d

sc = 20.94 * 15 *

0.440 * 0.707 0.045


= 268.66 MPa
0.440 * 0.707

Compressed reinforcement area:

A' =

M2
0.142
=
= 7.98cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.707 0.045) * 268.66

Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

As = A' *

sc
268.66
= 7.98 *
= 5.36cm
400
s

Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 23.34+5.36=28.7 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 7.98 cm2
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=38.24cm2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=7.98cm2
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
2
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=38.24cm )
Reference reinforcement third calculation at SLS:
For this third iteration, the calculation will begin considering the section of the tensile reinforcement found when
calculating for ULS: Au=38.24cm2
From this value, it will be calculated the stress obtained in the tensioned reinforcement:

s =

556

AELS
28.70
* s =
* 400 = 300.21MPa
38.24
AELU

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculating the moment resistance Mrb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:

x1 =

e * c
20.94 *15
*d =
* 0.707 = 0.361m
20.94 *15 + 300.21
e * c + s

1
1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.40 * 0.36115 = 1.083 *10 6 N
2
2
zc = d

x1
0.361
= 0.707
= 0.587 m
3
3

M rb = Fc * z c = 1.083 *10 6 * 0.587 = 0.636 *10 6 Nm


Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.
Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

M 1 = M rb = 0.636 *10 6 Nm

1 =

x1 0.361
=
= 0.511
d 0.707

zc = d
A1 =

x1
0.361
= 0.587 m
= 0.707
3
3

M1
0.36
=
= 36.09cm
z c * s 0.578 * 400

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

M 2 = M ser ,cq M rb = (0.705 0.636) *10 6 = 0.069 *10 6 Nm


Compressed reinforcement stresses:

sc = e * c *

1 * d d '
0.511 * 0.707 0.045
= 20.94 * 15 *
= 275MPa
0.511 * 0.707
1 * d

Compressed reinforcement area:

A' =

M2
0.069
=
= 3.79cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.707 0.045)* 275

Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

As = A' *

sc
275
= 3.47cm
= 3.79 *
300.21
s

Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 36.09+3.47=39.56 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 3.79 cm2

557

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

As , min

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.56MPa

from cracking conditions

Therefore:

As ,min

2.56

* 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.77 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
= max
= 3.77cm
500
0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.68 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


9 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 1002kNm)

SLS (reference value: 705kNm)

SLS Quasi-permanent (reference value: 637kNm)

558

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=39.56cm2 and A=3.79cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 3.77cm2)

5.37.2.4 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

1001 kNm

My,SLS,cq

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

705 kNm

My,SLS,qp

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

637 cm2

Az (Class A)

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

39.56 cm2

3.77 cm2

Minimum reinforcement area [cm ]

Amin

5.37.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My USL

Value
-1001.92 kN*m

Error
0.0080 %

My

My SLS cq

-704.714 kN*m

0.0406 %

My

My SLS qp

-637.304 kN*m

-0.0477 %

Az

Az

-39.5884 cm

-0.0718 %

Amin

Amin

3.77193 cm

0.0512 %

559

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.38 EC2 Test 7: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stressstrain diagram
Test ID: 4980
Test status: Passed

5.38.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az.
This test performs verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined
loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.38.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.38.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 0 kN/m (the dead load is not taken into account)
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 18.2kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram


The objective is to test:

The theoretical reinforcement area

Simply supported beam

560

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 8m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.482 m; d=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XC1


3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

Concrete C25/30:

f cd =

f ck

25
= 10.67 MPa
1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

f ctm = 0.30 * f

2/3
ck

= 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S400B :

f yd =

f yk

400
= 347.83MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

561

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*0+1.5*18.2=27.3kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=0+18.2=18.2kN/ml

Load calculations:

M Ed =

27.3 * 8
= 218.40kNm
8

M Ecq =

18.20 * 8
= 145.60kNm
8

5.38.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment


At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

hf

M btu = beff * h f * d
2

0.12

* f cd == 1.10 * 0.12 * 0.482


*16.67 = 928kNm
2

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

M Ed = 218.40kNm < M btu = 928kNm


Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed; This requires a calculation considering a rectangular
section of b=110cm and d=48.2cm.
Reference longitudinal reinforcement calculation:

cu =

M Ed 1
0.218
=
= 0.051
bw * d * Fcd 1.10 * 0.482 *16.67

u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.051) = 0.066


z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.482 * (1 0.40 * 0.066) = 0.469m
A=

M Ed
0.218
=
= 13.38cm
zc * f yd 0.469 * 347.83

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


9 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

562

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=13.38cm2)

5.38.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Az (Class B)

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

13.38 cm2

5.38.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Theoretical reinforcement area

Value
-13.3793 cm

Error
0.0052 %

563

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.39 EC2 Test 10: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined
stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4984
Test status: Passed

5.39.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State - The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the
ULS load combination, the results of the theoretical reinforcement area, "Az" and the minimum reinforcement
percentage, "Amin".
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.39.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.39.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 500 kN/m


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 300kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

2 = 0,3

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The theoretical reinforcement area
The reinforcement minimum percentage area

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

564

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 6m
Concrete cover: c=4.00 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.900 m; d=ebz=0.04m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XC2


Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering the inclined stress-strain diagram
Concrete C16/20:

f cd =

f ck
30
=
= 20 MPa
c
1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

2/3
= 0.30 * 30 2 / 3 = 2.90 MPa
fctm = 0.30 * fck

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S400B :

f yd =

f yk
s

500
= 434.78 MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*500+1.5*300=1125 kN/m
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=500+300=800 kN/m
Quasi-permanent combination of actions
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=500+0.3*300=590 kN/m
565

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Load calculations:

MEd =

1125 * 6
= 5062.5 kNm
8

MEcq =

800 * 6
= 3600 kNm
8

MEqp =

590 * 6
= 2655 kNm
8

5.39.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment


At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

Mbtu = b eff * h f * d f
2

0,20

* f cd = 1.40 * 0,20 * 0,9


* 20 = 4.480 * 10 3 kNm
2

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

Mbtu = 4.480 * 103 kNm < MEd = 5.0625 * 103 kNm


Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;
There are required calculations considering the T section.
Reference reinforcement calculation:
For those calculations, the beam section will be divided in two theoretical section:
Section 1: For the calculation of the concrete only
Section 2: For the calculation of the compressed reinforcement
Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:

h
0.20

MEd2 = (b eff b w ) * h f * fcd * d f = (1.40 0.40) * 0.20 * 20 * 0.90


=
2
2

= 3.2 * 103 kNm


Stress from the compressed steel reinforcement considering a steel grade S500B:

su = 432,71 + 727,27 * su 466 MPa


In order to determine the su , the neutral axis position must be determined:

MEd1 = MEd MEd2 = (5.063 3.200) * 103 = 1.863 * 103 kNm


cu =

MEd1
1.863
=
= 0.287
b w * d * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9 * 20

u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1

(1 2 * 0.287) ] = 0.435

Depending of u , the neutral axis position can be established:


su =

1 u
1 0.435
* cu2 =
* 3.50 = 4.55
u
0.435

Then we calculate the stress in the tensioned steel reinforcement:

su = 432,71 + 727,27 0.00455 = 436,02MPa 466MPa

566

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to those above, the theoretical reinforcement can be calculated:


A2 =

MEd2
hf

d 2 * Fyd

3.200
= 91.74 cm
0.20

0.9
* 436.02
2

Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section

MEd1 = MEd MEd2 = (5.063 3.200) * 103 = 1.863 * 103 kNm


cu =

MEd1
1.863
=
= 0.287 < lu = 0.372
b w * d * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9 * 20

For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC2 exposure class, there will be a:
be no compressed reinforcement.

cu = 0.287 < lu = 0.372 ,

therefore there will

There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:

u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1

(1 2 * 0.287) ] = 0.435

z c1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.9 * (1 0.40 * 0.435) = 0.743m


A1 =

MEd1
1.863
=
= 57.46cm
z c1 * f yd 0.743 * 436.02

Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=91.74+57.46=149.20cm2
Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area
The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:
A s,min

fct,eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.90MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:
2.90

* 0.40 * 0.90 = 5.42 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
A s,min = max
= 5.42 cm
500
4

0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.90 = 4.68 * 10 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 5062.5kNm)

567

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=149.20cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 5.42cm2)

5.39.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

5062.5 kNm

Az (Class B)

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

149.20 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

5.42 cm2

5.39.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My USL

Value
-5062.5 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

Az

Az

-149.031 cm

0.0329 %

Amin

Amin

-5.42219 cm

-0.0404 %

568

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.40 EC2 Test 13: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load,
without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 4986
Test status: Passed

5.40.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.

5.40.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.40.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including dead load),


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 30kN/m,

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q


Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

569

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.150 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 30 = 55 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*30 = 34 kN/ml

Load calculations:

M Ecq =

(25 + 30) * 5.80


= 231.28kNm
8

M Eqp =

(25 + 0.3 * 30) * 5.80


= 142.97kNm
8

5.40.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.92MPa
f cm
25 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0 = 28 days


570

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1*3 h0

1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
35

1 =
f
cm
If not

0.7

35

2 =
f
cm
and

0.2

In this case,

therefore:

1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %

h0 =

RH

2 Ac
2 * 250 * 600
=
= 176mm
u
2 * (250 + 600)

50
100 = 1.89 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.89 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.70
=1+
0
0
cm
RH
0.1 * 3 176
1

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
Ecm

e =

1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

Where:

f +8
Ecm = 22 * ck

10

0 .3

25 + 8
= 22 *

10

0 .3

= 31476 MPa

E s = 200000MPa
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

143
= 1 + 2.69 *
= 2.67
231

=
M Eqp
M Ecar

200000
= 16.97
31476
143
1 + 2.69 *
231

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 *15 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa
571

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Neutral axis position calculation:


The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

1 =

(position corresponding to the state of

e * c
16.97 *15
=
= 0.389
e * c + s 16.97 *18 + 400

Moment resistance calculation:


Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:

x1 = 1 * d = 0.389 * 0.519 = 0.202 m

M rb =

1
x
0.202

* bw * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.25 * 0.202 * 15 * 0.519


= 0.171MNm
2
3
3

Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m
The moment resistance Mrb = 171KNm
Because

M Ecq = 231kNm > M rb = 171kNm

, the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

incorrect.
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1

zc = d

A1 =

x1
0.202
= 0.519
= 0.452m
3
3

0.171
M rb
=
= 9.46cm
zc * s 0.452 * 400

Stress calculation for steel reinforcement sc:

'=

d ' 0.045
= 0.087
=
d 0.519

sc = e * c *

0.389 0.087
1 '
= 16.97 * 15 *
= 197.75MPa
0.389
1

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A:

A' =

M ser M rb
0.231 0.171
=
= 6.44cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.519 0.045) *197.75

Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:

A2 = A'*

197.75
sc
= 6.44 *
= 3.18cm
400
s

Calculation of the steel reinforcement :

A = A1 + A2 = 9.46 + 3.18 = 12.64cm

A' = 6.44cm
572

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.896MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

As , min

2.56

* 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
= max
= 1.73cm
500
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.69 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 231.28kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: As=12.64cm2; A=6.44cm2)

573

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.73cm2)

5.40.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

231.28 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

12.64 cm2

1.73 cm2

Minimum reinforcement area [cm ]

Amin

5.40.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My SLS

Value
-231.275 kN*m

Error
0.0022 %

Az

Az

-12.6425 cm

-0.0990 %

Amin

Amin

-1.73058 cm

-0.0335 %

574

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.41 EC2 Test 15: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear
stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4998
Test status: Passed

5.41.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service Limit State
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.41.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.41.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 20 kN/m (including the dead load)

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 10kN/m,

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The theoretical reinforcement area
The minimum reinforcement percentage

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

575

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Beam length: 8m
Beam height: h=0.76m
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.669 m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Concrete density: 16kN/m3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Concrete: fck = 20MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=20+10=30kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=20+0.3*10=23kN/ml

576

Load calculations:

M ser ,cq =

(20 + 10)* 8 = 240kNm

M ser ,qp =

(20 + 0.3 *10)* 8 = 184kNm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.41.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of the creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 3.17 MPa
f cm
20 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1*3 h0

RH

1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
35
If not 1 =
f
cm

0 .7

35
and 2 =
f
cm

0.2

f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 28Mpa 35Mpa

In this case

therefore

1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac 2 * 318000
=
= 162.24mm
u
3920

h0 =

50
100
= 1+
= 1.92 (, t 0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t 0 ) = 1.92 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 2.97
3
0.1* 162.24
1

RH

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
Ecm

e =

1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

Where:

Ecm

f +8
= 22 * ck

10

0.3

20 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 29962 MPa

E s = 200000MPa

577

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1 + ( , t 0 ) *

e =

M Eqp

184
= 1 + 2.97 *
= 3.28
240

M Ecar

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

=
M Eqp
M Ecar

200000
= 21.89
2962
184
1 + 2.97 *
240

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 * 20 = 12Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:

M tser

hf

0,10
s
3 * b * h 2 = 400 *
3 * 1,20 * 0,10 2 = 0,122 MNm
=
*
eff
f
2 *e d hf
43.77 0,669 0,10
d

0,669

M ser = 240kNm > M tser = 122kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body
Concrete compressive stresses

m =

M ser
beff * h f * (d

m + s
e

c = d *
h
d f

hf
2

=
)

0,240

0,10
)
1,20 * 0,10 * (0,669
2

= 3,23MPa

400

3,23 +

21.89 400 = 4,96MPa


s

=
0
,
669
*

0,669 0,10 21.89
e

c = 4.96MPa < c = 12MPa

=> there is no compressed reinforcement

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section As1

x1 =

e * c
21.89 * 4,96
* 0,669 = 14.30cm
d=
21.89 * 4,96 + 400
e * c + s

N c1 = beff * x1 *

c
2

= 1,20 * 0,1430 *

4,96
= 0,426 MN
2

M1 = Nc1 * z c1 = 0,426 * 0,622 = 0,265MN.m and z c1 = 0,669 0,1430 = 0,622m


3

As1 =

578

M1
0,265
=
= 10,65cm
zc1 * s 0,622 * 400

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:

x 2 = x1 h f = 0,1430 0,10 = 0,0430m


c * x 2 4,96 * 0,0430
=
= 1,49MPa
x1
0,1430

c 2 =

Nc 2 = (beff b w ) * x 2

c 2
1,49
= (1,20 0,3) * 0,0430 *
= 0,029MN
2
2

M2 = Nc 2 * zc 2 = 0,029 * 0,555 = 0,016MNm


with zc 2 = 0,669 0,10

A s2 =

M2
zc 2 * s

0,0430
= 0,555m
3

0,016
= 0,72cm
0,555 * 400

Notions of serviceability moment M0 :

A s0 = A s1 A s2 = 10.65 0.72 = 9.93cm


M0 = M1 M2 = 0,265 0,016 = 0,249MN.m
Theoretical steel reinforcement section :

As =

A s0 * Mser 9,93 * 0,240


=
= 9,58cm
M0
0,249

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:
fct,eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
A s,min = Max
fyk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.21MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:
2.21

* 0.30 * 0.669 = 2.31 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
= 2.61cm
A s,min = max
500
0.0013 * 0.30 * 0.669 = 2.61 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


9 nodes,
1 linear element.

579

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 240kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: As=9.58cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 2.57cm2)

5.41.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

240 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

9.58 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

2.57 cm2

5.41.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My SLS

Value
-240 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

Az

Az

-9.603 cm

-0.2401 %

Amin

Amin

-2.61066 cm

-0.0253 %

580

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.42 EC2 Test 4 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts Inclined
stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4977
Test status: Passed

5.42.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage

5.42.2 Background
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
This test performs the verification of the value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:

xu
cu 2
cu 2
= =
x u = .d =
.d
ud + cu 2
d
ud + cu 2
The limit for depends of the ductility class:

For a Class A steel: ud = 22.50

For a Class B steel: ud = 45

For a Class C steel: ud = 67.50

u = 0.1346

u = 0.072

u = 0.049

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the
constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.

S 500 A su = 432,71 + 952,38. su 454MPa


S 500 B su = 432,71 + 727,27. su 466MPa
S 500C su = 432,71 + 895,52. su 493MPa
The Pivot efforts types are described below:

Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined


Pivot B: Simple or combined bending
Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression
581

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.42.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 50kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel

The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram


The objective is to verify:

582

The stresses results


The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.90 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.45 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm
Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d = ebz = 0.040 m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XC1


3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required

Concrete C25/30: fcd =

fck
25
=
= 16,67MPa
c 1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck
= 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S500 : f yd =

f yk
s

500
= 434,78MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

583

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
G=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:


Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:


CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml

Load calculations:

M Ed =

123.94 * 5.80
= 521.16kNm
8

M Ecq =

86.25 * 5.80
= 362.68kNm
8

5.42.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For a S500B reinforcement steel, we have lu = 0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).
Reference reinforcement calculation:
The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m


Calculation of reduced moment:

cu =

M Ed
0.52116 * 10 3 Nm
=
= 0,096
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.806 m 2 * 16,67 MPa

The value:

The condition: cu < u = 0.1346 is satisfied, therefore the Pivot A effort conditions are true

There will be a design in simple bending, by considering an extension on the reinforced steel tension equal to
ud = 22.50 , which gives the following available stress:

S500A su = 432,71 + 952,38 0.0225 = 454MPa

The calculation of the concrete shortening:

cu = su *

0.127
cu
= 22.50 *
= 3.27

1 cu
1 0.127

It is therefore quite correct to consider a design stress of concrete equal to

zc = d * (1 0,4 * cu ) = 0.806 * (1 0.4 * 0.127) = 0.765m


Au =

584

M Ed
0.52116
=
= 15.00cm
z c * f yd 0.765 * 454

f cd .

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

As , min

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.56MPa

from cracking conditions

Therefore:

As , min

2.56

* 0.50 * 0.806 = 5.38 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
= max
= 5.38cm
500
0.0013 * 0.50 * 0.806 = 5.24 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 521.16kNm)

SLS (reference value: 362.68kNm)

585

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.00cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 5.38cm2)

5.42.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

521.16 kNm

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

362.68 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area (Class A) [cm2]

15.00 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

5.38 cm2

5.42.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My USL

Value
-521.125 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

My

My SLS

-362.657 kN*m

0.0000 %

Az

Az Class A

-14.9973 cm

0.0000 %

Az

Az Class B

-14.9973 cm

0.7491 %

Amin

Amin

-5.37514 cm

0.0000 %

586

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.43 EC2 Test 8: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed reinforcement
Inclined stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4981
Test status: Passed

5.43.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of the test is to verify the results using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stressstrain diagram.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage

5.43.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the
inclined stress-strain diagram.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.43.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including the dead load)


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 30kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q

Reinforcement steel: Class A

The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram

Cracking calculation required


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to doth Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage

587

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.65 m,
Width: b = 0.28 m,
Length: L = 6.40 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.182 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD3


3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required

Concrete C25/30:

f cd =

f ck

30
= 20 MPa
1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 30 2 / 3 = 2.90MPa


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

f +8

E cm = 22000 * ck
10

Steel S500 : f yd =

f yk
s

0.3

30 + 8
= 22000 *

10

0.3

= 32837MPa

500
= 434,78MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

588

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 6.40) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25)+1.5*30=78.75kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+30=55kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=25+0.6*30=43kNm

Load calculations:

M Ed =

78.75 * 6.40
= 403.20kNm
8

M Ecq =

55 * 6.40
= 281.60kNm
8

M Eqp =

43 * 6.40
= 220.16kNm
8

5.43.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient


To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

at t0=28 days
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

RH

RH

100

* 1 * 2
= 1+
0. 1 * 3 h

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1 = 2 = 1 if fCM = 35MPa

589

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

35
If not: 1 =
fcm

0.7

35
and 2 =
fcm

0.2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
In this case, fcm = fck + 8Mpa = 38Mpa
0.7

35
1 =
fcm

35
2 =
fcm

0.2

35
=
38

0.7

35
=
38

= 0.944

0.2

= 0.984

2 * Ac
2 * 280 * 650
h0 =
=
= 195.7mm
u
2 * ( 280 + 650)

RH

50

100
= 1 +
0.1 * 3 195.7

* 0.984 = 1.78

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

(, t 0 ) =

RH

* ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.37

The coefficient of equivalence is determined using the following formula:

e =

Es
E cm
1 + (, t 0 ) *

=
MEqp
MEcar

200000
= 17.40
32837
220.16
1 + 2.37 *
281.60

5.43.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:
This value can be determined by the next formula if

f ck < 50MPa and

valid for a constitutive law considering

inclined stress-strain diagram:

luc = K ( e ) *

f ck
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )

K ( e ) = 104 * a + b * e + c * e

The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:
Diagram for inclined stress-strain diagram

Diagram for bilinear stress-strain diagram

75,3 * f ck 189,8

71,2 * f ck + 108

5,6 * f ck + 874,5

5,2 * f ck + 847,4

0,04 * f ck 13

0,03 * f ck 12,5

This gives us:


a = 75.3 * 25 + 189.8 = 2069.2
b = 5,2 * 30 + 874.5 = 706.5
c = 0,04 * 30 13 = 11.8

K ( e ) = 10 4 (2069.2 + 706.5 * 17.60 11.80 * 17.60 ) = 1.087

590

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Then:

437.76
= 1,425
307.2

luc = K ( e ).

f ck
= 0.272
( 4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )

Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed
0.403 *10 3 Nm
cu =
=
= 0,225
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.566 m 2 * 20MPa

cu = 0.225 < luc = 0.272

therefore, there is no compressed reinforcement

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:


The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

Effective height: d = 0.566m


Calculation of reduced moment:

cu = 0.225

Calculation of the lever arm zc:

z c = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,566 * (1 0,4 * 0,323) = 0,493m

Calculation of the reinforcement area:

Au =

M Ed
0,233
=
= 11,68 * 10 4 m = 11,68cm
zc * f yd 0,458 * 434,78

Calculation of the stresses from the tensioned reinforcement:


Reinforcement steel elongation:

su =

1u

* cu 2 =

1 0,323
* 3.5 = 7.35
0,323

Tensioned reinforcement efforts:

su = 432,71 + 952,38 * su = 432,71 + 952,38 * 0.00735 = 439.71MPa 454MPa

Reinforcement section calculation:

Au =

M Ed
0.403
=
= 18.60 *10 4 m = 18.60cm
z c * f yd 0.493 * 439.71

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:
fct,eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
A s,min = Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct, eff = fctm = 2.90MPa from cracking conditions

591

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

As ,min

2.90

* 0.28 * 0.566 = 2.39 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
= max
= 2.39cm
500
0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.566 = 2.06 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 403.20kNm)

SLS (reference value: 281.60kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=18.60cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 2.39cm2)

592

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.43.2.4 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

403.20 kNm

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

281.60 kNm

Az (Class A)

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

18.60 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

2.39 cm2

5.43.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My USL

Value
-403.2 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

My

My SLS

-281.6 kN*m

0.0000 %

Az

Az

-18.6006 cm

0.0000 %

Amin

Amin

-2.38697 cm

0.0000 %

593

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.44 EC2 Test 17: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load,
without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 5000
Test status: Passed

5.44.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.

5.44.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.44.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 9.375 kN/m (including the dead load),

Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm

Structural class: S4

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The compressing stresses in concrete section c
The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

594

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.10 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=44cm;

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Inclined stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:

Ast = 9,42cm

f ck = 20Mpa

f yk = 400Mpa

for 3 HA20

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z


Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions:


CCQ = 1.0 x G =9.375kN/ml

Load calculations:
Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm

5.44.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 3.17 MPa
f cm
20 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

595

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2

0.1*3 h0

1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
35
If not, 1 =
f
cm

0.7

35
and 2 =
f
cm

0.2

In this case,
Therefore

1 = 2 = 1

In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

h0 =

RH

2 Ac
2 * 200 * 500
= 142.86mm
=
u
2 * (200 + 500)

50
100
=1+
= 1.96 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.96 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 3.03
3
0.1 * 142.86
1

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
Ecm

e =

1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

Where:

Ecm

f +8
= 22 * ck

10

0.3

20 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 29962 MPa

E s = 200000MPa
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + (, t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

= 1 + 3.03 * 1 = 4.03

=
M Eqp

200000
= 26.90
29962
1 + 3.03 *1

M Ecar

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is: bc = 0,6fck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 320Mpa

596

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Checking inertia cracked or not:


Before computing the constraints, check whether the section is cracked or not. For this, we determine the cracking
moment which corresponds to a tensile stress on the concrete equal to f ctm :

M cr =

f ctm * I
v

Where:

I=

b * h3 0,20 * 0,503
=
= 0,00208m 4
12
12

v=

h
= 0,25m
2

The average stress in concrete is:


2
3
ck

2
3

f ctm = 0.30 * f = 0.30 * 20 = 2,21Mpa


The critical moment of cracking is therefore:

M cr =

f ctm * I 2,21 * 0,00208


=
= 0,018MNm
v
0,25

The servility limit state moment is 0.075MNm therefore the cracking inertia is present.
Neutral axis position calculation:
Neutral axis equation:

1
* bw * x1 Ast * e * (d x1 ) + Asc * e * ( x1 d ' ) = 0
2

e * ( Asc + Ast ) + e2 * ( Asc + Ast ) + 2 * bw * e * (d '*Asc + d * Ast )


x1 =
bw
By simplifying the previous equation, by considering

Asc = 0

, it will be obtained:

x1 =

e * ( Ast ) + e2 * Ast + 2 * bw * e * d * Ast )


bw

x1 =

26.90 * 9,42 + 26.90 * 9,42 + 2 * 20 * 26,90 * (44 / 9,42)


= 23,04cm
20

Calculating the second moment:

b * x3
0,20 * 0,2303

+ 9,42 * 10 4 * 26.90 * (0,44 0,230) = 0,001929m 4


I = w 1 + Ast * e * (d x1 ) =
3
3

Stresses calculation:

c =

0,075
M ser
* x1 =
* 0,230 = 8,94 Mpa c = 12 Mpa
0,001929
I

st = e * c *

d x1
0,44 0,230
= 26.90 * 8,94 *
= 219.57 Mpa s = 320 Mpa
x1
0,230
597

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


9 nodes,
1 linear element.

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=75kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section c


(reference value: c =8.94MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s


(reference value: s=218.57MPa)

5.44.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 103 combination (SLS) [kNm]

75 kNm

Compressing stresses in concrete section c (MPa)

8.94 MPa

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s (MPa)

219.67 MPa

5.44.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My SLS

Value
-75 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

Sc CQ

Sc CQ

8.99322 MPa

0.5953 %

Ss CQ

Ss CQ

-219.639 MPa

-0.0314 %

598

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.45 EC2 Test 12: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load,
without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3)
Test ID: 4985
Test status: Passed

5.45.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.45.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.45.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including dead load),


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 15kN/m,

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q


Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

599

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.65 m,
Width: b = 0.28 m,
Length: L = 6.40 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.182 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.5 cm
Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 0.57m; d = ebz = 0.045 m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD3


Concrete density: 25 kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 = 28 days
Humidity 50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 15 = 40 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*15 = 29.5 kN/ml

Load calculations:

MEcq =

( 25 + 15) * 6.40
= 205 kNm
8

MEqp =

( 25 + 0.3 * 15) * 6.40


= 151 kNm
8

5.45.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.725MPa
30 + 8
f cm

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

600

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1*3 h0

1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
35

If not 1 =

fcm

0.7

35

and 2 =

fcm

0. 2

therefore

In this case

35

1 =
f cm

0.7

35

2 =
f cm

35
=
38

0.2

0.7

35
=
38

= 0.944
0.2

= 0.984

In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %

h0 =

RH

2 * 280 * 650
2 Ac
= 195.70mm
=
u
2 * (280 + 650)

50
100
* 0.984 = 1.78 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.37
=1+
0.1 * 3 195.70
1

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
Ecm

e =

1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

Where:

Ecm

f +8
= 22 * ck

10

0.3

30 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 32837 MPa

E s = 200000MPa
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

151
= 1 + 2.37 *
= 2.75
205

=
M Eqp
M Ecar

200000
= 16.76
32837
151
1 + 2.37 *
205

601

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 * 30 = 18Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:


The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

1 =

(position corresponding to the state of

e * c
16.76 *15
=
= 0.430
e * c + s 16.76 *18 + 400

Moment resistance calculation:


Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:

x1 = 1 * d = 0.430 * 0.570 = 0.243 m


Mrb =

1
* b w * x1 * c
2

x
0.243

* d 1 = 0.5 * 0.28 * 0.243 * 18 * 0.570


= 0.297 MNm

3
3

Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.57 m
The moment resistance Mrb = 297 KNm
Because MEcq = 205kNm < Mrb = 297 kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is correct.
Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete
The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination
Neutral axis position: 1 = 0,430


0.430

Lever arm: z c = d * 1 1 = 0.57 * 1


= 0.485 m

3
3

Reinforcement section: A s1,ser =

Mser
zc * s

0.205
= 10.56 cm
0.485 * 400

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:
A s,min

fct,eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
fyk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.896MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:
2.896

* 0.28 * 0.57 = 2.40 * 10 4 m


0.26
= 2.40 cm
A s,min = max
500
4

0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.57 = 2.07 * 10 m

602

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 205kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 10.50cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 2.40cm2)

603

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.45.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]


2

205 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ]

10.50 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

2.39 cm2

5.45.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My SLS

Value
-204.8 kN*m

Error
0.0976 %

Az

Az

-10.3489 cm

1.9991 %

Amin

Amin

-2.38697 cm

0.1268 %

604

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.46 EC2 Test 16: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear
stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4999
Test status: Passed

5.46.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage. This test performs verification for
the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the
absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.46.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.46.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 40 kN/m (including the dead load)

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 10kN/m,

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A

The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The theoretical reinforcement area
The minimum reinforcement percentage

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

605

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 8m
Beam height: h=0.67m
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.585 m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Concrete: fck = 20MPa
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=40+10=50kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=40+0.3*10=43kN/ml

Load calculations:

M ser,cq =
M ser,qp =

606

(40 + 10) * 8
8

= 400 kNm

(40 + 0.3 * 10) * 8


8

= 344 kNm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.46.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8
16.8
=
= 3.17 MPa
f cm
20 + 8

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1*3 h0

if

35
If not 1 =
f
cm

0 .7

35
and 2 =
f
cm

0.2

In this case,
therefore:

1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

h0 =

RH

2 Ac 2 *192600
=
= 123mm
u
3140
50
100 = 2 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 2 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 3.11
= 1+
RH
cm
0
0
0.1* 3 123
1

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
E cm

e =

1 + (, t 0 ) *

MEqp
MEcar

Where:

f +8
Ecm = 22 * ck

10

0.3

20 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 29962MPa

E s = 200000 MPa
1 + (, t 0 ) *

MEqp
MEcar

= 1 + 3.11 *

344
= 3.68
400

607

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

=
M Eqp
M Ecar

200000
= 24.54
29962
344
1 + 3.11*
400

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:

M tser

hf

0,10
s
3 * b * h 2 = 400 *
3 *10.90 * 0,10 2 = 0,083MNm
=
*
eff
f
2 * e d h f
2 * 24.54 0,585 0,10
d

0,585

M ser = 400kNm > M tser = 83kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body
Concrete compressive stresses

m =

M ser
beff * h f * (d

m + s
e

c = d *
h
d f

hf
2

=
)

0,400

0,10
)
0.90 * 0,10 * (0,585
2

= 8.31MPa

400

8.31 +

24.54 400 = 10.61MPa


s

0
,
585
*

=

0,585 0,10 24.54
e

c = 10.61MPa < c = 12MPa

=> there is no compressed reinforcement

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section As1

and

608

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:

x2 = x1 h f = 0,2306 0,10 = 0,1306m

c2 =

c * x2
x1

1.61* 0,1306
= 6.01MPa
0,2306

N c 2 = (beff bw ) * x2

c2
2

= (0.90 0,18) * 0,1306 *

6.01
= 0,282 MN
2

M 2 = N c 2 * z c 2 = 0,282 * 0,441 = 0,125MNm


with

z c 2 = 0,585 0,10

As 2 =

0,1306
= 0,441m
3

M2
0,125
=
= 7.06cm
zc 2 * s 0,441 * 400

Notions of serviceability moment M0 :

Theoretical steel reinforcement section :

As =

As 0 * M ser 20.46 * 0,400


=
= 18.83cm
M0
0,435

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

As , min

f ct , eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.21MPa

from cracking conditions

Therefore:

As ,min

2.21

* 0.18 * 0.585 = 1.21*10 4 m


0.26 *
= max
= 1.37cm
500
4
0.0013 * 0.18 * 0.585 = 1.37 *10 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


9 nodes,
1 linear element.

609

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending
SLS (reference value: 400kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: As=18.83cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.37cm2)

5.46.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

400 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

18.83 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

1.37 cm2

5.46.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My SLS

Value
-400 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

Az

Az

-18.8948 cm

-0.3441 %

Amin

Amin

-1.36843 cm

0.1146 %

610

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.47 EC2 Test 6: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stressstrain diagram
Test ID: 4979
Test status: Passed

5.47.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and
for the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az.

5.47.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.47.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 45 kN/m


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.4kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B

The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram


The objective is to verify:

The theoretical reinforcement area results

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

611

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Beam length: 8m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.435 m; d=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XC1


Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram

Concrete C25/30:

f cd =

f ck

25
= 10.67 MPa
1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S500B :

f yd =

f yk

500
= 434.78MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*45+1.5*37.4=116.85kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=45+34.7=79.7kN/ml

Load calculations:

M Ed =

612

116.85 * 8
= 934.8kNm
8

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.47.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment


At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

hf

M btu = beff * h f * d
2

0.15

* f cd == 1.00 * 0.15 * 0.435


* 16.67 = 9kNm
2

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

M btu = 900kNm < M Ed = 934.8kNm


Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed;
Therefore, the calculations considering the T section are required.

5.47.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:


Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:

hf

M Ed 2 = (beff bw ) * h f * f cd * d
2

= 720kNm

0.15

= (1 0.20) * 0.15 *16.67 * 0.435


=
2

According to this value, the steel section is:

A2 =

M Ed 2
0.720
= 46.00cm
=
0.15
hf

* 347.8
d * f yd 0.435
2

Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section.

M Ed 1 = M Ed M Ed 2 = 935 720 = 215kNm


cu =

M Ed 1
0.215
=
= 0.341
bw * d * Fcd 0.20 * 0.435 *16.67

For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: cu > lu = 0.372 , therefore there will be no
compressed reinforcement (the compression concrete limit is not exceeded because of the exposure class)
There will be a calculation without considering compressed reinforcement:

u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.341) = 0.544


z c1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.435 * (1 0.40 * 0.544) = 0.340m
A1 =

M Ed 1
0.215
=
= 14.52cm
z c1 * f yd 0.340 * 347.78

Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion, the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=46+14.52=60.52cm2
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


9 nodes,

613

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1 linear element.

ULS load combinations(kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=60.52cm2)

5.47.2.4 Reference results


Result name
Az (Class B)

Result description

Reference value
2

60.52 cm2

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ]

5.47.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

614

Result description
Az

Value
-60.5167 cm

Error
0.0055 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.48 EC2 Test 11: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load,
without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 4983
Test status: Passed

5.48.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.48.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.48.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q


Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

615

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.15 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 =28 days
Cracking calculation required
Concrete C25/30:

fcd =

fck 25
=
= 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

2/3
= 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
fctm = 0.30 * fck

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S500 :

f yd =

f yk
s

500
= 434,78MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Ecm

f +8
= 22000 * ck

10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22000 *

10

0. 3

= 31476MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml

Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml

616

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:


CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml

Load calculations:

M Ecq =

38,75 * 5,80
= 162,94kNm
8

M Eqp =

24.75 * 5,80
= 104.7kNm
8

5.48.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8

( fcm ) =

fcm

(t0 ) =

16.8
25 + 8

= 2.925MPa

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0 = 28days

RH

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1*3 h0

1 = 2 = 1 if fcm 35Mpa
35
If not, 1 =
fcm

0. 7

35
and 2 =
f cm

0.2

In this case,
, therefore 1 = 2 = 1
In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %
h0 =

2 Ac
2 * 250 * 600
=
= 176.47mm
u
2 * (250 + 600 )

50
100
= 1.89 (, t 0 ) =
= 1+
0.1 * 3 176.47
1

RH

RH

* ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488 = 2.70

Therefore:

1 + (, t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

= 1 + 2.70 *

104
= 2.73
163

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

=
M Eqp
M Ecar

200000
= 17.32
31476
104
1 + 2.70 *
163
617

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

bc = 0,6 f ck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:


The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

1 =

(position corresponding to the state of

e * c
17.32 *15
=
= 0.394
e * c + s 17.32 *15 + 400

Moment resistance calculation:


Knowing the
formulas:

value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following

x1 = 1 * d = 0.394 * 0.519 = 0.204 m

Mrb =

x
0.204
1

* b w * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.25 * 0.204 * 15 * 0.519


= 0.173MNm
3
3
2

Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m
The moment resistance Mrb = 173KNm
Because

M Ecq = 162.94kNm < M rb = 173kNm

the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

correct.
Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete
The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination
Neutral axis position:

1 = 0,394


0.394

Lever arm: z c = d * 1 1 = 0.519 * 1


= 0.451m

3
3

Reinforcement section:

As1, ser =

M ser
0.163
=
= 9.03cm
zc * s 0.451 * 400

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

As , min

f ct , eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.56MPa

618

from cracking conditions

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

As , min

2.56

* 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m


0.26
= max
= 1.73cm
500
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.69 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


11 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 9.03cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.73cm2)

619

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.48.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]


2

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ]

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

162.94 kNm
9.03 cm2
1.73 cm2

5.48.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My USL

Value
-162.936 kN*m

Error
0.0025 %

Az

Az

-9.02822 cm

0.0197 %

Amin

Amin

-1.73058 cm

-0.0335 %

620

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.49 EC2 Test 14: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load,
with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 4987
Test status: Passed

5.49.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.

5.49.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.49.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Linear loads:
Loadings from the structure: G = 50 kN/m + dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 60kN/m,

Punctual loads
G=30kN
Q=25kN

2 = 0,3
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
621

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.30 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.320 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.707m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Dead load:
0.40*0.80*25 = 8kN/ml

Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=8+50+60=118kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=8+50+0.3*60=76kN/ml

622

Load calculations:

M ser , cq =

(30 + 25) * 6.3 + (8 + 50 + 60) * 6.3 = 672.05kN .m

M ser , qp =

(30 + 0.3 * 25) * 6.3 + (8 + 50 + 0.3 * 60) 6.3 = 436.11kN .m

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.49.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.92MPa
f cm
25 + 8

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1*3 h0

RH

1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
35
If not 1 =
f
cm

0 .7

35
and 2 =
f
cm

0.2

therefore

In this case

1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac
2 * 400 * 800
= 267 mm
=
u
2 * (400 + 800)

h0 =

RH

50
100 = 1.78 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.54
=1+
0
0
RH
cm
3
0.1 * 267
1

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

e =

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

623

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

Ecm

f +8
= 22 * ck

10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 31476 MPa

E s = 200000MPa
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

Es
Ecm

e =

1 + ( , t 0 ) *

435
= 1 + 2.54 *
= 2.65
672

=
M Eqp
M Ecar

200000
= 16.82
31476
435
1 + 2.54 *
672

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 *15 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:


The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

1 =

(position corresponding to the state of

16.82 *15
e * c
=
= 0.387
e * c + s 16.82 *18 + 400

Moment resistance calculation:


Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:

x1 = 1 * d = 0.387 * 0.707 = 0.273 m


M rb =

x
0.273
1

* bw * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.4 * 0.273 * 15 * 0.707


= 0.505MNm
3
2
3

Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.707m
The moment resistance Mrb = 505KNm
Because

M Ecq = 672kNm > M rb = 505kNm

, the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

incorrect.
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1

zc = d

A1 =

624

x1
0.273
= 0.707
= 0.616m
3
3

M rb
0.505
=
= 20.51cm
zc * s 0.616 * 400

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Stress calculation for steel reinforcement sc:

'=

d ' 0.045
=
= 0.064
d 0.707

sc = e * c *

0.387 0.067
1 '
= 16.82 * 15 *
= 210.78MPa
0.387
1

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A:

A' =

M ser M rb
0.672 0.505
=
= 11.96cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.707 0.045) * 210.78

Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:

A2 = A'*

210.78
sc
= 11.96 *
= 6.30cm
400
s

Calculation of the steel reinforcement :

A = A1 + A2 = 20.51 + 6.30 = 26.81cm


Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area
The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff

* bw * d
0.26 *
= Max
f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

As , min

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct , eff = f ctm = 2.56MPa

from cracking conditions

Therefore:

As , min

2.56

* 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.76 * 10 4 m


0.26 *
= max
= 3.76cm
500
0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.68 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

625

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 672kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: As=26.81cm2; A=11.96cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 3.76cm2)

5.49.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,SLS

My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

672 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2]

26.81 cm2

Amin

Minimum reinforcement area [cm2]

3.77 cm2

5.49.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My SLS

Value
-672.032 kN*m

Error
-0.0048 %

Az

Az

-26.8086 cm

0.0052 %

Amin

Amin

-3.77193 cm

-0.3173 %

626

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.50 EC2 Test 23: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5053
Test status: Passed

5.50.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.

5.50.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.50.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Concrete C25/30

Reinforcement steel: S500B

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:


The dead load family is be considered from three loads: two point loads of 55kN and 65kN and one linear load
of 25kN/m, placed along the beam as described in the picture:

627

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will consist of three loads: two point loads of 40kN and 35kN and one linear load of 20kN/m,
placed along the beam as described in the picture:

Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

The shear stresses results


The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw
The theoretical reinforcement value

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

628

Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.30 m,
Length: L = 5.30 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.0335m

Stirrup slope: = 90
Stirrup slope: 45

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading
The maximum shear stresses from the concrete beam:
Using the software structure calculation the following values were obtained:
x = 0m => VEd = 406 KN
x = 0.50m (for the first point load) => VEd = 373.76 KN and VEd = 239.51 KN
x = 0.95m (for the second point load) => VEd = 210.82 KN and VEd = 70.57 KN
x = 2.06m the shear force is null => VEd = 0 KN

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

629

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.50.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

VRd , max = cw * 1 * f cd * zu * bw *

(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)


Where:

cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1 = 0,6 * 1

f ck
250

When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:

v1 * f cd * zu * bw
tg + cot

VRd , max =

In this case:

= 45

and

= 90

v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear


f
25

v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1
= 0.54
250
250

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.623 = 0.561m

VRd , max =

0.54 * 16.67 * 0.561 * 0.30


= 0.757 MN
2

VEd = 0.406MN < VRd ,max = 0.757 MN


Calculation of transversal reinforcement:
Is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steels vertical ( = 90) and connecting rods inclined
at 45 , at different points of the beam.
Before the first point load:

Asw VEd . * tg 0,406 * tg 45


=
=
= 16,65cm / ml
500
s
zu * f ywd
0,561 *
1,15
Between the first and the second point load:

Asw 0,23951 * tg 45
=
= 9,82cm / ml
500
s
0,561 *
1,15
It also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

Asw 0,20674 * tg 45
=
= 8,48cm / ml
500
s
0,561 *
1,15

630

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

Note: after the second point load, the minimum transverse reinforcement is set (noted with Atmin in ADVANCE Design)
(in cm/ml):

The reinforcement theoretical value is calculated using the formula:

0,08 * f ck
0,08 * 25
Asw
w, min * bw * sin =
* bw * sin =
* 0.30 * sin 90 = 2.4cm / ml
500
s
f yk

631

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.50.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Fz

Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0m [kN]

405.63 kN

Fz

Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.5m [kN]

373.76 kN

Fz

Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.501m [kN]

239.51 kN

Fz

Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.95m [kN]

210.82 kN

Fz

Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.9501m [kN]

70.57 kN

Atz

Transversal reinforcement area x=0m [cm /ml]

16,65 cm2/ml

Atz

Transversal reinforcement area x=0.501m [cm2/ml]

9.82 cm2/ml

Atz

Transversal reinforcement area x=5.3m [cm2/ml]

8.84 cm2/ml

At,min,z

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml]

2.40 cm2/ml

5.50.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fz

Result description
Fz,0

Value
-405.633 kN

Error
-0.0007 %

Fz

Fz,1

-373.758 kN

0.0005 %

Fz

Fz,1'

-239.445 kN

0.0271 %

Fz

Fz,2

-210.821 kN

-0.0005 %

Fz

Fz,2'

-70.5644 kN

0.0079 %

Atz

Atz,0

16.6391 cm

0.0547 %

Atz

Atz,1

9.82205 cm

0.0209 %

Atz

Atz,r

8.48058 cm

0.0068 %

Atminz

At,min,z

2.4 cm

0.0000 %

632

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.51 EC2 Test 27: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical
transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5076
Test status: Passed

5.51.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force
values will be used.

5.51.2 Background
Description: Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this
test, the shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by
the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.51.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Concrete C25/30

Reinforcement steel: S500B

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:


The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN

Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

The shear stresses results


The theoretical reinforcement value

633

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 5.75 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.035m

Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =45

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

VEd =

Pu * l
2
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN

In this case :

VEd =

5.75 * 91.5
= 263KN
2

5.51.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:


The lever arm is calculated using the design formula for pure bending:

Pu = 91.5kN / ml

M Ed =
cu =

634

91.5 * 5.75
= 378.15kNm
8

M Ed
0.378
=
= 0.167
bw * d * f cd 0.35 * 0.623 * 16.67

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

u = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * cu = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * 0.167 = 0.230


zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.623 * (1 0.4 * 0.230) = 0.566m
Calculation of reduced shear force
When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis x = z. cot .
In the case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:

V ( x) = Pu * x

Pu * l
2

Therefore:

x = z * cot = 0.566 * cot 45 = 0.566m


VEd , red = 91.5 * 0.566 263 = 211kN
Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting
edge at x = d).
Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

VRd, max = cw * 1 * fcd * z u * b w *

(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)

Where:

cw = 1

coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:

VRd , max =

v1 * f cd * zu * bw
tg + cot

In this case:

= 45

and

= 90

v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear


f
25

v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1
= 0.54
250
250

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.623 = 0.56m

VRd , max =

0.54 * 16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35


= 0.891MN = 891kN
2

VEd = 236kN < VRd , max = 891kN

635

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:


Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90), the transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following
formula:

Asw VEd . * tg 0,211 * tg 45


=
=
= 8,67cm / ml
500
s
zu * f ywd
0,566 *
1,15
Calculation of theoretical reinforcement value:
The French national annex indicates the formula:

Asw
w, min * bw * sin
s
With:

w, min =

0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 20
=
= 7.15 10 4
f yk
500

Asw
w, min * bw * sin = 7.15 * 10 4 * 0.2 * sin 90 = 1.43cm / ml
s
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,

3 nodes,

1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for At,min,z (cm /ml)

5.51.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Fz

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

At,min,z

Reference value
2

263 kN
1.43 cm2/ml

Theoretical reinforcement area [cm /ml]

5.51.3 Calculated results


Result name
Atminz

636

Result description
Atmin,z

Value
1.43108 cm

Error
0.0755 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.52 EC2 Test 19: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1)
Test ID: 5033
Test status: Passed

5.52.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings
are verified.

5.52.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.52.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20 kN/m,

Structural class: S4

Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The compressing stresses in concrete section c
The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
The maximum spacing of cracks
The crack opening

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

637

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.12 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=53cm;

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Exposure class XD1


Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500Mpa

A st = 15.46cm for 3 HA20+3 HA16

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z


Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:

Load calculations:

M0Ed = 228 kNm

Mcar = 160 kNm

Mfq = 118 kNm

Mqp = 101 kNm

5.52.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

( , t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

( f cm ) =
(t0 ) =

16.8
16.8
=
= 2.92MPa
25 + 8
f cm

1
1
=
= 0.488
0.20
0.1 + 280.20
0.1 + t0

t0 : concrete age t0=28days

638

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH

100 * *
= 1 +
1
2
0.1*3 h0

RH

1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
35

1 =
f
cm
If not

0.7

35

2 =
f
cm
and

0.2

In this case,
, therefore:

In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac
2 * 200 * 600
=
= 150mm
u
2 * (200 + 600)

h0 =

RH

50
100 = 1.94 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.94 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.77
=1+
RH
cm
0
0
0.1 * 3 150
1

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
Ecm

e =

1 + ( , t 0 ) *

M Eqp
M Ecar

Where:

Ecm

f +8
= 22 * ck

10

0.3

25 + 8
= 22 *

10

0.3

= 31476 MPa

Es = 200000 MPa

1 + ( , t 0 ) *

e =

M Eqp
M Ecar

Es
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 ) *

= 1 + 2.77 *

=
M Eqp
M Ecar

101
= 2.75
160

200000
= 2.75
31476
101
1 + 2.77 *
160

Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

bc = 0,6 f ck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit

s = 0,8 * f yk = 320Mpa

639

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Neutral axis position calculation:


Neutral axis equation:

1
* b w * x1 A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) = 0
2

e * ( A sc + A st ) + e2 * ( A sc + A st ) + 2 * b w * e * (d'* A sc + d * A st )

x1 =

bw

By simplifying the previous equation, by considering


x1 =
=

e * A st + e2 * A st + 2 * b w * e * d * A st )
b

Asc = 0

, it will be obtained:

17.47 * 15.46 + 17.47 * 15.46 + 2 * 20 * 17.47 * 53 * 15.46


= 26.67cm
20

Calculating the second moment:


b * x3

I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =
3

0.2 * 0.2673

=
+ 15,46 * 10 4 * 17.47 * (0.53 0.267 ) = 0.00314m4
3

Stresses calculation:

c =

M ser
0,101
* x1 =
* 0,267 = 8.59Mpa
I
0,00314

st = e * c *

0,53 0,267
d x1
= 17.47 * 8.59 *
= 147.82Mpa s = 400Mpa
0,267
x1

Maximum spacing of cracks:


Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm2

Ac , eff

2. 5 * ( h d )
2.5 * (0.6 0.53) = 0.175
(h x)
(0.6 0.267)
= b * min
=0.20 * min
= 0.111 = 0.2 * 0.111 = 0.0222m 2
3
3

h
0.6

= 0.3
2
2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1

p , eff =

eq =

As
15.46 * 104
=
= 0.070
Ac , eff
0.0222

n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
= 18.22mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)

sr ,max = k3 * c +
Where:
c=0.051m

640

0.425 * k1 * k 2 *

p ,eff

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

25
k3 = 3.4 *
c

2/3

25
= 3.4 *
51

2/3

= 2.114

Therefore:

sr , max = k3 * c +

0.425 * k1 * k2 *

p , eff

= 2.114 * 0.051 +

0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * (18.22 * 103 )


= 152mm
0.07

Calculation of average strain:

e =

Es
200000
=
= 6.35
Ecm
31476
s kt *

sm cm =

f ct ,eff

p ,eff

* (1 + e . p ,eff )

Es

147.82 0.4 *

2.56
* (1 + 6.35 * 0.07)

0.07
= 6.33 *10 4 0,6 * s = 4.43 *10 4
Es
200000

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2)


Calculation of crack widths:

wk = sr , max * ( sm cm ) = 152 * (6.33 104 ) = 0.096mm


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(1)
For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.
This criterion is satisfied.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


11 nodes,
1 linear element.

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=160kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section c


(reference value: c =8.59MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s

641

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

(reference value: s=148MPa)

Maximum cracking space Sr,max


(reference value: Sr,max=152mm)

Maximum crack opening Wk


(reference value: Wk=0.096mm)

5.52.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Mser-cq

My corresponding to the 104 combination (SLS) [kNm]

160 kNm

Compressing stresses in concrete section c [MPa]

8.50 MPa

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s [MPa]

148 MPa

Sr,max

Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm]

15.2 cm

Wk

Maximum crack opening Wk [cm]

0.0096 cm

5.52.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My SLS cq

Value
-159.546 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

Sc QP

Sc QP

8.50328 MPa

0.0000 %

Ss QP

Ss QP

-147.055 MPa

0.0000 %

Sr,max

Sr,max

15.3633 cm

0.9137 %

wk

Wk

-0.00966483 cm

-0.9137 %

642

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.53 EC2 Test 25: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with inclined
transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5065
Test status: Passed

5.53.1 Description
Verifies the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam C20/25 with inclined transversal reinforcement Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw).

5.53.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of
the shear reinforcement (Asw).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.53.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Concrete C20/25

Reinforcement steel: S500B

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure:


The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN

Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:

The shear stresses results


The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

643

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 3.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d=ehz=0.035m

Stirrup slope: = 45
Strut slope: =30

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

a
VEd = Pu 1
l

According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:


Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case (a=1m; l=3m):

1
VEd = 284,25 * 1 = 189,5 KN
3

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

644

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.53.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)


Where:

cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1 = 0,6 * 1

f ck
250

In this case,

= 30 and = 45
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
f
20

v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1
= 0.55
250
250

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.435 = 0.392m


VRd, max = 0.54 * 13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20 *

(cot 45 + cot30) = 0.394


1 + cot 2 30

VEd = 0.1895MN < VRd , max = 0.394MN


Calculation of transverse reinforcement:
The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:

Asw
VEd
0.18950
=
=
= 5.76cm / ml
s
zu * f ywd * (cot + cot ) * sin 0.392 * 434.78 * (cot 30 + cot 45) * sin 45
Beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore,

it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

0.09475
Asw
=
= 2.88cm / ml
s
0.392 * 434.78 * (cot 30 + cot 45) * sin 45
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,

3 nodes,

1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm /ml)

645

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.53.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

Fz,1

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.0m [kN]

189.5 kN

Fz,2

Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kN]

94.75 kN

Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.0m [cm /ml]

At,z,1

5.76 cm2/ml

Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.01m [cm /ml]

At,z,2

2.88 cm2/ml

5.53.3 Calculated results


Result name
Fz

Result description
Fz,1

Value
-189.5 kN

Error
0.0000 %

Fz

Fz,2

94.75 kN

0.0000 %

Atz

Atz,1

5.76277 cm

0.0000 %

Atz

Atz,2

2.88139 cm

0.0000 %

646

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.54 Verifying the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards.
(DEV2013 #8.3)
Test ID: 5602
Test status: Passed

5.54.1 Description
Verifies the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards.

647

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.55 EC2 Test 4 II: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts Inclined
stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 5893
Test status: Passed

5.55.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot B efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify the longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility.

5.55.2 Background
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
This test performs the verification of the value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:

cu 2
cu 2
xu
= =
x u = .d =
.d
ud + cu 2
ud + cu 2
d
The limit for depends of the ductility class:

For a Class A steel: ud = 22.50

For a Class B steel: ud = 45

For a Class C steel: ud = 67.50

u = 0.1346

u = 0.072

u = 0.049

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the
constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.

S 500 A su = 432,71 + 952,38. su 454MPa


S 500 B su = 432,71 + 727,27. su 466MPa

S 500C su = 432,71 + 895,52. su 493MPa


The Pivot efforts types are described below:

648

Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined


Pivot B: Simple or combined bending
Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.55.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 50kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel

The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram


The objective is to verify:

The stresses results


The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage

649

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.90 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.45 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm
Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d = ebz = 0.040 m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:

Exposure class XC1


3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel ductility
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required

Concrete C25/30: fcd =

fck
25
=
= 16,67MPa
c 1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck
= 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Steel S500 : f yd =

f yk
s

500
= 434,78MPa
1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

650

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,

Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
G=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:


Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml

Characteristic combination of actions:


CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml

Load calculations:

M Ed =

123.94 * 5.80
= 521.16kNm
8

M Ecq =

86.25 * 5.80
= 362.68kNm
8

5.55.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For S500B reinforcement steel, we have lu = 0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).
Reference solution for reinforcement from Class B steel ductility
If the Class B reinforcement steel is chosen, the calculations must be done considering the Pivot B efforts.
The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:

Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m


Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed
0.52116 * 103 Nm
=
= 0,096
cu =
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.806 m 2 * 16,67 MPa

The value:

A design in simple bending is performed and it will be considered a design stress of concrete equal to

f cd .

zc = d * (1 0,4 * cu ) = 0.806 * (1 0.4 * 0.127) = 0.765m

Tensioned reinforcement steel elongation :

Reinforcement steel stresses :

su =

1 u

* cu 2 =

1 0,127
* 3.5 = 24.1

0,127

su = 432,71 + 727,27 * su 466MPa


su = 432,71 + 727,27 * 0,0241 = 450.25Mpa 466MPa
Au =

M Ed
0.52116
=
= 15.13cm
z c * f yd 0.765 * 450.25

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

651

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 521.16kNm)

SLS (reference value: 362.68kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.13cm2)

5.55.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value

My,ULS

My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) [kNm]

521.16 kNm

My,SLS

My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) [kNm]

362.68 kNm

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) [cm2]

15.13 cm2

5.55.3 Calculated results


Result name
My

Result description
My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS)

Value
-521.125 kN*m

Error
0.0000 %

My

My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS)

-362.657 kN*m

0.0000 %

Az

Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B)

-15.1105 cm

0.0000 %

652

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.56 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching
reinforcement results when Z down axis is selected. (TTAD #14963)
Test ID: 6200
Test status: Passed

5.56.1 Description
Verifies the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement results when
Z down axis is selected.
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element and four concrete columns (with R20/30, IPE400, D40,
L60*20 cross-sections) and is subjected to self weight and 1 live load of -100 KN.

653

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.57 EC2 Test 47: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load - Bilinear stressstrain diagram (Class XD2)
Test ID: 5964
Test status: Passed

5.57.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. Verification of the
bending stresses at ultimate limit state and serviceability limit state is performed.
Verification is done according to EN 1992-1-1 French annex.

5.57.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate and Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.57.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 135 kN/m (including dead load),


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 150kN/m,

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q


Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

654

Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.04 m ,
Concrete cover: c=5.00cm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:

Exposure class XD2


Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,

Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.


Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:

Ultimate Limit State:

NEd = 1.35 * G + 1.5 * Q = 1.35 * 135 + 1.5 * 150 = 407 kN

Characteristic combination of actions:

Nser,cq = G + Q = 135 + 150 = 285 KN

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

Nser,qp = G + 0.3 * Q = 135 + 0.3 * 150 = 180 KN

5.57.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width
Calculating for ultimate limit state:

As ,U

N Ed

s ,U

0.407
= 9.37 * 10 4 m = 9.37cm
500
1.15

Calculating for serviceability limit state:

As , ser

N ser

s = 0,8 * f yk = 0,8 * 500 = 400Mpa

As ,ser

0.285
= 7.13 *10 4 m = 7.13cm
400

Final reinforcement
Is retained the steel section between the maximum theoretical calculation at ULS and calculating the SLS or
Ath = 9.37 cm .
Therefore, 4HA20 = A = 12.57 cm .

655

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Constraint checking to the ELS:

s =

N ser
0.285
s =>
= 226.80 MPa s = 400 MPa
As ,ser
0.001257

Crack opening verification:


It will be checked the openings of cracks by considering 4HA20.
Calculating the maximum spacing between the cracks
The maximum spacing of cracks is given by the formula:

sr , max = k3 * c +

0.425 * k1 * k2 *

p , eff

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(3)


The effective depth d must be estimated by considering the real reinforcement of the beam:

d = 20 5 0.6
Ac , eff

2
= 13.4cm
2

2.5 * (0.20 0.134) = 0.165


2.5 * (h d )
= 0.020
= b * min
= 0.20 * min
0.20
h
= 0.100

2
2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2); Figure: 7.1

Ac ,eff = 0.040m

p , eff

this value was multiplied by two because the section is fully stretched

As
12.57 * 104
= 0.031
=
=
0.040
Ac , eff
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

eq =

n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
= 20mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

sr , max = k3 * c +

0.425 * k1 * k2 *

p , eff

Concrete cover of 5cm and HA6 reinforcement, therefore c=5+0.6=5.6cm

k 1 = 0.8 HA bars
k 2 = 1 pure tension sizing
25
k 3 = 3.4 *
c

2/3

sr , max = k3 * c +

656

25
= 3.4 *
56

2/3

= 1.99

0.425 * k1 * k2 *

p , eff

= 1.99 * 56 +

0.425 * 0.8 * 1 * 20
= 331mm
0.031

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of average deformations

e =

Es
200000
=
= 6.35
Ecm
31476
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

Steel stresses in SLSqp:

s =

N ser qp
As ,ser

0.180
= 143.2Mpa
0.001257

s k t *
sm cm =

fct,eff
p,eff

* (1 + e * p,eff )
=

Es

= 5.17 * 10 4 0,6 *

143 0.4 *

2.56
* (1 + 6.35 * 0.031)
0.031
=
200000

s
= 4.30 * 10 4
Es

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)


Calculation of crack widths:

wk = sr , max * ( sm cm ) = 331 * (5.17 *104 ) = 0.171mm


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(1)
For an exposure class XD2, applying the French national annex, it retained a maximum opening of 0.20mm crack.
This criterion is satisfied.
Checking the condition of non-fragility:
In case one control for cracking is required:

As Ac .

f ctm
f yk

Because h<0.3m

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 252 / 3 = 2,56Mpa


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2);Table 3.1

Ac = 0.20 * 0.20 = 0.04m


As Ac *

f ctm
2.56
= 0.04 *
= 2.05cm
f yk
500

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Longitudinal reinforcement for ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


ULS (reference value: Az=9.36 cm2=2*4.68 cm2)

657

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm2=2*3.56 cm2)

Stresses in the steel reinforcement


(reference value: s= 226.80Mpa)

Maximum spacing of cracks Sr, max (m)


(reference value: Sr,max= 0.331m)

Crack width wk (mm)


(reference value: wk= 0.171mm)

5.57.2.3 Reference results


Result name

658

Result description

Reference value
2

Az,ULS

Theoretical reinforcement area for the ULS load combination [cm ]

4.68 cm2

Stresses in steel reinforcement [MPa]

226.77 MPa

Sr, max

Maximum spacing of cracks [m]

33.1 cm

wk

Crack width [mm]

0.017 cm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.57.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az

Result description
Az,USL

Value
-4.68337 cm

Error
0.0000 %

Ss CQ

SigmaS

-226.766 MPa

0.0018 %

Sr,max

Sr,max

32.7639 cm

-0.7155 %

wk

wk

-0.0170451 cm

-0.2653 %

659

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.58 EC2 Test 47 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension distributed load Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2)
Test ID: 5887
Test status: Passed

5.58.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XD2).
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
area and the verification of the minimum reinforcement area.

5.58.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.58.2.1 Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure (G):

135 kN/m axial force

The self-weight is included


Exploitation loadings (category A) (Q):

150 kN/m axial force

Units
Metric System

660

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.04 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 5.00 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local
z axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel are used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:

Exposure class XD2


3
Concrete density: 25 kN/m
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 = 28 days
Humidity RH = 50%

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500MPa

Design value of concrete compressive strength:

f cd =

Design value of yield strength of reinforcement:

f yd =

f ck

f yk

f ck = 25MPa

25
= 16.67 MPa
1.5

500 MPa
= 434.78MPa
1.15
2

Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete:

f ctm = 0.30 * ( f ck ) 3 = 2.56 MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,

Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.


Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q


Characteristic combination of actions:

N ser ,cq = G + Q = 135 + 150 = 285 KN = 0.285MN


Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

N ser ,qp = G + 0.3 * Q = 135 + 0.3 *150 = 180 KN = 0.180MN

661

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.58.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal and the minimum reinforcement
Calculating the longitudinal reinforcement for serviceability limit state:

As , ser

N ser

s = 0.8 * f yk = 0.8 * 500 = 400MPa


As ,ser

0.285
= 7.13 *10 4 m = 7.13cm
400

Calculating the minimum reinforcement:

Ac = 0.20 * 0.20 = 0.04m


As Ac *

f ctm
2.56
= 0.04 *
= 2.05cm
f yk
500

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Longitudinal reinforcement for SLS load combinations


SLS (reference value: Az = 7.13 cm2 = 2*3.565 cm2)

Minimum longitudinal reinforcement


(reference value: Amin= 2.05 cm2)

5.58.2.3 Reference results


Result name

Result description

Reference value
2

Az,SLS

Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load combination [cm ]

3.565 cm2

Amin

Minimum longitudinal reinforcement [cm2]

2.05 cm2

5.58.3 Calculated results


Result name
Az
Amin

662

Result description
Theoretical reinforcement
combination

area

Minimum longitudinal reinforcement

for

the

SLS

load

Value
-3.5625 cm

Error
0.0000 %

2.05197 cm

0.0000 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.59 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis
model (TTAD #14332)
Test ID: 6189
Test status: Passed

5.59.1 Description
Tests the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis mode and generates the
corresponding report.

5.60 EC2: column design with Nominal Stiffness method square section (TTAD #11625)
Test ID: 3001
Test status: Passed

5.60.1 Description
Verifies and generates the corresponding report for the longitudinal reinforcement bars of a column. The column is
designed with "Nominal stiffness method", with a square cross section (C40).

5.61 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar with rectangular cross
section
Test ID: 4179
Test status: Passed

5.61.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation according to the Eurocodes 2 French DAN. Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement and generates the corresponding report: "Longitudinal
reinforcement linear elements".
The model consists of a concrete linear element with rectangular cross section (R18*60) with rigid hinge supports at
both ends and two linear vertical loads: -15.40 kN and -9.00 kN.

5.62 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD
#11342)
Test ID: 3638
Test status: Passed

5.62.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for an articulated horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
The beam has a rectangular cross section (R20*50), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.

663

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.63 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated beams (TTAD
#11342)
Test ID: 3639
Test status: Passed

5.63.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for two articulated horizontal beams.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
Each beam has rectangular cross section (R30*70), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.
On each beam there are applied:
- Dead loads: a linear load of -25.00 kN and two punctual loads of -55.00 kN and -65.00 kN
- Live loads: a linear load of -20.00 kN and two punctual loads of -40.00 kN and -35.00 kN.

5.64 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations
(TTAD #11683)
Test ID: 3475
Test status: Passed

5.64.1 Description
Verifies the reinforced concrete results for a model with more than 100 load cases combinations.
On a concrete structure there are applied: dead loads, self weight, live loads, wind loads (according to NV2009) and
accidental loads. A number of 375 combinations are obtained.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement areas
planar elements report.

5.65 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836)
Test ID: 3542
Test status: Passed

5.65.1 Description
Verifies the concrete results on a fixed horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
calculation results report.
The beam has a R25*60 cross section, C25/30 material and has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support
with translation restraints on Y and Z at the other end. A linear dead load (-28.75 kN) and a live load (-50.00 kN) are
applied.

664

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.66 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700)
Test ID: 3547
Test status: Passed

5.66.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R40*80, has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z. Four loads are applied: a linear dead load of -50.00 kN on FZ, a punctual dead load
of -30.00 kN on FZ, a linear live load of -60.00 kN on FZ and a punctual live load of -25.00 kN on FZ.

5.67 Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556)


Test ID: 3549
Test status: Passed

5.67.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a horizontal concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the reinforcement and
generates the reinforced concrete analysis report: data and results.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R20*50, a rigid hinge support at one end, a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X.

5.68 Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583)


Test ID: 3548
Test status: Passed

5.68.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results on planar elements.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
analysis report: data and results.
The model consists of two planar elements (C20/25 material) with rigid fixed linear supports. On each element, a
punctual load of 50.00 kN on FX is applied.

5.69 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635)


Test ID: 3564
Test status: Passed

5.69.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement of a concrete column.

665

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.70 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812)
Test ID: 3528
Test status: Passed

5.70.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation of a model with a horizontal concrete
beam.
The beam has a R20*50 cross section and two hinge rigid supports.
Verifies Aty and Atz for the fixed concrete beam.

5.71 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678)
Test ID: 3543
Test status: Passed

5.71.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a circular cross section with a radius of 40.00 cm and a rigid hinge support. A vertical punctual load of 5000.00 kN is applied.

5.72 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636)
Test ID: 3545
Test status: Passed

5.72.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a square cross section of 30.00 cm, a rigid fixed support at the base and a support with translation
restraints on X and Y. A vertical punctual load of -1260.00 kN is applied.

5.73 EC2 : calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892)


Test ID: 3509
Test status: Passed

5.73.1 Description
The test is performed on a single column in tension, according to Eurocodes 2.
The column has a section of 20 cm square and a rigid support. A permanent load (traction of 100 kN) and a live load
(40 kN) are applied.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the longitudinal
reinforcement report.

666

6 General Applications

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.1

Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141)


Test ID: 4554
Test status: Passed

6.1.1 Description
Verifies element creation using commas for coordinates in the command line.

6.2

Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525)
Test ID: 4547
Test status: Passed

6.2.1 Description
Verifies the linear and planar concrete covers precision.

6.3

Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354)


Test ID: 4528
Test status: Passed

6.3.1 Description
Verifies the definition of the reinforced concrete design assumptions.

6.4

Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724)


Test ID: 4361
Test status: Passed

6.4.1 Description
Generates liquid pressure on a concrete structure with horizontal and vertical surfaces. Generates the loadings
description report.

6.5

Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238)
Test ID: 4480
Test status: Passed

6.5.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled.

6.6

Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162)


Test ID: 4229
Test status: Passed

6.6.1 Description
Verifies the renaming function from the properties list of a linear element. The name contains the "_" character.

668

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.7

Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552)
Test ID: 3820
Test status: Passed

6.7.1 Description
Creates and updates the model view and the post-processing views for a simple steel frame.

6.8

Changing the default material (TTAD #11870)


Test ID: 4436
Test status: Passed

6.8.1 Description
Selects a different default material for concrete elements.

6.9

Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487)
Test ID: 3719
Test status: Passed

6.9.1 Description
Imports the Canam Z 203x10.0 section from the Advance Steel Profiles library in the Advance Design list of available
cross sections.

6.10 Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting


Test ID: 4079
Test status: Passed

6.10.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report for a model consisting of a concrete structure with dead loads,
wind loads, snow loads and seism loads. Performs the model verification, meshing and finite elements calculation.
Generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.

6.11 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar
(TTAD #12102)
Test ID: 4095
Test status: Passed

6.11.1 Description
Creates a new .fto file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar. Creates a rigid punctual support and
tests the CAD coordinates.

669

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.12 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737)
Test ID: 4109
Test status: Passed

6.12.1 Description
Verifies the color legend display. On a model with a planar element, the color legend is enabled; it displays the
elements by the local x orientation color.

6.13 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)
Test ID: 4164
Test status: Passed

6.13.1 Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is in the source system.

6.14 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100)
Test ID: 4096
Test status: Passed

6.14.1 Description
Launches the verification function for a model containing a beam-column steel connection.

6.15 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)
Test ID: 4162
Test status: Passed

6.15.1 Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is on the same level as the source system.

6.16 Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617)


Test ID: 3571
Test status: Passed

6.16.1 Description
Verifies the material properties on a model with a concrete (C25/30) bar. Generates the material description report.

670

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.17 Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422)


Test ID: 3646
Test status: Passed

6.17.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation on a structure with four types of connections.
Generates the "Synthetic table by type of connection" report.
The structure consists of linear steel elements (S275) with CE505, IPE450, IPE140 and IPE500 cross section. The
model connections: columns base plates, beam - column fixed connections, beam - beam fixed connections and
gusset plate. Live loads, snow loads and wind loads are applied.

6.18 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole.(TTAD #13772)
Test ID: 6214
Test status: Passed

6.18.1 Description
Verifies that when a planar element is built in a hole of another planar element by checking the mesh.

6.19 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601)
Test ID: 3546
Test status: Passed

6.19.1 Description
Verifies the geometry properties of a steel structure with elements which have compound cross sections (CS4
IPE330 UPN240). Generates the geometrical data report.

671

7 Import / Export

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

7.1

Verifying the export of a linear element to GTC (TTAD #10932, TTAD #11952)
Test ID: 3628
Test status: Passed

7.1.1

Description
Exports a linear element to GTC.

7.2

Exporting an Advance Design model to DO4 format (DEV2012 #1.10)


Test ID: 4101
Test status: Passed

7.2.1

Description
Launches the "Export > Text file" command and saves the current project as a .do4 archive file.
The model contains all types of structural elements, loads and geometric objects.

7.3

Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3)


Test ID: 4193
Test status: Passed

7.3.1

Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: enabled
- Export meshed model: disabled

7.4

Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9)
Test ID: 4445
Test status: Passed

7.4.1

Description
Verifies the GTC files exchange (import/export) between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS.

7.5

Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172)
Test ID: 4297
Test status: Passed

7.5.1

Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains steel linear elements with haunch sections.

674

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

7.6

Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3)


Test ID: 4195
Test status: Passed

7.6.1

Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: disabled
- Export meshed model: enabled

7.7

Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)
Test ID: 4388
Test status: Passed

7.7.1

Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains elements with circular hollow section. Verifies if the cross
sections are imported from the attached "UK Steel Sections" database.

7.8

Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)
Test ID: 4389
Test status: Passed

7.8.1

Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS when the "UK Steel Sections" database is not attached. The file contains
elements with circular hollow section. Verifies the cross sections definition.

7.9

Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and
imported via GTC format (TTAD #12137)
Test ID: 4506
Test status: Passed

7.9.1

Description
Exports to GTC a model with planar elements on which the edges releases were defined. Imports the GTC file to
verify the planar elements releases option.

7.10 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232)
Test ID: 4479
Test status: Passed

7.10.1 Description
Imports a complex model containing elements with invalid geometry.

675

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

7.11 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306)
Test ID: 4515
Test status: Passed

7.11.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with dead load cases and exports the model to GTC. Imports the
GTC file to verify the load case properties.

7.12 Importing IFC files containing continuous foundations (TTAD #12410)


Test ID: 4531
Test status: Passed

7.12.1 Description
Imports an IFC file containing a continuous foundation (linear support) and verifies the element display.

Exporting linear elements to IFC format (TTAD #10561)


Test ID: 4530
Test status: Passed

7.12.2 Description
Exports to IFC format a model containing linear elements having sections of type "I symmetric" and "I asymmetric".

7.13 Importing GTC files containing "PH.RDC" system (TTAD #12055)


Test ID: 4548
Test status: Passed

7.13.1 Description
Imports a GTC file exported from Advance Design. The file contains the automatically created system "PH.RDC".

7.14 Exporting a meshed model to GTC (TTAD #12550)


Test ID: 4552
Test status: Passed

7.14.1 Description
Exports a meshed model to GTC. The meshed planar element from the model contains a triangular mesh.

676

8 Joint Design

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

8.1

Deleting a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar (TTAD #12630)


Test ID: 4561
Test status: Passed

8.1.1

Description
Deletes a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar after the joint was exported to ADSC.

8.2

Creating connections groups (TTAD #11797)


Test ID: 4250
Test status: Passed

8.2.1

Description
Verifies the connections groups function.

678

9 Mesh

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

9.1

Verifying the mesh for a model with generalized buckling (TTAD #11519)
Test ID: 3649
Test status: Passed

9.1.1

Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the mesh for a model with generalized buckling.

9.2

Creating triangular mesh for planar elements (TTAD #11727)


Test ID: 3423
Test status: Passed

9.2.1

Description
Creates a triangular mesh on a planar element with rigid supports and self weight.

9.3

Verifying mesh points (TTAD #11748)


Test ID: 3458
Test status: Passed

9.3.1

Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the mesh nodes of a concrete structure.
The structure consists of concrete linear elements (R20*20 cross section) and rigid supports; the loads applied on the
structure: dead loads, live loads, wind loads and snow loads, according to Eurocodes.

9.4

Verifying the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh.(TTAD
#15251)
Test ID: 6215
Test status: Passed

9.4.1

Description
Verifies the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh.

9.5

Verifying the mesh of a planar element influenced by peak smoothing.


Test ID: 6190
Test status: Passed

9.5.1

Description
Verifies the mesh of a planar concrete element influenced by peak smoothing.
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element and four concrete columns (2 x r20/30, 1 x IPE400, 1 x D40)
and is subjected to self weight and 2 live loads of -20KN respectively -100 KN.

680

10 Other Climatic Engines

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

10.1 NV2009: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880)


Test ID: 6173
Test status: Passed

10.1.1 Description
Generates wind on a protruding canopy according to NV2009 - French climatic standards.

10.2 NV2009: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD #12604)
Test ID: 4567
Test status: Passed

10.2.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height, according to the French standard (NV2009).

10.3 NV2009: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318)
Test ID: 4536
Test status: Passed

10.3.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads according to NV2009 - French climatic standards. Verifies wind and snow
reports for a protruding roof.

10.4 NV2009: generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar support
(TTAD #11380)
Test ID: 4091
Test status: Passed

10.4.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with a planar support, according to
NV2009 French standards.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).

682

11 Reports Generator

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

11.1 Generating a report with modal analysis results (TTAD #10849)


Test ID: 3734
Test status: Passed

11.1.1 Description
Generates a report with modal results for a model with seismic actions.

11.2 System stability when the column releases interfere with support restraints (TTAD #10557)
Test ID: 3717
Test status: Passed

11.2.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the systems description report for a structure which has
column releases that interfere with the supports restraints.
The structure consists of steel beams and steel columns (S235 material, HEA550 cross section) with rigid fixed
supports.

11.3 Modal analysis: eigen modes results for a structure with one level
Test ID: 3668
Test status: Passed

11.3.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Characteristic values of eigen modes" report.
The one-level structure consists of linear and planar concrete elements with rigid supports. A modal analysis is
defined.

11.4 Generating the critical magnification factors report (TTAD #11379)


Test ID: 3647
Test status: Passed

11.4.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation on a structure with four types of connections.
Generates the "Synthetic table by type of connection" report.
The structure consists of linear steel elements (S275) with CE505, IPE450, IPE140 and IPE500 cross section. The
model connections: columns base plates, beam - column fixed connections, beam - beam fixed connections and
gusset plate. Live loads, snow loads and wind loads are applied.

11.5 Verifying the model geometry report (TTAD #12201)


Test ID: 4467
Test status: Passed

11.5.1 Description
Generates the "Model geometry" report to verify the model properties: total weight, largest structure dimensions,
center of gravity.

684

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

11.6 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam (TTAD #12455)
Test ID: 4535
Test status: Passed

11.6.1 Description
Verifies the shape sheet for a steel beam.

11.7 Verifying the shape sheet report (TTAD #12353)


Test ID: 4545
Test status: Passed

11.7.1 Description
Generates and verifies the shape sheet report.

11.8 Verifying the EC2 calculation assumptions report (TTAD #11838)


Test ID: 4544
Test status: Passed

11.8.1 Description
Verifies the EC2 calculation assumptions report.

11.9 Verifying the Max row on the user table report (TTAD #12512)
Test ID: 4558
Test status: Passed

11.9.1 Description
Verifies the Max row on the user table report.

11.10 Verifying the Min/Max values from the user reports (TTAD# 12231)
Test ID: 4505
Test status: Passed

11.10.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates a user report containing the results of Min/Max values.

11.11 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the end point of super element)
(TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261)
Test ID: 4503
Test status: Passed

11.11.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on the end point
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

685

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

11.12 Creating the steel materials description report (TTAD #11954)


Test ID: 4100
Test status: Passed

11.12.1Description
Generates the "Steel materials" report as a .txt file.
The model consists of a steel structure with supports and a base plate connection.

11.13 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4486
Test status: Passed

11.13.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on each 1/4
of mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.14 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on end points and middle of
super element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4488
Test status: Passed

11.14.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on end
points and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.15 Creating the rules table (TTAD #11802)


Test ID: 4099
Test status: Passed

11.15.1Description
Generates the "Rules description" report as .rtf and .txt file.
The model consists of a steel structure with supports and a base plate connection. Two rules were defined for the
steel calculation.

11.16 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the start point of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4490
Test status: Passed

11.16.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the start
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

686

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

11.17 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4487
Test status: Passed

11.17.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on all
quarters of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.18 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4492
Test status: Passed

11.18.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on each
1/4 of mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".

11.19 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on start and end of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4489
Test status: Passed

11.19.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the start
and end of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.20 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on end points and middle of
super element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4494
Test status: Passed

11.20.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on end
points and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

687

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

11.21 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the start point of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4496
Test status: Passed

11.21.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on the start
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD
#12230)
Test ID: 4498
Test status: Passed

11.21.2Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on each 1/4 of
mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.22 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the start point of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4502
Test status: Passed

11.22.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on the start point
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.23 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on end points and middle of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4500
Test status: Passed

11.23.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on end points
and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

688

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

11.24 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on all quarters of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4493
Test status: Passed

11.24.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on all
quarters of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the end point of super
element) (TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261)
Test ID: 4497
Test status: Passed

11.24.2Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on the end
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.25 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4501
Test status: Passed

11.25.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on start and end
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.26 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the end point of super
element) (TTAD #12230, #12261)
Test ID: 4491
Test status: Passed

11.26.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the end
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

689

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

11.27 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on start and end of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4495
Test status: Passed

11.27.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on start
and end of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.28 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4499
Test status: Passed

11.28.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on all quarters of
super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.

11.29 Verifying the shape sheet strings display (TTAD #12622)


Test ID: 4559
Test status: Passed

11.29.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet strings display for a steel beam with circular hollow cross-section.

11.30 Verifying the modal analysis report (TTAD #12718)


Test ID: 4576
Test status: Passed

11.30.1Description
Generates and verifies the modal analysis report.

11.31 Verifying the steel shape sheet display (TTAD #12657)


Test ID: 4562
Test status: Passed

11.31.1Description
Verifies the steel shape sheet display when the fire calculation is disabled.

690

12 Seismic Analysis

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

12.1 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on walls


Test ID: 4803
Test status: Passed

12.1.1 Description
Verifies the torsors on walls. Eurocode 8 with French Annex is used.

12.2 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure
Test ID: 4810
Test status: Passed

12.2.1 Description
Verifies torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure. EC8 with French Annex is used.

12.3 EC8: verifying the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints (TTAD #12706)
Test ID: 4859
Test status: Passed

12.3.1 Description
Verifies the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints for a simple structure subjected to seismic action
according to EC8 French annex.

12.4 Verifying the damping correction influence over the efforts in supports (TTAD #13011).
Test ID: 4853
Test status: Passed

12.4.1 Description
Verifies the damping correction influence over the efforts in supports. The model has 2 seismic cases. Only one case
uses the damping correction. The seismic spectrum is generated according to the Eurocodes 8 - French standard
(NF EN 1993-1-8/NA).

12.5 Seismic norm PS92: verifying efforts and torsors on planar elements (TTAD #12974)
Test ID: 4858
Test status: Passed

12.5.1 Description
Verifies efforts and torsors on several planar elements of a concrete structure subjected to horizontal seismic action
(according to PS92 norm).

692

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

12.6 Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #12472)
Test ID: 4537
Test status: Passed

12.6.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by load case" report for
a concrete beam with rectangular cross section R20*30 with fixed rigid punctual support. Model loads: self weight
and seismic loads according to Eurocodes 8 Romanian standards (SR EN 1998-1/NA).

12.7 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with renewed building
option, according to Eurocode EC8 standard (TTAD #14161)
Test ID: 6192
Test status: Passed

12.7.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with renewed building option, according to
Eurocode EC8 standard. Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements
by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.

12.8 EC8 Romanian Annex: verifying action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and
planar supports (TTAD #14840)
Test ID: 5860
Test status: Passed

12.8.1 Description
Verifies action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and planar supports of a simple concrete structure. The
seismic action is generated according to Eurocode 8 norm (Romanian annex).

12.9 EC 8 General Annex: verifying torsors on a 6 storey single concrete core subjected to
horizontal forces and seismic action
Test ID: 6088
Test status: Passed

12.9.1 Description
Verifies torsors on a 6 storey single concrete (C25/30) core subjected to horizontal forces and seismic action. The
calculation spectrum is generated considering Eurocode 8 General Annex rules. The walls describing the core are
grouped at each level.

693

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

12.10 EC8 French Annex: verifying seismic results when a design spectrum is used (TTAD #13778)
Test ID: 5425
Test status: Passed

12.10.1Description
Verifies the seismic results according to EC8 French Annex for a single bay single story structure made of concrete.

12.11 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined section
cuts (TTAD #14460)
Test ID: 5861
Test status: Passed

12.11.1Description
Verifies torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined section cuts for a concrete structure which is
subjected to seismic action defined according Eurocode 8 norm (French annex).

12.12 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to
Romanian EC8 appendix (DEV2013 #8.2)
Test ID: 5601
Test status: Passed

12.12.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Romanian EC8 appendix. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.

12.13 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to
Eurocode EC8 standard (DEV2013 #8.2)
Test ID: 5600
Test status: Passed

12.13.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Eurocode EC8 standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.

694

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

12.14 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to
Marocco seismic standards (RPS 2011) (DEV2013 #8.2)
Test ID: 5598
Test status: Passed

12.14.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Marocco seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum (RPS 2011).

12.15 EC8 Fr Annex: Generating forces results per modes on linear and planar elements (TTAD
#13797)
Test ID: 5455
Test status: Passed

12.15.1Description
Generates reports with forces results per modes on a selection of elements (linear and planar elements) from a
concrete structure subjected to seismic action (EC8 French Annex).

12.16 Verifying seismic efforts on planar elements with Q4 and T3-Q4 mesh type (TTAD #14244)
Test ID: 5492
Test status: Passed

12.16.1Description
Generates seismic results on planar element meshed with T3-Q4 mesh type and only Q4 mesh type.

12.17 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Marocco seismic
standards (RPS 2011) (DEV2013 #3.6)
Test ID: 5597
Test status: Passed

12.17.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Marocco seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (RPS 2011).

695

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

12.18 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to
French PS92/100 standard (DEV2013 #8.2)
Test ID: 5599
Test status: Passed

12.18.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to French PS92/100 standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.

12.19Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Algerian seismic


standards (RPA 99/2003) (DEV2013 #3.5)
Test ID: 5559
Test status: Passed

12.18.2Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Algerian seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (RPA 99/2003).

12.20 EC8 : Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Czech seismic
standards (CSN EN 1998-1) (DEV2012 #3.18)
Test ID: 3626
Test status: Passed

12.19.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of an inclined linear element according to Eurocodes 8 Czech standard. Performs
the finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element
reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (CSN EN 1998-1).

12.21 Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #11478)
Test ID: 3703
Test status: Passed

12.20.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by load case" report for
a concrete beam with rectangular cross section R20*30 with fixed rigid punctual support. Model loads: self weight
and seismic loads according to Eurocodes 8 French standards.

696

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

12.22 Verifying signed concomitant linear elements envelopes on Fx report (TTAD #11517)
Test ID: 3576
Test status: Passed

12.21.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a concrete structure. Generates the "Signed concomitant linear elements
envelopes on Fx report".
The structure has concrete beams and columns, two concrete walls and a windwall. Loads applied on the structure:
self weight and a planar live load of -40.00 kN.

12.23 EC8: Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down. (TTAD #15095)
Test ID: 6207
Test status: Passed

12.22.1Description
Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down, according to the Eurocodes EC8 standard.

12.24 Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632)


Test ID: 3544
Test status: Passed

12.23.1Description
Generates a dead load case, two live load cases and a snow load case, defines the concomitance between the
generated load cases and generates the combinations description report.

697

031516-0409-0622

Вам также может понравиться